YOUR WISH IS

YOUR COMMAND
HOW TO MANIFEST YOUR DESIRES

By
Kevin Trudeau
____________________________________

A TRANSCRIPT OF
THE AUDIO SERIES

1
2
 Lesson One
_______________________________________________

The Four Basic Concepts to

Achieving Success, Part I

Well good morning, good morning! Glad you’re all here. I think
we all had a wonderful time last night. Here we are on a gorgeous day
in the beautiful Alps of Europe. I’m very excited to have you here
today, and I’m very excited to share this information with you.
Today we’re going to be talking about how to make all your
dreams come true, how to manifest whatever desire that you have,
and make those desires actually happen in your life, and most
importantly, make those desires happen incredibly fast. Today’s
session is entitled Your Wish is Your Command and tomorrow we’ll
be talking about How Anyone Can Make Millions: The Money
Making Secrets “They” Don’t Want You to Know About.
Today we’re going to be talking about how all of you can have
your own Aladdin’s Lamp, and how all of you, at any time you want
in your life, can call forth your own genie that can grant you your
every wish. Now that sounds like a tall order I know, but it’s true. I
think you’ve seen just in the last few days, as we’ve been getting to
know each other and socializing a little bit in this absolutely stunning,
amazing setting, that the reality that you’ve seen with your own eyes
and touched with your own hands, the physical manifestations of the
things, the desires, the hopes, the dreams are here and they’re real.
And they’re available not just to me and some of the people that
you’ve met—some of the surprise people that you’ve met, I know. I
know some of you are blown away by some of the men and women
that I brought with me that you’ve had a chance to shake hands with
and talk to. And I know all of you, in talking to me, were blown away
by these individuals, many of whom are incredibly well known all
around the world, and to meet them face to face and actually hear

3
from them in ways that you have never heard from them before,
really is mind blowing. We have a great day planned, a lot of
information planned.
Many of you, as we go through this material, will have many,
many questions. If you do have a question at any time, just raise your
hand and you can give me your question. None of you have
microphones, so when you give me the question, I will repeat the
question so that those who are getting these CDs later on will have a
chance to hear the question and hear the answer as well.
The first thing I want to talk about is…we’re going to be covering
information today on how to manifest your desires, how to make
whatever desire you want happen, and happen fast with incredible
speed. And tomorrow we’re specifically going to be talking about
money. But today we’re really not going to be talking specifically
about money, although it’ll be intertwined a little bit, because one of
your desires may be to have a lot of money, or to have nicer cars, or
to have a nicer home, or as some of you were just blown away by
where we’re at right now, you’re like, I want this! I want the castle, I
want the Rolls Royces, and I want the Ferraris, and I want the
helicopters, and I want the luxury cuisine, and the private chefs, and
the butlers, and I want the clothes, and the jewelry, and oh my God,
I want the lifestyle, I want the freedom, I want to not have to go to
work every day…and some of you have all these different desires and
dreams in terms of monetary things, material things. And tomorrow
we’re going to be talking about how to make money, and obviously
with money you can do a lot of things. But today, we’re going to be
talking about how to achieve your desires, how to get whatever desire
you want in life to happen and happen fast.
Now, I want to talk about desires, but the first thing I want to
talk about is who do you listen to when this type of information is
presented? Now there are, if you go to the library, if you go online and
Google, Amazon or whatever, there are virtually thousands of books.
Now all of you, your primary language is English. So, a lot of you are
familiar with English authors when it comes to manifesting your
desires, making your dreams come true. But most of you don’t know

4
that there are many authors in many different countries that write
the same material, and many of these authors who have written
books on these subjects; these books have not been translated into
English. So, there are books in Russian, there are books in Chinese,
there are books in Japanese, in the Hindi languages, there are books
in Spanish, German—all languages virtually, all around the world. So,
when you look at just the English-speaking books, there are thou-
sands of English-speaking books, or books written in English, about
how to make your dreams come true, and about how to make money.
But there are thousands and thousands more written in other lan-
guages that English speaking people never even know about. So, the
bottom line is there’s a lot of information out there that’s been pub-
lished in books.
There’s also a huge amount of information that has been
recorded on CDs in home study courses, and there’s a lot of
information presented in lectures, workshops or seminars by various
people on how to make your dreams come true. Now I was just
listening recently to a series of CDs produced by a group…and I’m not
going to mention their name; I don’t want to down anybody in
particular. But this was a large CD set, it was like a thousand dollars,
and a two-day lecture. It was fifteen CDs. Actually, I’m holding it in
my hand here; some of you may even run up and check it out later.
But the goofy thing is—and I say this with all due respect—the
goofy thing is when you listen to various people talking about how to
make your dreams come true, how to manifest your desires, how to
make your wishes, your hopes actually manifest in the physical
Universe right before your eyes, how to make whatever you want to
have happen, happen…when you read these books and listen to these
people, a lot of this stuff actually sounds pretty good. A lot of it is
amazingly logical and it sounds good! And the problem is you begin
to believe what you’re hearing. Now here’s the challenge. If that stuff
really worked, that those people are teaching, has it worked for
them? Do they have their desires? Do they have, in their life, what
they want? Do they have Aladdin’s Lamp? Do they have their genie
that they can ask whatever they want and it magically happens in

5
their life…it actually occurs in their life? And the answer is over-
whelmingly, with rare exception, no! The people that are teaching
you are teaching you theory. They’re not giving you information that
really works in real life because they don’t have the evidence them-
selves that what they’re teaching actually works.
Now, you’re looking around here and I know all of you are just
blown away because there’s opulence here. I mean the Alps all around
us, the glorious area that we’re in, the luxury accommodations…and
you know this is not available to the public, and you know that this is
something that the public never really sees. Cameras don’t come in
here. You’re not going to see this location and these facilities on
Lifestyles of the Rich and Famous because we don’t give access. It’s
almost too opulent. Now, when you think about that, what you’re
looking at is the real, physical manifestations of various people’s
hopes, dreams, and desires that have really happened in real life, and
you’re seeing it with your own eyes and touching it with your own
hands. So, it’s easier for you to have that level of belief that this stuff
really works because you’re seeing the manifestation, you’ve met a
bunch of the folks here that have come.
So, the question is, who do you listen to, and why should you
listen to me, and why should you believe what I’m going to be sharing
with you today and tomorrow? For those of you listening on the CDs,
you know, is this information going to be unique and different than
what you’ve maybe learned or experienced before, and does it really
work, and should you listen? You know, unfortunately those listening
on the CDs aren’t here, they can’t see it, but this really does work. It
works amazingly well, and it works for everyone who applies it, and
it is easy to apply. It’s easy to learn and it’s easy to apply. Will you
apply it? I do not know. That’s going to be your choice. We will talk
about why you may not apply it and how to correct that problem,
because a lot of people that go to seminars, a lot of people that listen
to CDs on how to achieve success or riches, how to make money, or
how to be happy, how to have more confidence, how to make their
dreams come true in real life, how to get whatever they want, how to
make whatever they want happen in real life…any type of book that

6
you read about this, many people have blocks and stoppages that
allow them to only go to a certain level and then stop, and they don’t
go any further. So, we’ll talk about how to overcome that and why that
occurs. But who do you listen to?
When we talk about money tomorrow, the question is who do
you listen to when you want to learn how to make money? If you look
at every course, read every book on how to get rich, 99 percent of the
books written on how to get rich, and the courses taught on how to
get rich, and the seminars, and lectures, and workshops taught, and
the CD home study courses that you can buy on how to get rich…99.9
percent of them are produced by people who’ve never made any real
money. Now that’s really important because if what they were
teaching worked so well, why ain’t they super rich? Now, today we’re
not talking about money. Tomorrow we’ll be talking about money;
but again, who do you listen to?
Now, some people say, “Well, you know there’s books written by
Donald Trump. You know, he’s a multi-billionaire. There are books
written by Warren Buffett; he’s one of the richest men in the world.”
Well, that’s true, they actually have achieved super wealth. So, then
the question is this, and this is a very important question that most
people never discuss or talk about: if somebody is super wealthy and
they actually write a book on how to get rich, did you know that they
themselves did not write that book? Now this is really important.
Warren Buffett never wrote a book, Donald Trump never wrote a
book. Now I respect both of those guys incredibly well, but they’ve
never written a book. What they do is they sit down with a ghost
writer, the ghost writer asks them a bunch of questions, interviews
them a little bit, and the ghost writer writes the book. That’s the first
problem—you’re not getting the true information. As a matter of fact,
Donald Trump never read any book that he wrote! He didn’t write it,
and he didn’t even read it. He didn’t even know what’s in it. Same
thing with Warren Buffett, same thing with Bill Gates. They don’t
write their books, they don’t read their books, they don’t even know
what’s in their books. So, you’re not really getting their information.

7
 The other thing that’s really important for you to understand,
(and I’ll just touch on it now; you’ll see more about this today and
tomorrow) is that the super wealthy—and you’re going to have a hard
time believing this but it’s true—the super wealthy, with a rare
exception…and Andrew Carnegie, by the way, was one of the rare
exceptions. Andrew Carnegie started U.S. Steel. At the turn of the
century he was the richest man on planet Earth; he was an exception
to this rule, and there were several others that were exceptions as
well. But generally, the super wealthy absolutely, categorically do not
want anyone else to know their secrets of success; they do not want
competition. As a matter of fact, the super wealthy overwhelmingly,
categorically, throughout history, have always believed that wealth is
genetic, that you have to have a certain genetic makeup, a certain
DNA structure, a certain DNA vibration in order to be wealthy, and if
you don’t fall into that category you’re not entitled to wealth, you’re
not entitled to know the secrets. And even if you did, they believe, you
wouldn’t be able to apply it anyway because your genetics aren’t
programmed for success. Now, some of you may have a hard time
believing that but that, throughout history, has been true. As a matter
of fact, Donald Trump even said it. When you ask him, “What is the
key to success?” he goes “genetics.” He actually said, “Genetics.
You’re born with it.” He actually said it. Henry Ford said it.
Go back and look at the movie Titanic. At the turn of the century
you had the first-class cabin, and then you had the second class and
third-class people, and they never dined together, they never
socialized together…and listened to some of those conversations. If
you read books back in the 1800s, 1700s, or even the turn of the
century, and you listened to wealthy people like Henry Ford, they
always believed that privilege, wealth, was specifically designed and
meant to be exclusive to the elite class of people, and that’s why they
never married outside of their class…the “class” meaning they had to
be wealthy. So, if you had a daughter, your daughter had to marry
somebody who was from a wealthy family who had the proper
genetics. In England, we call it “blue bloods.” So, throughout history
genetics was a major key.

8
 So, the point I’m trying to make is, the super wealthy, around the
world, will never tell you this publicly, but they believe that the
secrets of success, the knowledge that they have, should be kept
exclusively within their groups, and that’s why secret societies were
put together. There are many secret societies that aren’t so secret.
The Freemasons was one of the most prevalent throughout history,
and you can go to virtually any city around the world, or specifically
in America, and you see Masonic lodges; they’re huge. Many of them
today are turned into, in Chicago for example, the beautiful Masonic
lodge down-town I think is a Bloomingdale’s now. So, there were
massive, beautiful structures, Masonic lodges, where Masons would
gather and share their secrets, and there were varying degrees in the
Masons. Now some of you are familiar with the phrase, “You’re
giving the guy the third degree.” Well that comes from the Free-
masons, because when you got to the third degree you had a series of
questions asked you; you were drilled with questions. That’s one of
the procedures done at the third degree. The highest level in the
Masons is the 33rd degree. Now some of you met our friend who is a
33rd degree Mason, and he’s come forth to share his knowledge and
give this information from the Masonic lodge that has never been
before released.
So, the information you’re getting today is obviously from the
people that you’ve met, myself and so forth. So, secret societies were
put together where the elite class could meet with one another and
share their secrets and keep those secrets, first amongst their
families, but secondly amongst their peers, people within their
“genetic pool.” That’s the history. Now, I’m not a racist and I’m not
saying anything about whether this is true or not true. I’m just giving
you kind of a history lesson here.
So, who do you listen to? Well, you can’t listen to people who write
the books. You can’t listen to people who teach the seminars because
99 percent of them really don’t know this information; they’re
making it up. They’re believing that what they’re saying is true, but
they’re teaching you theory. And those theories really don’t work
because in their life they haven’t proved that they have worked,

9
because they don’t have the results to show. It’s all theory. You can’t
listen to people who are writing books on how to get rich because 99
percent of them, number one, aren’t rich. Those that do have some
money don’t have hundreds of millions of dollars, so they’re not
super rich, and they’re teaching you how to get rich. But when you
ask them how did they make the money that they have…they may
make a million dollars a year, or half-a-million dollars a year, or
three-hundred thousand dollars a year, which a lot of you think is
huge money, and I have to tell you that’s not huge money. But when
you ask these people how did they make their money, they will tell
you that they made all their money teaching people how to make
money. So, all they’re doing is…they’re salesmen. They’re selling
books and tapes and seminars. They’ve never really done anything in
real life at all.
There’s a book my wife was reading that’s in Russian; it’s not
translated into English. And this book is a series of books by this
Russian author, and the last book is a book on money, on how to
make money; it’s only in Russian currently. My publishing company
may be in the process of translating that into English, because in the
last book, about money, the author said (paraphrased):

“I wrote this book about money years ago, and I decided

not to publish it until I became super wealthy, because
using this information, if it was true, I would be able to
make huge amounts of money, and then after I used my
own information, and the information I learned from
others, to make huge money, then I would publish the book,
because then I wouldn’t need the money from the royalties
of the book. I would give them away.”

…which is exactly what he did. He became super wealthy and then he

published the book, which makes a lot of sense.
So, who do you listen to? You can’t listen to people who write
books on how to make your desires come true or produce home study
courses on CD or teach seminars because 99 percent of them, it hasn’t

10
worked in real life. You can’t listen to people who teach you how to
make money in books and seminars…and not that all of them are bad;
I’m going to actually give you a bunch of stuff that’s really good, but
you don’t have to waste your time on the junk—because the people
who write this stuff, they ain’t rich, they haven’t made hundreds of
millions of dollars, it hasn’t worked for them, and they made all their
money teaching you how to make money, so they’re giving you really
bad information. And you can’t read books by the super wealthy like
the Warren Buffetts of the world, or the Donald Trumps, or the Bill
Gates because, number one, they don’t write their own books, they
don’t even know the information that’s in there, so you’re not getting
information directly from them, number one. Number two, they’ll
never tell you this, they’ll deny it, but it’s true: they do not want you
to know the true secrets because they do not want competition. As a
matter of fact—and this will scare you but it’s true—what they will
categorically do is they will give you wrong information so that you
will achieve a little bit of success but not that much success. Isn’t that
interesting? They’ll give you a little bit of success but not that much
success. So, they’ll give you wrong information on purpose to
virtually sabotage your ultimate success, to keep you as a worker
instead of that which is making ultimately millions.
So, who do you listen to? Well some of you are saying, “Well, I
know what you’re saying. You should listen to me.” Actually, no. I
didn’t invent any of this information, I’m just the messenger. I’m just
the teacher. I learned this information, none of it’s mine. I’ve learned
it, I’ve applied it, and I’ve taught it. Where did I get this information
from, and where is the information that you’re going to be receiving
today and tomorrow, where did it come from?
I mentioned secret societies. Nothing to be scared about when
we talk about secret societies; no conspiracy theories, no mystical
stuff, no Satan worshipping, nothing like that. Just a group of people
would get together and basically share information within “the gene
pool.” That’s really what it comes down to, and again this is historical
facts. The elite class set up societies where they could work together
and benefit one another as a group. They believed that wealth, and

11
they believed that this knowledge should be kept amongst them-
selves, and they believed that it was genetic in nature, and so they set
up societies. Freemasons, as I mentioned, was one. A very famous
one is at Yale University. Yale University, a very famous American
university, has a society called the Skull & Bones. Now, the Skull &
Bones has a building, you can see it, people go in and out of the
building, and they meet at places. It’s common knowledge. If you’re
a member of the Skull & Bones, you don’t hide it. You’re proud of that
membership. President Bush, John Kerry the Senator, many poli-
ticians, Supreme Court justices…as a matter of fact the CIA was
started by the Skull & Bones. There’s a great movie with Matt Damon
about that called The Good Shepherd. Watch it. You can learn a little
bit about Skull & Bones. It talks a little bit about that, and they give
you some inside information of how the meetings work and how the
networking works amongst members.
So, there are lots of secret societies all around the world. The
Illuminati is one. And one of the largest ones, which is actually kind
of at the pinnacle, is called the Brotherhood. The Brotherhood is a
unique society because it keeps its membership very secret and it
keeps its existence very secret. Many members of Skull & Bones are
also members of the Brotherhood. Many members of Freemasons,
when they reach 33rd degree, become members of the Brotherhood,
of the Illuminati and various other organizations around the world
become members of the Brotherhood. It is a society of people that
have gotten together, that share information, and share secret know-
ledge of how the Universe works, and how this planet works, and
how, as a human being, you can be happy, healthy, and make your
desires come true, and go through this life in an exciting, joyous,
adventurous, fulfilling way based on your desires and your wishes.
Now that’s key. It’s your desires and your wishes.
Now, every person on the planet has different desires and
different dreams and different wishes. Some of you think that
whatever dream you have everyone shares the same dream. That’s
not true. Some of you think that every desire that you have, everyone
should have the same desire and that’s not true. Guess what? Some

12
of you are looking around this place and saying, “I want this! Oh my
God, I want this!” And others of you are saying, “This is too big! I
don’t want 200 staff members working for me!” So, each one of you
has a different desire. Some of you, your desire is to have a log cabin,
and that’s where you want to live and have a little, you know, garden
out in the back. Some of you, your desires is just to have a nice small
little home with a brand new car, and that’s your desire, and that’s
your dream, and that’s your wish, and that’s what you want to do.
Some of you have dreams of being the best parent in the world. Some
of you have a dream of being the best policeman in the world. Some
of you have a dream of being a happy, wonderful fireman. Some of
you want to be a doctor, or a nurse, or a teacher, or a pharmacist, or
a surgeon. Some of you have different goals. Some of you want to be
a great cook. Some of you have different dreams and goals. There’s
no reason to think that every person has a dream or a goal of being a
billionaire, and there’s nothing wrong with not wanting to be a
billionaire. Very few people actually have that desire. So, what we’re
going to be sharing with you is how to make whatever your desire
and your dream come true.
So, these societies got together and shared this information so
that people could follow their bliss, follow their motivation. They
could follow their heart’s content, they could make whatever dreams
they had in their own life come true…and that’s how this information
was shared. And a lot of this information goes back thousands of
years. Some of the manuscripts that I’ve actually read, as part of the
group, were on yellowing paper, hundreds and hundreds of years old.
Some of it was translated down from manuscripts that were over a
thousand years old, in different languages, and had to be translated
into other languages and so forth, and it’s all not in English. There’s
manuscripts from these societies that are in German, that are in
Russian, that are in ancient languages as well—Hebrew, Arabic,
Greek, Latin. So, a lot of this stuff is not new material. It’s been used
throughout history, and over time, the information has been codified,
it has been simplified, and it has been put in easier-to-understand

13
formats. That always happens with information over time, it becomes
simpler and simpler and simpler.
So, the information that you’re going to get today and tomorrow,
it’s not mine. It is a collective group of people over thousands of years
who’ve put this together through trial and error. Where it actually
originated from, I’m not going to get into that today; that’s open for
discussion and we can discuss that. That’s maybe over a lot of
people’s heads, their level of belief or understanding, but the bottom
line is the information is used today by an incredibly small group of
people when you compare it to the five plus billion people on planet
Earth today. A small group of people have had access to this
information, and those who do have access to this information, and
use this information have an amazing life, and have lived an amazing
life, and it’s not just about things. It’s about the inner feeling…waking
up full of wonder of the planet that we live in, and our life and how
just to fulfill our desires and be happy and enjoy and experience
exhilaration, fulfillment, and ultimate happiness and bliss. For some
of you having your own private jet—and you’ve seen a lot of them
here—is your bliss. And for some of you, you have no interest in a
private jet. Your bliss is being able to fly first class once in a while and
that’s perfectly fine. There’s no right and wrong when it comes to
desires; whatever your desire is your desire.
So, who do you listen to? Well I would suggest that you listen to
people who have what you want. Listen to people who have what you
want. And this information comes from people who have done it; it’s
proven, it has passed the test of time, it works, it works better and
faster than anything else out there, and this is the first time in history
where this information is being revealed and released on a large-scale
basis. And I can tell you there’s a very, very, few people—very few—
who are excited to have this information out.
One of the first people in known history that felt like this infor-
mation should be let out was Andrew Carnegie, the richest man in the
world, who had this information, who was also a member of the
Brotherhood. Andrew Carnegie, as I mentioned, started U.S. Steel
and up until…when he did that by the way, Henry Ford, who was also

14
one of the richest men in the world, who was also a member, he went
crazy. He was one of the most vocal people against Andrew Carnegie
sharing this information outside of the elite class and outside of the
members of the various societies.
So, when I decided to leave the Brotherhood and share this
information, I was met by violent opposition, extreme negative
opposition, and for a lot of reasons we’ll discuss later. But several
people in various groups—like our 33rd degree members of the
Masons who are here, the members of the Illuminati that have come
out, other members of the Brotherhood, several members of Skull &
Bones—they’ve all come out to back me up and show their support;
which is why they’re here to meet with you, because they know this
information and they’re validating and verifying that this
information is true and accurate, and by their own lives…what they
have in their own lives, what they’ve achieved in their own lives, and
in their own families, you can see first-hand that this is the real deal.
It isn’t smoke and mirrors, but it’s the real deal, more so than
anything else out there from any other CD series, or seminar, or book,
or teacher, or guru or whatever. You’re seeing that this is the real deal
on a scale like you’ve never imagined before. You’re looking at
members of royal families, the richest people on the planet, the
people that control the flow of oil, the people that control the flow of
information to the media, control food; you’re looking at the people
that control the planet. And that’s who you’ve had a chance to meet,
the individual people and their families, so you can see that this is
truly something special that you’re about to hear and learn.
So, who do you listen to? I would suggest that the information
that you’re going to get is going to be mind-blowing, eye opening,
ridiculously simplistic to the point of surprise for many of you. I can’t
believe it’s so easy. Yeah, but there are a lot of nuances that make it
work; but it is easy—incredibly easy to apply, and the results should
happen for you faster than you could ever dream possible.
So, let’s talk about a few things first. First, you’re going to learn
a lot of information. Again, the information that I’m going to be
sharing with you in just two days is just the thumbnail sketch, kind

15
of a bird’s eye view. I can’t give you everything today and tomorrow
that I’ve learned over thirty-five years and thousands and thousands
and thousands and thousands of hours of training. Now by the way,
when you’re in societies, how is the training actually given to one
another? It’s actually not done in classrooms. It is done in some
workshops such as this, some seminars, and some lectures, abso-
lutely. A lot of the information, however, is taught to you via books,
where you actually have to read things.
Now, the reason I point that out is today, very few people read;
and one of the interesting decisions made by society members, and
this has been throughout history by the way, is when you have the
elite class who have information, they want to keep that information
to themselves so that they do not have competition. Throughout the
history of the world, the ruling classes, the elite class of people that
had this knowledge, they wanted to keep the knowledge to them-
selves so they didn’t have competition. The way to do that was, first
and foremost, keep the masses illiterate. If we can keep the masses
unable to read, then we will keep them outside of the ability to get
this knowledge, which is one of the reasons why in schools around
the world, reading levels are continuing to go down. Now, throughout
history the majority of the population was illiterate. In today’s society
we have schools so we think, Oh, everybody can read and write. It’s
not really true. In America, for example, phonics, which was taught
in all schools, was taken out of the schools and replaced with a
method called the “look-see method,” and this makes sure that kids
can’t really read. So, reading is diminishing over time; it’s going
down, down, down, down, down. So, we learned this information,
within the societies, primarily from reading. And reading is some-
thing that is really overlooked, but knowledge that comes through
reading is quite different than through any other method. Leaders are
always readers. If you look at the leaders of countries around the
world, if you look at the billionaires around the world, if you look at
the captains of industry around the world, they always are massive
readers. They read, read, read all the time. Now think about that. I
mentioned to you that I learned this information, and information is

16
shared within the societies primarily through reading. So, when you
see somebody who is a voracious reader, ask yourself, hmm, I wonder
if he’s a society member? because that’s one of the things that we’re
taught, and that’s one of the things that we’re trained to do very early
on is to read and gather information through reading. So, reading is
really import-ant for how we get this information.
The societies, as I mentioned, are kind of common knowledge,
but it’s really what goes on inside the societies that has always been
kept a secret.
“Hey, I’m Senator John Kerry and I’m a member of Skull & Bones.”
“Okay, what goes on?”
“Well I can’t tell you, it’s a secret.”
“I’m a 33rd degree member of the Freemasons. I’ll let you know that.
That’s okay.”
Benjamin Franklin was a member of the Freemasons, a 33rd degree
member. Throughout history our leaders were 33rd degree members;
they were proud of that membership. They used to wear their
Masonic garb in public; they were proud of membership. But when
you ask them what went on inside, “What did you learn?” that’s when
it stopped. That’s when, “No, no, no, no, no, no. I’ll let you know that
I’m a member but not what I learned as a member.”
So, we’re coming forward—not just myself but the friends that I
brought along with me. We are now sharing with you this infor-
mation. So, I mentioned, how is this information taught to us? A little
bit in lecture or workshop or seminar, but primarily through reading.
And the third method in which this information is shared is via one
another, one-on-one communication with other people. Information
is shared between one participant or one member to another
member. Much of this is done one-on-one. So, there’s a line of
communication, just like it has been done throughout history where
information has been passed down verbally. And in many cases
information is passed down verbally, verbatim, although most of it is
backed up in written form, but it is passed down verbally, verbatim,
which is really interesting.

17
 You start sitting down with somebody over a cup of coffee…and a
lot of these society meetings aren’t so secret. You know, in recent
times it’s very common for us to sit down at a coffee shop and have a
cup of coffee and be sharing things, and if you recorded that twenty
minute conversation, the information that went back and forth may
go over the heads of ninety percent of the people, but the information
between the society members, because we know what we’re talking
about…it’s not in code…but we know what we’re talking about,
resonates perfectly and we get so much information that we can use
in our real lives.
So first, it’s by some workshop lecture. Secondly, mostly by
reading. Thirdly, by one-on-one. And the last method of learning is
something that we don’t do today very often, or we don’t even use the
words very often, although Donald Trump brought it out with his TV
show The Apprentice. How many times have you heard apprentice in
today’s society? “What are you doing?” “Well, I’m an apprentice.”
How many people say, “I’m an apprentice?” That’s how we learned
everything throughout history; you got an apprenticeship. You
wanted to be a plumber, you became an apprentice. You found a
master plumber, you became his apprentice, and you learned from
the master plumber. Go back and look at martial arts. Go look at Star
Wars; you know you had the Jedi knight, the master Jedi knight
always had an apprentice, and it was a one-on-one training.
Sometimes we call them, he’s my mentor. Well this is the fourth
method in which the societies share information—through a virtual
apprenticeship program. And it’s something that we just do not do
today outside societies—outside the societies in the general popu-
lation. But when you’re in the society you actually get a mentor and
you become an apprentice, and you learn directly from one person.
That’s how you’re trained, and the training is a life-long experience.
You always have a mentor. Even when you are a mentor, and you
have an apprentice, you still always are an apprentice.
Now, with that in mind, I want to talk about the first, most
important thing that we’re taught, based on this concept of how to
learn. How do we learn this information, whether it’s in the Masons,

18
whether it’s in the Brotherhood or the Illuminati, whether it’s in the
Skull & Bones or any of the other hundreds of secret societies, how
do we learn this information?
First, we’re taught that we have to be teachable; we have to be
coachable. This is the first thing that we’re trained. And actually,
before you are even let in as a member…sometimes it can take years
before you are allowed in as a member. Now, some groups like the
Masons, you’re allowed in very early, but you don’t learn anything
really until you get way up to the top; so, even though you’re in, you’re
not getting anything, you’re just kind of going through the, almost the
interview process, because if you join the Freemasons very few people
reach the 33rd degree level. That’s because they don’t qualify. And
what’s the qualification of being a member of the Brother-hood or a
member of these and getting to the highest levels and learning all the
information? This is the key, by the way, because there are many
people that are members, but very few reach the highest levels. What
is the number one, the first and foremost qualification? And that is
are you teachable? Because if you’re not teachable, if you’re not
coachable, you then disqualify yourself. So, the first thing we’re
taught is not “are we great teachers,” not “are we great people,” not
“are we so smart,” but actually, do we know how dumb we are? Do we
know how much we don’t know? Do we know that, I don’t know what
I don’t know? Think about that statement. Ask yourself, are you
sitting there going, You know, I don’t know what I don’t know. I
know nothing, and I’m going to listen to everything and I’m not
going to challenge it by disagreeing, and I’m also not going to
blindly follow it. I’m going to believe what you’re saying must be
true, but I am going to question it until I understand why it’s true.
You must be teachable, first most important thing. Today and
tomorrow and throughout your life, understand this concept. If you
get nothing else from today and tomorrow but this one concept I’m
going to teach you right now, you will be better off, happier, more
successful, you will achieve greater things faster than you could ever
dream possible by learning this one simple concept; and that is you
must be teachable. You must be coachable.

19
 How do you determine that? There’s an index, there’s a Teach-
ability Index which will determine how teachable you are. And you
must, I’ll tell you, you must consider this all the time. You can’t learn
this concept right now and say, “I got it!” No. You’re never going to
get it; you’re always getting it. Do you understand that? You’re always
getting it. How teachable are you? How coachable are you? So, what’s
your Teachability Index?
There are two variables when it comes to your Teachability Index.
The first variable is what is your willingness to learn? On a scale of
one to ten…if you’re listening to this on CD, ask yourself…on a scale
of one to ten, how much, how high is your willingness to learn this
information? Now, this Teachability Index is applied in life or any
particular study. Let’s say you want to learn a foreign language. You
have to ask yourself…if you’re going to succeed in learning a foreign
language you must be teachable. You must have a high Teachability
Index, otherwise you’re wasting your time. If you want to learn this
information today and tomorrow, and all the other information that
we’ll provide to you, you must be teachable. That’s why some people
in the societies may have a high Teachability Index in the beginning
but later on, they know everything, they stop becoming teachable.
I’ve had apprentices who have stopped being teachable. I had one
guy, for example, he maxed out his income, which is what you can
quantify. His income was about a million bucks a year, and he
stopped being teachable. He was still my apprentice, but I stopped
teaching him because I’m waiting for him to become teachable again.
Nothing more to teach, nothing more to give, because it’s going in
one ear and out the other. So, you wait, and you go back to Teach-
ability Index. So, on a scale of one to ten, what’s your willingness to
learn this information? Again, if this was a language course I’d say,
“What’s your willingness to learn this language?”
So, the question is, Your Wish is Your Command: How to
Manifest Your Desires, which we’re teaching today, and tomorrow,
How Anyone Can Make Millions: The Money-Making Secrets
“They” Don’t Want You to Know About…what is your willingness to
learn this information on a scale of one to ten? Now obviously the

20
people here in the room, you spent $10,000, traveled, some of you,
halfway around the world, had no idea who you were meeting, where
you were going. You weren’t blindfolded of course, but this was just
complete faith and now you’re blown away. I know you’re doing back
flips already from what you’ve seen, and we haven’t even started. So,
I know most of you here in the room probably have a high willingness
to learn because you’ve shown it. Those who are listening on the CD,
you didn’t invest that much money. Some of you won’t even listen to
the whole CD package; you’ll throw them under the bed or on the
shelf like every other course.
But what is your willingness to learn on a scale of one to ten?
What are you willing to do? How much time are you willing to really
invest? How much money are you willing to invest? How much effort
are you willing to put in? What is your willingness to learn? Some of
you are thinking, I’m a ten, I’m a ten! I have a ten willingness to
learn! But I’ve got to go right now because there’s a movie I want to
see. Okay yeah, sure you have a high willingness to learn. You don’t
have a high willingness to learn. Are you willing not to watch TV for
a week? “Oh, I didn’t know it was going to be that hard!”
What is your willingness to learn? This may change from time to
time, but think about it. On a scale of one to ten, what is your
willingness to learn? Ten is the highest, one is the lowest. Generally
speaking people think they have a high willingness to learn but they
don’t. The real question is what are you willing to give up to learn
this? What’s your favorite thing to do? Is it to go to the movies? Is it
go bowling? Is it eating in nice restaurants? Is it poker night? Is it
watching TV? What is your favorite thing to do? Is it playing with
your kids? What is your favorite thing to do? Are you willing to give
that up for a week, or a month, or dramatically reduce that? Golfing.
Some of you like golfing; are you willing to put the golf clubs away for
a year? “Oh my God, I didn’t know it was going to be that hard.”
What is your willingness to learn? If you don’t have a high Teach-
ability Index…hey you’re all apprentices to me right now, but I’ve got
to tell you, you’re not all going to be Jedi knights. You’re not all going
to be masters unless you have a high willingness to learn, and the

21
willingness to learn scale is really the question, what are you willing
to give up? So, rate yourself right now on a scale of one to ten.
Now, the next variable…and this is even tougher than the first
one…what is your willingness to accept change? What is your willing-
ness to accept change? Because I’m going to tell you something, if
you’re not happy with where you’re at right now, you have patterns,
you have done things a certain way, you have, most importantly, you
have thought a certain way, and that’s going to have to change. What
is your willingness to change the way you think, the way you feel
about things, the way you think about things, and some of the things
you do? What is your willingness to change?
If you eat at McDonald’s three times a week, what if I said,
“You’re going to have to change that. You can’t eat at McDonald’s
anymore?” “Ahhhhh!” You can still eat food! What if I said that and
you love McDonald’s? What is your willingness to accept change?
Some of you think, Well I’m a ten willingness to learn! I’m going to
learn this! But change? No, no, no, I don’t want to change anything
in my life. Well, if your willingness to learn is a ten, but your willing-
ness to accept change is a zero, ten times zero is zero; you have a zero
Teachability Index. You have to have a high willingness to learn and
a high willingness to accept to change to have a high Teachability
Index.
Those who have the highest basically say, “I’ll do whatever it takes
to learn this. Whatever you say I’ll do. I’ll give up anything, no
problem. I have a high willingness to learn. This is my obsession to
learn this. This is my number one priority, to learn this.” You have a
ten, willingness to learn, and you say, “I will change anything in my
life and change any way of thinking.” You have a ten willingness to
accept change, ten times ten is a hundred, you are the perfect student,
you are my apprentice, follow me. In a short period of time every
desire in your life will happen because you’ll learn this better than
anyone.
Now I have to tell you, I had, when I started, a ten and a ten, which
is why I learned this so quickly because I came from nothing, and I
understood a basic concept when I was very young. A guy told me this

22
early on in my training. He said something very profound. He said,
“Kevin, are you happy with where you’re at?”
And I said, “I want more. I’m angry, I’m frustrated, I’m overweight,
I’m just not comfortable in my skin, I’m struggling with finances. I
want a different life. I want to wake up happy, I want to go to bed
with a big smile on my face, I want to sleep beautifully all night long,
I want to wake up excited for my life! I want to accept the challenges
that are presented to me with gusto and enthusiasm and vigor and
adventure! I want things to go smoothly, and when they don’t I
want to laugh at them! I want to just feel great no matter what the
situation is! I want to have a healthy body and a strong body, I want
to be flexible, I never want to get sick! I want to be able to go
anywhere, do anything I want! I want to be fulfilled, I want to add
value to society, I want to feel like I have a purpose in life, I want to
be excited when I look at a tree or a mountain or a stream! I want
to enjoy experiences, I want to do things!” Those are my desires.
Yours may be different.
He said, “So, you want things to be different in your life?”
I said, “Yes, I want things to be different.”
He says, “Kevin, if you want things in your life to change, you’re
going to have to change things in your life!”
Think about that. The most profound statement I ever heard. If you
want things in your life to change, you’re going to have to change
things in your life.
“What do you mean?”
He goes, “You’re going to have to do things different. You can’t do
the same thing all the time. If you do the same thing over and over
again and expect a different result, you’re an insane person. It’s just
not going to happen.”
If you want things in your life to change, if you want your circum-
stances to change, if you want everything to change and be better and
different, then you’re going to have to do things differently, you’re
going to have to change different things. You’re going to have to
change the things you’re doing—the actions—but most importantly
you’re going to have to change the way you think.

23
 Teachability Index. How teachable are you? You’re all becoming
apprentices. You’re all getting a mentor, and it’s not me. I’m just the
messenger of the information, not an individual mentor. Later, as we
set up things, which I may touch on later this weekend, you may have
the ability to have a personal mentor and be an apprentice to
somebody who is a master, one-on-one, but that’s not going to be
available to everybody because not everybody qualifies; not everyone
has a high Teachability Index.
I remember one time I was in a lecture with our group, and I was
sitting there and I thought, and I thought…because we’d go up and
down, by the way, on our Teachability Index, because we’re like a
sponge. You know we get a lot of information and when our sponge
gets full, we can’t take any more in and we stop being teachable. Do
you understand that? So even if you have a super high Teachability
Index right now, in three hours your Teachability Index may go down
because you may be overwhelmed, which is why I’m putting this on
CD, so you can listen over and over again, because, you know, you
have to be able to absorb information; and when you’re overwhelmed
and you’re processing all this new data you stop being teachable. So,
willingness to learn; what is your willingness to learn and what is
your willingness to accept change?
And I remember one time when I started, I was super high in
both of those categories, and after a while I was absorbing, absorbing,
absorbing, but I wasn’t using the information and therefore, I
couldn’t take any more in. And I remember I was sitting there in the
room, and a guy at the front of the room says to me, he says…we had
a group of people there…he says, “I’m going to teach a two-day
seminar.” And I was sitting in Boston, Massachusetts at the time,
where I was living. And he said, “I’m going to teach a seminar,” and
this was back in the early 80’s. He said, “I’m going to teach a
seminar, and in the seminar, I’m going to teach you how to make a
million dollars a year without ever leaving your house.” And I’m
sitting there and I’m thinking, I’m definitely going to that seminar!
He says, “It’s going to be in Los Angeles, California,” and I said, I
ain’t going to that seminar. And he says, “It’s $5,000.” This was back

24
in the 80’s. He says, “It’s $5,000,” and I said, I definitely ain’t going
to that seminar! That’s what I’m thinking to myself. He said, “Now
for some of you in the room, going to Los Angeles is too far and
$5,000 is too much money, so you won’t go to the seminar. And
that’s why you’ll always be a loser.” It just hit me like a ton of bricks.
I said, Wow, my willingness to learn just went down, because I
wasn’t willing to invest the time, travel that distance, and invest that
type of money to learn this information. My willingness to learn went
down, and because I had been so slapped across the face a million
times about Teachability Index, I knew that my Teachability Index
was off, and I was stuck, because if you ain’t teachable, if you ain’t
growing, you’re dying. You never stay at the place you’re at. You’re
actually going backwards. And I thought, I’m not teachable. So, I
said, “I’m going,” and I changed instantly my willingness to learn; it
went back up to a ten. And I focused on my Teachability Index so that
my willingness to learn was a ten, which means I was willing to invest,
give up things, invest time and money and give things up, willingness
to learn, and my willingness to accept change, which means I was
willing to listen and change and do things different. And the
information I learned in that seminar…I didn’t make a million dollars
the next year. I made two and a half million dollars the next year, and
actually in only eight months, without ever leaving the house, with
the information I learned. And by the way I wasn’t the top earner
from that seminar, which really annoyed me because I thought I was
the person with the highest Teachability Index, but obviously there
were some other people that were even higher than me.
So, what’s your Teachability Index? What’s your willingness to
learn on a scale of one to ten? What’s your willingness to accept
change? What are you willing to give up, what are you willing to
invest in money, what are you willing to invest in time, and what is
your willingness to accept change? Are you willing to do things
different? Are you willing to do things different, and are you willing
to think differently? That’s the question.

25
 Lesson Two
________________________________________________

The Four Basic Concepts to

Achieving Success, Part II

Okay we’re back. First off, any questions, comments, or obser-

vations about the first things we talked about?
Now, we talked about, first and foremost, who do you listen to?
And I suggested that of the thousands of books you could read on
similar subjects to this, you really can’t read those books or listen to
those people because these people don’t know the information, and
the evidence is, that they don’t know it, is that…just look at their own
life. They haven’t achieved what they’re teaching. When it comes to
making money the people that are writing books on how to make
money don’t have any money, they haven’t made any money, and the
only money that they’ve made is by selling books on how to get rich.
So, they haven’t done anything in real life. It’s all theory.
The super wealthy that write books don’t “write” the books, don’t
even know what’s in the books, and if they did, they’re not going to
share with you the true information anyway, because they have a
basic belief that this information should not be shared to the general
public, and they don’t want to do that because they don’t want the
competition.
So, who do you listen to? I would suggest the information you’re
going to get this weekend is valuable. Why? Because it’s not coming
from me, an individual guru; it’s coming from the collective amount
of information from the secret societies. And we have here, as
members, 33rd degree members of the Freemasons, we have
members of Skull & Bones that have come forward…the first time
ever in history that members of these secret societies have come
forth. Obviously, they’re not making themselves known to the public,
but it’s the first time these people have ever come forward in releasing
this information and sharing this information, and they’re backing

26
me up on releasing this information…myself and the Brotherhood,
and some of the other secret societies, the Illuminati and so forth. We
have members, now part of this group, that are taking this infor-
mation and sharing it with you. So, this information, I think, is the
purest information you’ll get on this subject and how to make money,
tomorrow. How do you know? Look at the evidence. And obviously
those here can see the evidence, but this information obviously
works; it has worked better and faster, has the longest track record,
most amount of history, but most importantly, the evidence is real,
you can see it. It’s not myth, it’s not fantasy. So, who do you listen to?
We talked about the Teachability Index. How teachable are you?
What is your willingness to learn, on a scale of one to ten, and what
is your willingness to accept change? So, anything on those two basic
points? Question? Yes, the question was about other books written,
and the question was specifically about some of the great books out
there that give stories that, maybe the person who wrote the book
isn’t super wealthy, they don’t claim to be, but they claim to be a
teacher, and are those books good because those people maybe don’t
have the desire to become billionaires…therefore, if they don’t have
that desire, there’s nothing wrong with that, but can’t we listen to
what they’re saying because that information sounds really, really
good? That’s a very good question, and here’s the answer.
When you read books…and I’ll give you one book: The Celestine
Prophecy. And you read books like that, these books tell stories that
never happened. Isn’t that true? These books give you a myth; they
are a book that is a fable. It is a story about a non-existent person in
a non-existent place where non-existent things happen. These are not
biographies. These are not autobiographies. These are made up
stories and there’s no secret that they’re made up. The authors have
some convoluted, whacked-out theory of how success works, how the
physical Universe works, how earth works, how the Universe works,
how energy works, how success works, how happiness works, how
manifesting dreams and desires work; they have this theory of how
these things work, and it is a theory. And in order to prove their
theory…they haven’t done it themselves so what they say is, “I don’t

27
want, I don’t want…I have no desires, so don’t look at me. I have all
the desires of my life.” And that’s maybe true. Maybe they do have all
the desires of their life, which is fine. They all have very small desires
though. They all have small dreams, which I think is a little bit
interesting.
Sometimes there’s something called justification. I don’t want a
big house; I like my small house. I don’t want a new car; I like my
fifteen year old car. Sometimes we justify that we don’t want
something, when in fact, it’s because we believe we can’t get it. So,
these people have these ideas about how this stuff works, and in order
to teach it they have to make up a story about a person and how this
person goes through their made-up life and how things happen in the
made-up life, which prove this person’s theory is true. We read this
book, and maybe it’s really well written, and we like the book, and it’s
a great book, and we enjoy it. The problem is it never happened. The
story you’re reading about is made-up. And again, it’s no secret it’s
made-up. They’re not trying to, you know, convince you that it’s real.
It’s a fable, it’s a myth, it’s a made-up story. They say, “Well, I’m using
this as an example.” It can’t be an example because it had never
happened. If their theory of how things happened were true, why do
they have to make up a story? Why can’t they just point to a real
person, and share with you a real person’s story, and give a real-life
example of that happening? The answer is because there isn’t a real
person who ever achieved their desires in the manner in which these
books are presenting. The information in the books are fake. The
recipe is fake. The recipe for success doesn’t work, because if it did
work, they would have a real-life example. Does that make sense?
Yeah. That’s why I brought you here so you could meet real people,
and we’re not talking theory. We’re going to be sharing with you real
experiences in the real world, and everything that you’re taught this
weekend, the examples that you’re going to be getting are from real
people, not a myth, not a fantasy. That’s the big difference, and that’s
a very good question. Any other questions?

28
 Yes, Teachability Index. Okay. Alright. For those of you on the CD
that can’t hear the question, the question was on Teachability Index.
The question was, “How do you know that you have a high
Teachability Index? How can you know that you have a high
willingness to learn, and how can you know that you have a high
willingness to accept change? Maybe you think you have a high
willingness to learn, but you really don’t.”
There’s two answers to that. The first answer is what are you
willing to give up? What’s your favorite thing? This is a simple test. If
one of your favorite things is golfing, are you willing to put the golf
clubs away for a year? Are you willing to…if your favorite thing is
watching TV, are you willing to not watch TV for a week? Or if you
watch x-number of hours a night, are you willing to cut down to one
hour a night, or half an hour a night? What’s your favorite TV show?
Let’s be real specific here. What’s your favorite TV show that you have
to watch all the time? Are you willing not to watch it for a year? That
will tell you what your willing-ness to learn is. What’s your favorite
thing? Are you willing to give it up? That will really tell you what your
willingness to learn is.
Now the question is, “What if I want a high willingness to learn,
but I just can’t seem to motivate myself to give up the things I love
the most? Can I still have a high willingness to learn?” The answer
is yes. First, you have to determine where your Teachability Index is
right now. If it’s not ten and ten—ten willingness to learn, ten
willingness to accept change, it doesn’t mean you go home, it doesn’t
mean you shut the CDs off and say, “Forget it. I can’t learn this. I
don’t have a high willingness to learn.” It just means that you have
to acknowledge that, “I don’t have a high willingness to learn.”
Let’s say that you want to play golf and you’ve never golfed
before. Well, that means you’re starting at a very bad place; you’ve
never played golf before. So, you want to play a round of golf, and you
want to enjoy yourself, but you’ve never played golf before. So, going
on a golf course, you’re going to be hacking up the course; you’re
probably going to be miserable. Your goal is to have a great time
playing golf. That’s okay, because you know I’m starting here. So the

29
point is, your goal…and this is important that you understand
this…your goal is always the first thing in front of you. Some of you
think your goal is to manifest your desires. Some of you think your
goal is to learn this information. Some of think your goal is to make
a million dollars. No, that’s not true. Everyone’s goal, everyone’s first
objective, is different. It’s the first thing in front of you, which means
if you are a ten and ten, your goal is not to get 100 percent
Teachability Index. You’re there. So, your goal is going to be the next
step from there. But if you’re sitting over here, and your goal…and
you acknowledge that your Teachability Index is five and five, only 25
percent, your goal then is to get to 100 percent Teachability Index.
That is your objective. Do you understand that?
Key point: your objective, your goal, what you focus on is always
what’s in front of you, what the next step is. So, if we stepped these
out, the first step is you need to decide who should you listen to. Are
you going to listen to the gurus who write the books that make up
stories, because they can’t find a real person on planet Earth that
actually did what they think is the secret to success? Because if their
secret to success is so true let’s find one person that did it.
I read this one book. This guy, the secret to his success, the way
to be successful, to make money: “You have to breathe, and you have
to meditate, and you have to let it come to you. Let it come to you.
Sit and let it come to you.” And he gave all these stories of these
people throughout history that he made up. These are all fables. Well
guess what? I said if that’s true, let’s find…there’s a bunch of
billionaires around today…let’s find one of the billionaires who sat in
his room and went “mmm, om” and meditated all day and his billions
came to him. There isn’t one. They worked their ass off. They worked
hard, they were obsessed with making money, and they put a lot of
effort into it and a lot of focus. They didn’t sit around meditating all
day saying, “The Universe is going to give me the stuff.” I’ve listened
to these goofs.
And by the way, I hope…and we talked about this at dinner last
night. We’re not going to fluff this because we have limited time, so
we’re just going to tell you how it is, even if we step on some toes, so

30
we apologize. But first thing is who do you listen to? You have to listen
to people who have done it in real life, real examples, people like you,
because it shows that it works, it’s proven to work; it’s not theory.
That’s the first step.
If you’re not there yet, if you’re not at the point where you’re saying,
“This information on these CDs, in this workshop…this information
is not from a source that I feel comfortable with,” you can’t go any
further; so, you have to get to step one. If you’re there, then your next
step is, “I need to be as teachable as I can be; I need to acknowledge
what my Teachability Index is,” and you need to get your
Teachability Index up. Your goal is getting your Teachability Index
up. So then the question is, “Well, how do I believe that the
information is coming from the right source on these CDs or in this
workshop? How do I get to that level, and how do I get my
Teachability Index up? How do I do that?”
Here’s the answer. The reason we put this on CD is, if you go back
to what I said about how we were taught this in the societies, it was
in stages and at levels. Primarily, I mentioned a little bit of workshop
and lecture, through books, through mentoring, having a mentor or
being an apprentice, and through one-on-one communication. The
key is when we’re learning this from a person; the person can see
where we’re at, and they’re not going to take us further than where
we’re at. So, if we’re stuck on Teachability Index, for some people the
mentor or the teacher would work with the apprentice only on
Teachability Index, sometimes for weeks, months or years before
they got to a level where they could teach them something. They
would teach them something knowing that, “I’m going to teach them
something that they can learn based on their Teachability Index,
because if their Teachability Index is so low, I can’t teach them a
high level piece of knowledge because they won’t learn it. So, I’ll
teach them a very simple piece of knowledge so that they will learn
it at their current Teachability Index.” Does this make sense?
And here’s what happens. How do you get the Teachability Index
up? Generally speaking, the person has to make these decisions on
their own and choose on their own and make their own decisions and

31
take their own responsibility. The way to help them is by teaching
them a little something that they can learn based on their current
Teachability Index level. And when they learn it and see that this
works, that this is good, that they liked it, their Teachability Index
will then go up; their belief in it will go up; their belief that they can
do it can go up. Therefore, their willingness to learn will go up and
their willingness to accept change will go up. That’s the first method.
The second method is by exposing this person to people that
have what they want, because by seeing first hand people who have
what you want, your desire will go up to achieve that, to also get that.
And when your desire goes up, your willingness to learn will go up.
Does this make sense?
Now, you here in the room and the people listening to this on
CD, what is your method? Because some of you are wondering, How
do I get this up based on where I’m at and with the tools I have
available? The answer is—and this is why we put this on CD—listen
to these CDs. Listen to these CDs all the way through, all the way
through. As you listen the very first time, some of you will have a very
low willingness to learn and low willingness to accept change the first
time you listen to it. But after you listen to it, go back and listen to it
again. The second time you listen to it your willingness to learn will
be higher, your willingness to accept change will be higher. Then,
listen to it again, and then listen to it again. At the end of the CDs I’m
going to give you additional materials which I am going to encourage
you to get, CDs as well as books, and we may, in the future, offer more
live events. It’s an ongoing process to increase your willingness to
learn. It’s an ongoing process. Each one of these steps, ideally, should
be at a very high level before you go onto the next one, but you don’t
have that luxury, and you don’t have that amount of time. So, I hope
that answered your question.
If you’re at a low level, of right now, in terms of willingness to
learn or willingness to accept change, just acknowledge it and just
know, “I’m probably not that teachable.” It doesn’t mean you’re
completely not teachable. You’re going to learn some of this stuff, and
as you learn some of it your Teachability Index should go up, with

32
one exception: you have a super high willingness to learn right now,
high willingness to accept change, you’re a hundred, you’re absorbing
all this in so fast that your sponge is going to get full. Maybe a few
hours from now it may dramatically shift. That’s why listening to
these CDs over and over and over and over and over and over and
over again is really your mission. This is what you should be doing.
“How much should I listen each day?” Well, I designed this
lecture with breaks approximately every hour, and that’s a very good
way. You can listen to one CD then take a break, but I’ll give you
another little trick. If you listen to these CDs in twenty-minute
intervals, which means you listen for about twenty minutes, shut the
CD off, go get a glass of water, go for a walk, go have some lunch, then
listen to another twenty minutes, then take another break for five, or
ten, or fifteen minutes, or an hour or two, then listen to another
twenty minutes. That’s really the ideal way of being able to absorb all
this information. But listening to them three hours straight every day,
boom. For some of you, you’ll sit down and say, “I’m going to start at
nine o’clock in the morning, listen all day till five, and then listen all
day on the next day.” That’s fine as well. But just listen to them over
and over and over and over again, because there’s so much
information packed in this lecture, in these CDs, because we have
limited time. You have to listen to it over and over and over again to
get the information.
And for those of you at home, I would also suggest that you buy
some Baroque classical music, and you can play that softly in the
background. Baroque classical music will actually lower your resting
heart rate, reduce your blood pressure, and synchronize the left and
right brain hemispheres. It will actually put you in what’s called an
“alpha state,” which is the ideal state for learning new information
because it will be synchronized into both hemispheres of the brain.
So, if you’re listening to these CDs while playing Baroque classical
music in the background, that’s an ideal way of doing this as well. The
reason I didn’t put Baroque classical music on the CDs, or here in the
lecture hall, was this is an individual preference based on the music
and the volume. Some people just can’t concentrate, for a lot of

33
reasons we’ll talk about later, if there’s any music playing whatsoever,
initially, because of a lot of different factors. So, Baroque classical
music, test it. If you like it, then play that softly in the background at
a level with these CDs. It’s very effective. For some people it can be
very irritating. If it is irritating, that’s another issue which we’re going
to address later in terms of how to focus and what causes you not to
be able to focus, or putting the mind in two different places, which
we’ll talk about a little bit later. So, I hope that answered your
question. Any other questions, comments, or observations? Okay,
great.
So, we talked about two basic things: the first two steps, who do
you listen to? And you should be listening to the people who have the
results to prove what they say is true.
Second, what is your Teachability Index? I’m hammering Teach-
ability Index. Why? Because if you ain’t teachable, then every-thing
goes in one ear and out the other. You have to focus on Teachability
Index every day. You can’t say, “Oh, I’m teachable,” and expect it just
to last forever, because in a day you can be teachable in the morning
and not teachable in the afternoon. You have to constantly consider
your own Teachability Index.
Third step. Third step is what’s called the Training Balance
Scale. Now, I learned this at one of my mentors in the society, at his
home in Memphis, Tennessee…one of the wealthiest guys in
Tennessee. And I was there for a day of one-on-one mentoring back
in, oh twenty-five years ago now, and this is one of the concepts we
spent eight hours working on.
Again, I want to just digress for a second. I’ve got you guys today
and tomorrow. For those listening to the CDs you’re going to get
about ten-plus hours of material, and I’m jamming in so much
material in a short period of time. As I mentioned, I’m giving you kind
of a thumbnail sketch, kind of a bird’s eye view; I’m touching on
things. In real life each one of these subjects…each one of these
subjects…you just take Teachability Index. I could spend three days
working on Teachability Index, just three days. When I learned this
next concept I went down, and I spent an entire day. We started at

34
breakfast, we worked through lunch, we worked through dinner, and
we were up till around two o’clock in the morning, and I had felt like
I didn’t get anywhere close to all the information on this subject, and
it was true. This subject is called the Training Balance Scale. Now,
over the years I’ve gotten more information on this one subject. I’m
going to give you guys about 30 minutes’ worth of information. If I
were to focus on this one topic we could spend three, four, five days
together on this one topic. Somebody says, “Is that really valuable?
Is that really needed, to spend three days on Teachability Index, or
four days, or five days on Teachability Index, or 30, or 40, or 50
hours on this ‘Training Balance Scale?’” The answer is yeah it is, but
only when you’re ready. You can’t do that right in the beginning. See,
you eat an elephant one bite at a time.
If we’re going to teach you mathematics, think of all the
information that can be taught on the subject of mathematics. Well,
if you have never learned anything about mathematics, and this is the
first lesson on mathematics, I’m going to have to teach you what the
numbers are, one through nine and zero. You don’t even know how
to make a number three. You don’t know what a three represents. You
don’t know what a five represents. So, I have to teach you the
numbers first and explain that this squiggly line, which we call a
three, means three bits of information, and I’d have to teach it to you
by throwing three paperclips down and say, “That’s three,” and then
I’d show you five paperclips and go, “That’s five,” and I’d start
showing you what these numbers represent by giving you something
in the physical universe you could see and touch and feel. You have
to start there first. Then, I’d have to teach you addition, then
subtraction, then multiplication, then division. Now think about
when we learned all this stuff. How many years did it take to learn
just that? Remember long division? Oh, you had to carry numbers?
Then we have to teach fractions. Wow, some of you are like, “I
remember fractions.” How do you multiply fractions? And decimals,
then geometry, and algebra, calculus, trigonometry. Do you under-
stand that? Same thing here.

35
 When you look at a concept like Teachability Index, think of it as
mathematics. You may think you know everything already about
Teachability Index. Remember what I said in the beginning? “You
don’t know what you don’t know.” I laugh because I’m holding back.
There’s so much knowledge and information about Teachability
Index, I just scratched the scratch of the scratch of the surface; just
giving you a little bit, just enough that you need right now so that your
eyes don’t roll in the back of your head. So, each one of these subjects,
later, I’m going to do the full-blown teaching on each one of these
subjects.
Now, this seminar, today and tomorrow, is what we call the basic
seminar; it’s the basic information, and it’s just giving you the scratch
of the scratch of the scratch of the surface of each one of the subjects.
You can then take this basic information, each of the subjects, break
it down and give you another 30 hours of information on each one of
these subjects. But then there’s advanced material which goes beyond
this. Someone says, “Do I need all this stuff?” The answer’s no.
Everything you need is in these CDs and in this lecture. Why?
Because you have one lifetime here; keep this in mind. You have one
lifetime here; you’re starting from zero. If you were born into an elite
family, by the time you’re twenty, 30 years old you’re not at zero.
Some of you here in the room are 30, 40, 50 years old? Guess what.
If you were born in an elite family, you would have had that much
time to learn all this stuff. You can’t learn everything. You can take
this information and create so much in your life it’s going to blow you
away, and a lot of times people relish and enjoy what they’re creating
with this new knowledge and this new power, and they don’t want to
do anything more. You don’t have to go any further; and some of you
may choose to. So, that information will be available, but it’s not a
requirement. My gosh, the information you’re going to have access to
today and tomorrow will allow you to create more than you could ever
dream possible, and only then will you be able to dream further and
get bigger.

36
 So, let’s talk about Training Balance Scale. Again, I learned this for
the first time when I was in Memphis twenty-five years ago, and this
was a profound learning experience for me. The Training Balance
Scale is a scale, and on one side of the scale is what’s called “thinking.”
You could also call it…and I’m going to give you a bunch of different
words for this side of the scale…
- Thoughts
- Thinking
- Desires
- Dreams
- Goals
- Attitude
- Mental Processes
- Objectives
One side of the scale, this side of the scale, deals with thoughts. It
deals with your mind, what goes on inside your mind, how you think.
You can also put down:
- Vibration
- Intention
- Energy
This side of the Training Balance Scale deals with thoughts, what goes
on in the mind, only how you think. It also, this side of the Training
Balance Scale, is how you feel, your emotions. So, this side of the
Training Balance Scale, if you were to break it down, deals with your
thoughts and your emotions, how you think and how you feel.
The second side of the Training Balance Scale is…
- Actions
- Physical Movements
- What You Do
- Techniques
- Strategies
- Action Steps
- Plans
- Activities

37
This side of the Training Balance Scale is the physical actions that you
do; it’s the acting out. So, the difference is, I’m thinking of calling my
brother; that’s on the thought part of the Training Balance Scale.
Physically picking up the phone and dialing is on the action part. The
thought part is, I’m thinking of a battle plan, a plan of attack. I’m
thinking of putting a project into motion, that’s my thought.
Physically putting that into motion, buying a filing cabinet, getting a
desk, setting up a corporation, writing a business plan; the actual
doing is on the other side of the Training Balance Scale.
The thought; another word you could say is the why. The action
part of the Training Balance Scale is the how. Primarily, the big
difference between these two is one is just your thoughts, and the
other one is the actual actions put into place. Those are the big
differences between this Training Balance Scale. Now, the reason this
is called the Training Balance Scale is when you’re learning
information, the theory is that there should be a balance between
these two. There should be a balance between dreams, goals, attitude.
Another good word is motivation on the thought part. Motivation.
There should be a balance between motivating somebody...if you’re
going to train them you want to motivate them, and get them excited,
and talk about their dreams and their goals and how they’re going to
feel when they’re successful and they achieve this. And there should
be balance between doing that and also teaching them techniques—
specifically, how do they make a phone call, how do they set up the
corporation, how do they do this, how do they do that? There should
be a balance between teaching the real techniques that you apply in
real life, the how, and motivating, or working on a person’s goals and
dreams, and how they’re going to feel when they achieve the success,
and there should be a balance.
The theory is—I’m using the word “theory” on purpose—the
theory is if you work only on motivation, like if you go to sales
training seminars, you go to a lot of these guru seminars on “how to
be successful” weekends, Walk on Fire and all these different things,
they work on motivation, motivation, motivation, and people leave
and they’re motivated idiots. They’re so motivated, but they have no

38
concept, no idea of what to do. The other side of the coin is you go to
some of these boring, boring seminars that teach you technique,
technique, technique, technique, technique, skills, skills, skills, skills,
skills, the how, the how, the how, the procedure, the method, the
other side of the training scale; that person leaves and does nothing
because he’s not motivated.
So, the theory is, when you train
somebody, you have to have a balance between working on their
motivation and attitude and dreams and goals, the thoughts, and
training them on techniques, skills, methods, procedures, the how.
You have to work on the why and the how when you’re training
somebody. Well, none of you are training anybody right now. You’re
being trained. So, the reason we bring this up is you need to
understand both sides of the Training Balance Scale. So, as you’re
learning new information, you should learn both—the why: you
should be working on your goals, your dreams, your wants, your
desires, your thoughts, your attitude, your motivation, and you
should also be working on the how: the skills, the techniques, the
methods, the actions, learning exactly how to do the actions. You
must learn both. But the theory is that the balance should
be that you learn equal amounts of both, and this, my friends, is the
great myth that will keep you broke. It is a myth purposely put on you
by the elite class…and there’s actually two parts to the elite class out
there just so you know; this is one of the reasons why I left the
Brotherhood. You have the elite class that is benefitting society, and
then there’s what’s called the “parasitical” elite class, which lives off
of society. The parasitical elite class, unfortunately, is the majority
and they live off your labor. That’s the reason why they want you to
stay at the levels you’re at, but they want you to believe you have
opportunity, that there is free enterprise, that you have freedom.
Let me tell you something. When
you go to a job, and you work for fifty years, and you’re bringing home
your paycheck, you’re just barely making ends meet. You’re paying
off the mortgage, the car payment, the insurance payments. You’re
just basically paying off the student loans for your kids to go to

39
college. You ain’t free. You’re a slave. You’re just like a slave picking
cotton. You are a slave. You think you’re free. You think you’re part
of the free enterprise system, but you’re not. You’re a slave. You are a
slave. And in this lecture I don’t have time to get into all the details,
but the way the interest rates are and the fees on loans and credit
cards are set up, and the way that taxes are set up, it’s a built in
slavery system which is why 97 percent of people in America…and it’s
worse in other countries…in America are born, and they die, and
when they die they have less than $1,000 in the bank. They’ve been a
slave their whole life. They basically worked their whole life making
other people wealthy and allowing other people to live their dreams.
Statistics vary, but it’s said that 99 percent of people in America—and
again other countries are worse—die with most of their desires
unfulfilled. How sad. So, this is a myth, that you have to have a
balance.
What the truth is, and I’m going to explain later, but I’ll just give
you the data now for you to chew on. The truth is that the thought
part of the Training Balance Scale, the thinking, is 99.9 percent of it,
if not 100 percent. Thinking and your thoughts are ultimately more
important than the how or the techniques or the skills. When you’re
creating things in your life, when you’re making your desires come
true, when you’re making your wishes manifest right before your
eyes, and you’re making millions, like you’ll learn tomorrow, or
whatever amount you want…it could be tens of thousands, it could be
hundreds of thousands, it could be more, but whatever it is, when
you’re making your desires happen, the most important part is your
thoughts.
I was sitting in a guy’s house in Charlotte, North Carolina years
ago—an incredibly wealthy guy. And I remember I was listening to
him, and he made the stupidest statement of all time. And I
remember thinking it was the stupidest statement of all time the
moment I heard it. He said, “When your attitude’s right, the facts
don’t count.” And I said, How stupid. Facts count. Facts count. Your
thinking and your attitude is not going to change the facts. And so
later I challenged him, but again, at this moment in time, I was very

40
fortunate because Teachability Index is always at the forefront of my
thought every day. How teachable am I? How teachable am I? How
teachable am I? What’s my willingness to learn? What’s my
willingness to accept change? How teachable am I?
And when he made that statement the first thing that popped
into my head was, This is a stupid statement, and the second thing
that popped into my head was, How teachable am I? And I said, High
willingness to learn, high willingness to accept change. If I think this
is a stupid statement, I am willing to change that if I can get some
more information because I don’t understand it. So, later we’re
sitting at his home and I challenged him, and I said, “Explain this.
I’m confused because it doesn’t make any sense to me.”
With a big smile on his face he just simply said this: he says, “When
your attitude’s right the facts don’t count, first and foremost,
because what you think are facts ain’t facts anyway, they’re just
people’s opinions.”
I thought, Huh?
He said, “Look, what you think are facts aren’t facts. They’re mostly
people’s opinions.”
When your attitude’s right facts don’t count because what you think
are facts are mostly opinions. He goes:

“Let me give you a couple of examples. After the Second

World War, there was a glut of ships in the world because
the war was over. There were more ships, just everywhere,
and none of them were being used; the war had ended. All
the massive construction of shipping that was done
because of the needs of the war created the largest excess
glut of ships in history. You couldn’t give ships away
because it would just cost you money to get rid of, to haul
the ship out of there and you couldn’t get any money for
scrap metal. It was just a disaster. There were just ships
blocking up ports and harbors. They were everywhere; you
couldn’t give them away. And if you were stuck with
ships…I mean it was a disaster just having them. You had

41
 to pay money to get rid of the ships. It was just a glut of
shipping. And everyone knew that this was a fact, and
everyone knew that anybody in shipping was basically
screwed. They just were losing money hand over fist.”

These were the “facts.” But there was one guy by the name of Aristotle
Onassis (who happened to be a member of the Brotherhood) who
understood that what most people think are facts are nothing but
opinions. And at a coffee shop, on a napkin, he just did some
mathematical calculations, and he said:

“The reason there’s a glut of ships is because of the war,

shipping had ceased.” Nobody was shipping things because
of the war, because you’d get torpedoed; there was a war
going on—world war. And he said, “If shipping goes back to
the levels it was before the war, there ain’t enough ships.
Even if it went back to the levels it was before the war, there
are not enough ships right now that are seaworthy.”

And Onassis just came to a simple conclusion: Because of the war the
world had become internationalized. Americans were now eating
pizza, which they never heard of before the war, but now the
American GIs were coming back from Italy talking about, “Hey we’ve
got pizza.” So, Americans wanted Italian products, Germans wanted
American products, Japanese needed products because of the war.
The world had become internationalized because of all the inter-
national travel from the GIs, and everyone wanted different people’s
products from around the world. So, Onassis said, “If shipping goes
back to the levels it was before the war there aren’t enough ships
right now, but because of the war shipping will increase faster than
ever,” and so Onassis went out and got every ship he could. Within
three years he was the richest man in the world, based on shipping,
because he discerned fact from opinion.
The key here is the how is not so important as the thought
process.

42
 This next concept that you need to understand, basic concept
number three, is that you have to understand thoughts and what your
thoughts are, and you have to understand the how and what you’re
physically doing, the techniques. But you have to focus all of your
attention, focus all of your attention on the thoughts. Work on the
thought process, work on the thinking process, do not worry about
the how. I’m going to talk more about this later, but the key that you
need to understand is that your thinking, the thoughts, your dreams,
how you feel is 99 percent of the importance to make success work.
Most people fail because they’re always concerned about the
how. They’re concerned about how am I going to get the money to
do that business? How can that happen? I don’t understand how
that’s going to happen. I don’t have the skills. I don’t have the
knowledge. I don’t have the techniques. I don’t have the know-how.
None of that matters. When your thinking is right, when the thoughts
are correct, the how doesn’t matter. I’m going to explain more about
how this works later, but you just need to understand, at this point,
the basics of the Training Balance Scale, that you have a thought
process and you have a how process. You have both, but most
important is thinking, thinking, thinking. It’s all about the thoughts.
Now, the next concept I want to talk about, concept number four,
is the Four Steps that you go through when processing information.
There are four basic steps the mind goes through when it’s processing
new information. First, is what’s called unconscious incompetence.
This is when you don’t know that you don’t know. Next is called
conscious incompetence. This is when you know that you don’t know.
Next is called conscious competence. This is when you know that you
know. And last is called unconscious competence. This is when you
know and it happens automatically. It’s called autopilot. You need to
understand these four areas of the brain, the mind, the thought
process, and the learning process because your objective is to get to
unconscious competence, where this information that you’re
learning is part of you, and it’s happening automatically. It just
naturally occurs; it’s a knowing, like your own name. What’s your
name? Boom, you know your own name, you don’t have to think

43
about it. You’re unconsciously competent, you know that you know;
it’s autopilot.
If I say, “Can you tie your shoes?” Yeah, you bend over and you
tie your shoe. Well, think about the very first time you needed to tie
a shoelace. You didn’t even know that you didn’t know. You were
unconsciously incompetent. Then, I showed you how to tie a
shoelace, you couldn’t do it, now you’re consciously incompetent, you
knew you didn’t know. Then, you were taught how to do it, and every
time you tied the shoelace it took you a few seconds, you had to think
about it. How do I do it, left over right, where do I…and you thought
through the process; you were consciously competent. After a while,
you don’t think about how to tie the shoelace, you just tied the
shoelace. You’re unconsciously competent.
Driving home—some people drive home from work, you get
home and you think, “Boy I don’t even remember how I got here; my
mind was someplace else.” because you’re unconsciously competent
when it comes to driving home; you know exactly how to drive home.
You don’t think about it anymore, it’s out of the conscious state. It’s
unconscious, you just know it; it’s in the knowledge bank. This
information you’re learning, and that’s one of the reasons why you
want to listen to these CDs over and over and over and over again, is
to get this information at the unconscious competence level.
So, for example, if I were to ask you, “What was the first concept
we talked about?” some of you have to think about it, check through
your notes. Well, you should know. The first concept is who do you
listen to? And you should be able to understand who you listen to and
why you listen to certain people and not others.
If I say, “What was the second concept we talked about?” Again,
some of you don’t know. Well, if I were to help you and go, “It was
called the Teachability Index. What is the Teachability Index?” You
should instantly know without even thinking about it, there’s two
variables: willingness to learn, willingness to accept change. If you
need to think about that, you’re not unconsciously competent yet, no
problem. But the point is, all of these concepts, when they become
unconscious knowledge, part of your knowledge bank, when you

44
become unconsciously competent in all these areas, that’s when
magic will start, because that’s when, without even doing anything,
all of these things will begin to work.
When I say work, what are we talking about specifically? We’re
talking about manifesting your desires in record speed and have it
happen as if by magic, have it happen easily and effortlessly. That’s
what we’re talking about…that’s what we’re talking about.

45
 Lesson Three
_______________________________________________

The Power of Repetition,

Study and Discipline

Okay, we’re back. First, any questions, comments, or observations

on the four basic concepts we covered so far? The four basic concepts
being, of course, who do you listen to, the Teachability Index, the
Training Balance Scale, and the Four Steps that you go through when
learning information. Yes?
Okay, good question. The question was, “How do you get to
unconscious competence? How do you get to that level?”
The answer is actually very simple. All of you start at the bottom,
and when you’re learning information you get to conscious
competence. That’s when you know the information, but you have to
consciously apply that information; you have to think about it. So,
you have to think about applying it. The only way you can get to
unconscious competence is by utilizing one of two methods: number
one, by doing it over and over and over at the conscious competence
level. The example is tying a shoe-lace. How did you get to
unconscious competence when tying a shoelace? How did you get to
unconscious competence by knowing your way from work to home?
The answer is by doing it over and over and over and over and over
and over again, at the conscious competence level. You do it over and
over and over again, and all of a sudden you become unconsciously
competent. The question is how actually, what’s the mechanism in
which to get to unconscious competence? Another way of calling
unconscious competence is the knowledge bank, knowingness. It’s
where it’s completely internalized; it’s part of you. You don’t have to
think about it anymore.
When you actually do something over and over and over and
over again, you’re actually creating neural pathways in the brain.

46
These are biological connections between cells—dendrites—that
connect and actually grow in size. And these neural pathways are
energy channels where information, or energy, is transmitted
through the brain; they’re actual patterns that develop in the brain.
So, by getting to the unconscious competence level…you do that by
doing it over and over and over and over again, creating that neural
pathway.
There is a second method, and it’s very interesting. And the
second method is by observing someone else do it. So, one of the
advantages of having a mentor, one of the advantages of being an
apprentice is you get to observe someone else. This is the reason why
associating with people who have what you want…and this is one of
the major benefits of the societies like the Brotherhood…not only did
we get the knowledge, but we got to observe people using the
knowledge. And by that observation, you know, monkey see, monkey
do…that’s exactly what I’m talking about. This is a major advantage.
If you’re learning from somebody who’s doing it wrong, you’re going
to do it wrong as well. That’s why if you want to be a great chef, and
you happen to be the apprentice of a spectacular chef, there’s a good
chance you’re going to become a spectacular chef. If you want to be a
spectacular musician, and you get to work with and be an apprentice
of a spectacular musician, then you get that advantage. You will
become a spectacular musician. If you want to be a spectacular tennis
player, or golfer, or basketball player…when you start associating
with people who are brilliant in those professions you get to see what
they do, see how they act, and you turn around and get that as well.
Success does breed success; it does rub off. Having a mentor,
associating with people that have what you want, and in this case
utilizing this information, being able to witness them, watch them,
observe them, does create neural pathways in the brain as well.
Which is more important, or which is better? Both are impor-
tant, but I would suggest to you that unless you are observing on a
regular basis, unless you are listening to, watching, mimicking, and
modeling your behavior after those people that are actually doing this
stuff, your level of proficiency, your level of success, is not going to be

47
as good. You actually may become unconsciously competent in doing
it wrong because you do it the same way all the time. So, learning this
information from those who have achieved, and used it professionally
and perfectly and to a very high level, is something that you have to
do. It isn’t a one-time thing, it’s an ongoing process.
So, the way you get to unconscious competence is by observing
those people who are doing it. Now, from a practical standpoint how
are you going to do this? Because when you guys leave here, you’re
not going to have that physical mentor. But guess what, we didn’t
have physical mentors that we were around every single day either,
but we were around them once in a while, and when we were around
them we took full advantage of that situation and observed, and then
kept that picture in our mind, kept that meeting in our mind, and
then mimicked thereafter. So, what do you do?
Well, you’re going to have some advantages that other folks
won’t have. First, you’re going to have a plethora of CD material being
made available to you. And again, this information is not coming
from me, the guru; I just happen to be the selected teacher and
messenger of this information. The information is information that I
learned from my association and involvement with the Brotherhood
(I reached the highest level in that organization) as well as the other
people that you’ve met, the members of the Freemasons, 33rd degree
members that have not officially left but are sharing the information
and releasing it to us; the Illuminati, Skull & Bones, and many of the
other folks from the other societies as well. So, we are a group of
people that learned this information from the various societies we’re
a part of, many of whom were members of the elite class, have this
information, have the physical evidence that it works in our life, and
you’re sitting here so you can see it…and we are gathering this
information together and presenting it to you in what we believe to
be a very easy to digest format so that you can apply it and see speedy,
spectacular results.
Now, we’ve done this outside of this group over the last few years
to some individuals, kind of tested it out, and the results have been
nothing more than spectacular, where people have said to us that

48
learning this information and applying it has just been mind-
blowing, at the speed in which their dreams and desires are coming
into physical reality. So, whatever you want in life you can have; the
key is getting to that unconscious competence level. So again, in
answer to your question, it’s by doing it over and over again at the
conscious competence level, which goes back to…that’s why
everything here is in an order of teaching. That’s why you must have
a high willingness to learn and a high willingness to accept change.
You have to be high on the Teachability Index. And I can tell you I’ve
met people all over the years, and the majority of people…If someone
said, “What is the number one reason that people just don’t succeed?
Is it lack of knowledge?” And the answer is actually no. The answer
is it’s low Teachability Index. Actually, if you go back and say, “What
are the causes of people failing?” Number one, they’re not listening
to the right people, which is why who do you listen to? So, they’re
listening to the wrong people. If you want to be a great chef and you’re
listening to a guy who’s a short order cook, who’s never made a
soufflé in his life, guess what, you’re never going to learn how to make
a soufflé. If you want to be a world class chef and eat spectacular food
or learn how to cook spectacular food, and you’re learning from a guy
who fries eggs, and nothing wrong with frying eggs, but you’re not
learning how to create spectacular cuisine because you’re learning
from somebody who doesn’t know how to create spectacular cuisine.
If you want to be a great piano player, and you’re listening to
somebody who’s, you know, maybe a very good honky-tonk piano
player but certainly not a concert pianist, you’re never going to be a
spectacular pianist; you’re never going to be a great musician because
you’re not learning from the best. Same thing here.
If you want to create things in your life, if you want to have
happiness, you need to learn from the best. The first reason people
fail is they don’t learn from the right people, which means you’re not
getting the right information. But if you find the right people, you do
get the right information. And somebody would say, “Well, up until
now this information has been secret.” That’s absolutely true.
However, there’s enough information out there, from the right

49
people, that if you utilize it…yeah, all the stuff has not been released,
but a lot of this stuff is available. I think the key elements have never
been available, but some of the information has been available, and
enough has been available where you can apply it and reach
spectacular results.
But the first reason that people fail is they don’t have the right
teachers. They’re not learning from the right people, they’re not
listening to the right people, which means they’re getting the wrong
information.
The second reason people fail is they have a low Teachability
Index; they just refuse to be willing to give up things, to be obsessed
with learning. They have a low willingness to learn. And even if they
do have a high willingness to learn they have a low willingness to
accept change. They keep doing the same thing over and over and
over again and just refuse to change their patterns. And again, those
patterns are neural pathways, which is why willingness to accept
change…you have to understand the reason why you may have a hard
time willing to change. The reason it may be hard for you to be really
willing to change is because you’ve done the same thing for so long;
you’ve established very, very, very strong, embedded, ingrained,
large neural pathways. New neural pathways have to be developed,
which creates new patterns. So, low Teachability Index is a major
thing.
The next reason people fail is they spend too much time on the
how. Remember the Training Balance Scale? They spend too much
time on the technique or the skill, thinking that that’s the key. Too
many excuses such as, Well, I don’t know how to do that. I don’t
know how to raise the money for that business. I don’t know how in
the world I could have enough money to pay off all my bills. I don’t
have any idea how in the world I could be able to take a one month
holiday to Europe, if that’s what your desire is. They think of their
desire, and then what they do is they come up with all the reasons
why it won’t happen in their life, because they don’t know the
technique, they don’t know the how, they don’t know where the
money’s coming from, and they’re stuck on that side of the Training

50
Balance Scale. That’s a key.
And then the fourth reason people fail is they don’t spend
enough time at the conscious competence level to develop new neural
pathways, so that they get to the unconscious competence level where
new patterns have been established, new habits, new neural
pathways, and the information becomes automatic, and it happens
instinctively, instantaneously, effortlessly, easily, thus creating the
results as if by magic and as if by doing nothing.
Now, all of this stuff will begin to make sense. I’m touching on a
few things so you have a general understanding, so as we go further
it will all start flowing into place. The four basic concepts that we
discussed, and we must review them, and you must know them
because these are the foundation of all the information for the rest of
today and tomorrow. It is the foundation. Remember, you can only
build as high up as your foundation is deep. Some of you at the break
came up to me and said, “You know, we’re spending a lot of time here
on what I would classify as some very simplistic, very basic
information.” You know, “When are you going to get to the real
meat?” And, let me tell you the news…these four basic concepts, this
is the real meat, because the rest of the information is actually easy
and simple, but none of it will grasp, none of it will take root unless
you have a fertile environment for the rest of the information to grab,
grow, take hold, and develop.
It’s like if you’re going to plant seeds you need to prepare the soil
first. If you don’t prepare the soil, if the soil isn’t fertile, you can plant
seed, and you can water it all you want, and get all the sunlight on it
you want, but the seed will never take root and grow. The soil has to
be prepared. If you’re going to build a skyscraper you must build a
foundation, and that foundation has to be strong, it has to be deep.
Without that foundation nothing will happen.
And what are we looking to achieve here? You know, the first
part of this weekend is entitled Your Wish Is Your Command: How
To Manifest Your Desires, which means whatever you want in life
you can call it forth. Whatever you desire, whatever you want, you
can give the command and manifest it in your physical experience.

51
Whatever your heart desires, whatever you want to see in front of
you, whatever you want to be, do, or have, all you have to do is give
the command and it’s there. You have Aladdin’s lamp; the genie is
there. Give the command, and it will come forth with amazing speed.
Whether that be happiness, whether that be money, whether that be
a bigger house, or something material like a car, whether that be
something internal, a feeling, happiness, joy, glee, whether it be a
relationship, whether it be a better relationship with the person
you’re with, whether it be happiness in your home, whether it be a
better relationship with your friends, co-workers, children, family
members, whether it be learning a foreign language, or learning to
play a musical instrument, or whether it means traveling, or whether
it means doing something where you’re praised and you’re given
accolades for, whether it be growing in your career, and hitting levels
of appreciation in your life from the people around you that you’ve
always desired, whether it be getting your physical body to a place
where you feel fantastic in your skin, whether it’s physical
health…whatever it is you want, this course is designed to give you
the tools so that all you have to do, in effect, is give the command.
Your wish is your command. Whatever you command, it can come
forth. That’s what we’re achieving.
Tomorrow, we’re focusing strictly on money. Today, we’re laying
all the foundation for everything. That’s the objective. And somebody
always says, “But I know this stuff; this stuff sounds something like
I’ve heard before.” Really? You know this stuff? You know it. Do you
know it? Leo Buscaglia, great author (passed away now), he said, “To
know and not to do is not to know.” I’ve got a friend of mine, he was
giving a lecture and he was talking about being positive. And I was at
this lecture, and he was talking about how most people aren’t really
positive, enthusiastic and happy, but that’s a really key element to
success. We’ll talk about that later. And this woman raises her hand,
and she says, “I don’t understand. I’m happy all the time.” And my
friend looked at her and said, “Really? You should tell your face!” and
everyone cracked up laughing because she had this scowl on her face,
which certainly didn’t make it appear that she was happy. She

52
thought she was happy but she certainly wasn’t emanating that
feeling. So, if you think you know this information, but you don’t have
the results to show it, I can categorically tell you, you don’t know it;
you’re doing something wrong. Think about it. You know how to do
this, really? Okay. You know how to make a soufflé, really? How come
you can’t make one? Obviously, you don’t know. You think you know,
but you don’t. Your Teachability Index is zero. Capisce? You under-
stand this?
I keep going back to these four concepts, the foundational
concepts: who do you listen to, the Teachability Index, the Training
Balance Scale, and the Four Steps, getting to unconscious compe-
tence. Now, these are four concepts that you should know, know,
know, and know just like your own name. So, if I were to ask you,
“Who do you listen to and why?” you should be able to explain it to
me clearly, concisely, with brevity. Who do you listen to? When
someone says, “Well, how would you explain that concisely, Kevin?”
I would say “Very simple.” If somebody says, “Who do you listen to?”
listen to people that have what you want, that have the physical
evidence that it works. That’s it. That make sense?
Teachability Index, can you explain that to me? Yeah, there are
two variables. One, what is your willingness to learn? Next, what is
your willingness to accept change? You have to be high in both of
those concepts; you have to be very high. You have to have a high
willingness to learn. “Well, how do you determine if you have a high
willingness to learn?” What are you willing to give up? Are you
willing to give up your favorite thing to learn? What is your willing-
ness to accept change? Are you willing to do something completely
different? You need to be teachable.
Training Balance Scale, can you explain that? Yeah, there’s two
sides to the Training Balance Scale. One is the thoughts, one is the
actions, one is the attitude, the motivation, the why, the dream, the
thinking; and the other one is the how, the techniques, the skills, the
action steps, the doing part. Which is more important? The thoughts
are 99.9 percent of this process. Make sense? Next, the fourth
basic concept. What are the four levels of learning? You should

53
instantly tell me, not by looking at your notes. Unconscious
incompetence, conscious incompetence, conscious competence and
unconscious competence. If I were to say, “Well how do you get to
unconscious competence?” Well, there’s two ways…by doing it
yourself over and over and over again at the conscious competence
level to develop new neural pathways, new patterns, new habits, and
by observing and associating with people that are doing it. Observing,
observing, observing, watching, mimicking them, and modeling
yourself after them because they already have established neural
pathways, and you’re seeing firsthand exactly how it works. That’s
the key…vitally important. Now, why are we spending so much time
on the basics? Because, as I mentioned, this is the foundation. We
need to have a fertile environment for everything else to grow,
otherwise nothing else will stick. If you were my apprentice, these
four basic concepts, getting you primed and ready to learn, is how I
was taught. As an apprentice, I would follow my master, in effect.
Now, it’s not like a Shaolin monk following his master; we’re not
walking around in robes. It’s not like a Jedi knight in Star Wars where
Anakin Skywalker was following around Obi-Wan Kenobi, or Obi-
Wan Kenobi was following around his master, Yoda. No, but yes.
In my case, and in all the other people here that you’ve met, in our
real life, we could all be classified as masters because we have had
apprentices. But guess what, we still have mentors; we are all still
apprentices even though we’ve had many, many, many apprentices
ourselves in which we have been teacher to. But how does it work in
real life, in the societies? The observation, as I mentioned, is
occasionally in a seminar workshop setting, in groups. Much of it is
one-on-one, speaking one-on-one over coffee, or discussing on the
phone, one-on-one.
Books. Someone says, “Well how can you be an apprentice and
observe from a book?” Well, think about this concept. Did you ever
read a novel, a really good novel…and you read this novel and you’re
sitting there, and you’re reading the novel, and the novel is talking
about the hero, and the hero is in the Amazon jungle, and he has his
machete, and he’s wearing a ripped t-shirt because his body is

54
perspiring so much, and there’s bugs all over his body. There was a
slight rain earlier, so the jungle is moist and humid, and it’s hot, and
he has shorts on, and hiking boots, and he has this large machete,
and he has a bandana around his head, and he’s going through the
jungle in search of the villain. And you’re reading this novel as it
describes the green foliage that he’s going through, and the types of
plants, and the sounds he’s hearing, and the bugs he’s seeing, and the
feel that his feet are experiencing when they mush into the moist
earth, and the color of the earth, and the smells that he’s having, and
how he’s breathing because of the heat and the humidity, and he’s
tired, and how his muscles are beginning to ache, and his arm is
beginning to get weary from the heavy machete chopping into the
foliage as he’s going through the bush. And as you’re reading this it’s
enthralling; it’s very well written. And you’re reading this novel, and
somebody walks in the room and says to you, “Hey Charlie,” and you
continue to read the novel, oblivious to your friend who’s walked in
calling your name. And the person says, “Charlie…Charlie…Earth to
Charlie!” And finally, you look up, not hearing a word, and you say,
“Did you say something to me?”
That’s happened to all of us. You know exactly what I’m talking
about. You’re so engrossed in this novel that you’re not even in the
room anymore because you were in the Amazon, and you were
oblivious to your friend two feet away from you yelling your name.
That’s how…now listen carefully…that is how you associate: you
mimic, you observe successful people who are using this information
in their real life. That’s how books work. The books that we read, that
we were given, use these techniques. They’re not manuals per se, but
they’re stories of real people, members of the societies with real,
accurate descriptions of their daily life and them acting out these
principles and techniques in their daily life. Does this make sense?
This is why I tell you, the first concept was who do you listen to?
When you start reading books about mythical characters you’re
screwing yourself up, because now you’re mimicking and modeling
yourself after the short order cook when you want to learn how to
cook a soufflé, because these are not real people. If there was a simple

55
thing for you to do, if you wanted to be outrageously successful, it’d
be go and get autobiographies and biographies of people who have
what you want. If you want to be a chef read the autobiographies and
biographies of great chefs. If you want to be a musician, read the
biographies and autobiographies of great musicians, because that’s
who you have to mimic and model yourself after. These are the people
that have developed the habits and neural pathways in their brain,
who’ve reached levels of unconscious competence that you should be
mode-ling yourself, and since you can’t meet them because they’re
dead, you can still associate with them. Now, pay attention. Listen to
what I’m saying. You can still associate with them, even though
they’re dead, through books.
Leaders are always readers. Books are magic. Books are
powerful. Books allow our brains and our imaginations to be utilized
to create images, sights, sounds, and smells through the power of our
imagination, in our brains, which creates neural pathways even faster
than physical observation with our eyes. Isn’t this interesting? Some
of you wonder why we had to read books when we were kids. And
some of you wonder why books are being pushed away by the
powerful, parasitical elite class, because the power of books is known.
The power of books is known.
So, we associate and observe.
So, you’re here and getting to the unconscious competence level,
utilizing the fundamentals, the four basics—who do you listen to,
Teachability Index, Training Balance Scale, and the Four Steps of
learning information. This is the foundation.
When we worked with our mentors, as I mentioned, in some
cases our mentors would give us books where we would begin to learn
these concepts, and the books that we were given had emphasis on
one of these four characteristics. Was the emphasis of the story, was
the observations I was getting from the book focusing me on
Teachability Index, or Training Balance Scale, or the Four Steps, or
who do I listen to? It was given so that I would continue to focus on
these four fundamentals, and obviously I was given books because
there were thousands and thousands and thousands of these books.

56
We were given books based on our need and our weakness, but every
book always covered all of them, with emphasis on one over the other.
At the end of this class, you’re going to be given books, not from the
societies because they are unavailable to you for multiple reasons. We
couldn’t grab them from the libraries and take them with us. By the
way, where are these libraries? A lot of people ask? “Where are the
libraries?” The libraries are in people’s homes; they’re not in the
Skull & Bones building, they’re not in the Illuminati building, they’re
not in the Brotherhood building, they’re not in the Freemason
buildings, no. This information, as I mentioned, is passed on through
generations, through families, through people, and these books and
libraries are actually physically in homes around the world. That’s
where the information is and that’s why it can’t be taken out. So,
you’re going to get the second best. You’re going to get a list of other
books which myself and my colleagues have read and come close,
come close. So, we’re going to give you many of these tools when you
leave.
So, we learn this information from, I mentioned, some lectures,
some one-on-one conversations, books, and again by physically
observing. So, how would we do it in real life is the books were
probably the main focus because that was something that we could
do on our own. And then the physical observation, because we knew
what members of society were members of our societies, we could
observe them, and we were given access—although in many cases not
direct access; in some cases only indirect access through our mentors,
our teachers, our sponsors. Every group called these individuals
different things. Sometimes, one society calls your teacher “the man,”
which is interesting because a lot of minorities in America use that in
a very defamatory way, and that’s really where it came from—from
the secret societies, as the person who has power over you, in effect.
But, we observed…we looked. We were taught that we had to observe,
and how were we trained? When I was with my mentor, or if I was
observing another member of the society, sometimes I’d get a phone
call at two o’clock in the morning.
“Hello?”

57
“Hey, did you see so and so today do his such and such thing?”
“Yeah.”
“What did you observe?”
Two o’clock in the morning, I’m getting the phone call. This was part
of the training, this was part of the teaching. That’s a little bit of the
advantage of having that one-on-one person. But for you, you have
these CDs, which we didn’t have, by the way, because none of this
stuff was recorded. Heaven forbid this stuff would be leaked out. So,
you have an advantage that we didn’t have. Myself and my colleagues
are putting together these CDs for you, for those here in the room
obviously, because when you leave, I know you’re not going to get it
all; that’s why you’re getting these CDs. And for the people at home
listening to the CDs you can listen to it over and over and over again,
and you’re virtually going to have a catalog of CD material and books
that you can use as your material, which will be incredibly powerful
at learning this information, integrating it, and getting to uncon-
scious competence.
Well, why am I spending so much time, again, on this
foundational material? I was with a Shaolin monk. Some people may
have watched the TV show, an American version of the
show…actually an American series, TV series, called Kung Fu, back
in the seventies with David Carradine. Kung Fu was about a Shaolin
monk from the Shaolin Temple in China, which is a real place,
thousands of years old. And this particular TV series was about David
Carradine; his character was named Kwai Chang Caine; he was a
Shaolin monk. A Shaolin monk, at the time, was a Buddhist monk
who was trained in the martial arts of Kung Fu, Tai Chi, Qi Gong,
Woo Su, and other martial arts. The Shaolin Temple was actually the
birth place of all martial arts in the world. The Shaolin monks, before
they were martial artists, were peaceful, meditating monks.
Unfortunately, because they were peaceful, meditating monks,
bandits would come in, beat up the monks, kill the monks, and steal
from the monks. The monks got a little tired of this so they decided
to go out and find some warriors that they could hire to protect them.
So, they sent out monks east, west, north, and south to find warriors

58
who could defend the Shaolin Temple. When the monks returned,
they brought back warriors from the east, west, north, and south, as
far as India, Japan, and different provinces in China.
Before this time, the warriors or the fighters around the world
only were trained and were taught and knew of the fighting
techniques of their particular region. So, each one of the warriors that
returned to the Shaolin Temple each had a unique and quite different
fighting style. This was the first time in history where all these
fighting styles, experts in these various fighting styles, got together
and met each other, and began to share their techniques with one
another. And over the years these monks began to integrate all the
various styles together into one style which became known as kung-
fu. The monks also did something else that was unique. They
observed animals like the tiger, the crane, the snake, the praying
mantis and they watched how these animals fought in the wild, and
they took all of this knowledge, and over the years, developed a style
of fighting which became the most feared and awesome and over-
powering fighting style on the planet, the Shaolin Kung Fu. These
styles were put together in forms so that the monks could practice
their martial arts, so they could defend themselves, but at the same
time meditate. So, they developed forms which was moving
meditation. And this TV series about Kwai Chang Caine was about
this monk who left the temple and traveled throughout America and
got into a bunch of fights and protected people and showed off his
Kung Fu.
The Shaolin Temple is a real place and I’ve always been intrigued
by the Shaolin monks and their incredible ability. For the first time
in history the Chinese government allowed 35 of the monks to leave
the temple and do a world-wide tour, showing the world the abilities
of the Shaolin fighting monks. Up until this time no one really saw
the Shaolin monks in action; it was all myth, it was all stories, it was
all legend, of what these monks could do. Well, when the monks
traveled the legend was nothing compared to just how awesome these
monks’ abilities were. The monks amazed everyone with their ability
to move their chi energy and do phenomenal feats with their physical

59
bodies that were mind-blowing to all that saw them.
On the last day of the last city, the lead monk, Shi Yan Ming,
decided to leave the temple—or actually, not return to the temple, but
leave the hotel and not return to the temple because he was defecting,
and he wanted to teach the world these secrets for the first time in
history. For years he was on the run from the Chinese government;
he was on the run from the immigration authorities in America, and
so forth. Well, I met this monk. I brought him into my home. He lived
with me for a while.
And when I first met him, his English was not very good, so I had
a Chinese kung-fu teacher with me to help interpret. So, my first day
I said to my Chinese kung-fu teacher friend, who spoke English, I
said, “Tell the monk that I want to learn the secrets of the Shaolin
Temple; I want to learn the advanced stuff. And make sure you let
the monk know that I have studied the martial arts for years and
years, and I am very proficient in the martial arts so I don’t want to
learn any basic things. I want to learn the advanced, secret stuff
taught at the Shaolin Temple.”
So, my Chinese friend talked Chinese to the monk and he turned to
me and he said, “Well, the monk says he wants to teach you how to
throw a punch.”
I said, “No, no, no, tell the monk I know how to throw punches. I
want to learn the advanced stuff. I want the real meat. I want the
secrets.”
They chatted again. My Chinese friend turned to me and said, “Well,
the monk says he really wants to teach you how to throw a punch.”
I said, “No, no, no, tell him I know how to throw a punch. I don’t
want to learn just a basic punch. I want to learn the real advanced
stuff.”
They chatted again, and my Chinese friend said, “Well, he say he
really wants to teach you how to throw a punch.” He said, “But he
want to see your punch first, and he want to see how good you are.”
So, they set up a candle, lit the candle flame, and he said, “He wants
you to throw your punch as hard as you can and stop one inch
before candle flame.”

60
I said, “Fine.” He probably wants to see how much I can control a
powerful punch. So, I asked him, “Well, what type of punch does he
want? Does he want a cutting punch, does he want a side punch,
does he want a spinning back fist punch?”
“No, no, just any punch.”
So, I throw a Shaolin cutting punch at the candle flame and I stop
exactly one inch from the candle flame with perfect control. Quite
frankly, I was pretty impressed with my own punch. They talked in
Chinese and my friend said, “The monk says he’s very impressed
with your punch. He say he now want to show you his punch.”
So sure, I wanted to see the monk’s punch. I mean it couldn’t be any
better than mine. So, the monk gets up there, looks at the candle
flame, looks at me and smiles, and throws this very short punch, and
he stops about a foot and a half from the candle flame, and the candle
flame went out. He stopped his hand a foot and a half—with a fist—
he stopped it a foot and a half from the candle flame with this very
short punch, and the candle flame went out. My eyes got as big as
saucers and I said, “Oh my God, tell him I want to learn how to do
that!”
And he said, “That’s what he been trying to tell you. He wants to
show you how to throw a punch.”
And the reason why I say this is sometimes we think, I don’t want
to learn the basics, I want to learn the advanced stuff. And this
Shaolin master said to me very simple. He said, “If you want to be a
master you have to be a master of the basics.” And what I learned,
and what you should understand, is that these four basic principles—
who do you listen to, Teachability Index, Training Balance Scale, and
the Four Steps…are not as simple as you think. Some people think
they’re just a punch. No. If I really focus in on Training Balance Scale,
in two days you’ll be amazed at how different you’ll be by learning all
the in-depth knowledge of this information, and just how profound,
just as simple as this Shaolin who was going to teach me now for the
next six weeks how to throw a punch, because the secret of the
Shaolin Temple is being able to throw one strike. See, he taught me
this: he says, “If you want to be a master, you must be a master of

61
the basics.” He taught me this other very important principle, and
these are principles from the societies, by the way. He said this, and
I want you to listen to this because this is brilliant. He said, “How
many different strikes can you throw?” And I started rattling off all
these different punches, all these different kicks, all these different
elbow strikes, all these different knee strikes, rattling one after the
other, after the other, after the other, and these are all that I knew;
and I knew them really good. And he said this brilliant statement; he
stopped me. I hadn’t finished with all the strikes I knew, and he said,
“At the Shaolin Temple we say, ‘I am not afraid of the ten-thousand
strikes you know that you’ve practiced only once. I am deathly
afraid of the one strike you know that you’ve practiced ten-thousand
times.’” Think about that. I am not afraid of the ten-thousand strikes
you know you’ve practiced once. I am deathly afraid of the one strike
you know that you’ve practiced ten-thousand times.
Key principle. Key principle. Master the basics. This is a key
principle. And by definition, master the basics is focus on the
fundamentals—and there’s not a lot of fundamentals. There’s not a
lot of fundamentals. This is a secret. The secret is that most people
think there are all these secrets; therefore, they can’t be successful
because they don’t know all of the secrets. The biggest secret of the
societies is that there’s only a few basic concepts, but the key is
mastering them to a level that nobody could imagine, just like a
punch. A simple punch is a simple punch. The reason the Shaolin
monk could stop a foot and a half before the candle flame and blow
the candle flame out was he learned how to throw a punch and
actually throw his what’s called “chi energy” through his body,
through the fist, and the chi energy would actually leave the physical
body and go out into the flame, causing the flame to go out. Now,
when he would hit you, if he was going to hit somebody with that
same punch, it would virtually throw you across the room, because
he focused on something as simple as a simple punch but learned
how to make it much more than a punch. That’s why he said it’s not
a punch, it’s a punch! There’s a big difference.
Some of you are just thinking, Who do you listen to? All right, I

62
got that. Teachability Index, I got it. Training Balance Scale. I know
that, understood. Next? Four basic steps. Got it, now get the real
stuff. Well, first off, if you’ve got that attitude, guess what? Your
Teachability Index is zero; you haven’t got it yet. Do you understand?
You’ve got to keep saying, “Teach me more about who do I listen to.
Teach me more about the Teachability Index. Teach me more about
the Training Balance Scale. Teach me more.”
I was at one of our private meetings; there was a few of us at one
of our members’ homes in Barbados. It was, you know, like you’re in
the setting here; it was similar. It was about a $35 million house, this
magnificent structure. We flew in there on a private plane, and we
were there and, you know, I’ve been very fortunate because every
time I’m with my teachers…and the reason I’m telling you this is
because you should feel the same way. I’m trying to get you to
understand this. Every time I’m with the teachers I do very little
talking and a lot of asking questions and a lot of listening and
observing. One of my early teachers said, “God gave you two ears
and one mouth. Use them proportionally.” Think about that.
So, we were sitting there chatting about different concepts, and I
said, “At what point can you stop learning about the basics? At what
point can you say, ‘I think I really got the basics?’”
And he said—and I thought this was brilliant—he said, “When you
want to learn just a little more, and you love the idea of learning
and being educated on the basics, you don’t have to learn it
anymore.”
But at that point you can’t. It’s like a drug. You love learning about
the basics, you love focusing on the fundamentals, you love tweaking
it and integrating it just a little bit more, that you can’t not learn, you
can’t not ask, you can’t not get another example, another observation,
to build another neural pathway, because what’s occurring is when
you start getting to unconscious competence, and those neural path-
ways get bigger and bigger and bigger, you’re actually getting a
chemical rush, biologically, in the body from learning more about
that thing. Do you understand?
This is why willingness to accept change is hard, because you’ve

63
developed big neural pathways. Those neural pathways, from the
habits that you’ve developed, are making you crave to continue that
habit because you’re feeding that neural pathway. And when you stop
doing that habit, you’re not feeding that neural pathway, it’s craving
for more. And you’re just starting a brand new neural pathway and
you have a big, old neural pathway craving for attention and craving
for you to do that thing and focus on that and do that old habit, that
old pattern, and here you are establishing a new neural pathway
which is very small; it doesn’t have that cravingness yet. That’s why
it’s hard to have a willingness to accept change. Does this make
sense?
This is why it’s so vitally important. This is the advantage we had
as being society members because we were around this 24 hours a
day, seven days a week. We had our phone calls, we had our coffees,
we had our book meetings; we knew we were going to get tested. We
knew we were going to get the phone call, we knew we were going to
meet somebody, people were going to observe, and we knew that if
we failed, that if we walked in and somebody came up to us that we
knew were a society member, and they knew I was the apprentice,
and they asked me a question about what did I observe from that guy
and I didn’t really give an answer, or if they sensed and they knew
that my willingness to learn or my willingness to accept change was
lower, guess what? I wasn’t moving on to the next level, I wasn’t
learning anything new because there was nothing for me to learn or
be exposed to because I haven’t learned my lesson yet. If I can’t add
we’re not going to get onto subtraction. If you can’t add, subtract,
multiply, and divide we ain’t doing algebra. Sorry. We can’t go there
until you are proficient and an expert in addition, sub-traction,
multiplication or division. You have to be an expert in that before we
get to algebra.
So, in our lives we had, not a fear, but a strong motivation to
really master these basics. Who do you listen to, Teachability Index,
Training Balance Scale, and Four Steps. We had to otherwise we
weren’t moving on. Our membership in the society…we weren’t going
to get kicked out, but we were like the privates in the army, where we

64
were going to be a private in the army our whole life. We were never
going to get to general. The highest level in the army is a five-star
general. Well, the highest level in the Masons is a 33rd degree. Well,
there ain’t that many five-star generals, there ain’t that many 33rd
degree Masons, but we’ve got a couple here. There ain’t that many
top people in the Brotherhood, but we’ve got a couple here. Hello,
nice to meet you! I’m humbled by that. I’m not, you know, bragging,
but I’m humbled by that. But there ain’t that many five-star generals
and for those who reach it you had to do something special; and you
got information and knowledge and experience that other people just
didn’t have if they were a private, even though they’re still part of the
army. This make sense?
“To know and not to do is not to know.” Leo Buscaglia. You’ve
got to know this stuff, the basics. You have to focus on the
fundamentals and the four basic fundamentals: Who do you listen to,
Teachability Index, Training Balance Scale, and the Four Steps that
you go through when you learn information. These are the basic,
basic, basics, but the most important.
Review this in your mind. Think about it over and over again. Go
back. Now, someone always says, “Well, how do I learn this again?”
I say, “I told you, I told you, I said it again. How do I learn this stuff?”
You learn it by observing other people, and by, at the conscious
competence level, doing it yourself over and over and over again, but
you must be observing people. Who do you observe? You observe the
people that are experts in it, who are doing it. Some of you are
thinking, “I don’t know any experts.’’ Guess what, you’re listening to
one, and I say that humbly. So, that’s why you listen to these CDs over
and over and over and over and over again. At the end of the course
we’re going to give you the books and additional CDs. That’s going to
be your method. We may have some live events available later, but
for now you’re going to do what we did. You’re not going to have the
phone calls; you’re not going to have the one-on-one mentors yet.
Down the road that may be available to you, but you’re going to have
to qualify. And how do you qualify? Just like we qualified. We didn’t
get that right off the get go.

65
 If we didn’t have high willingness to learn and high willingness
to accept change from the beginning, and by reading books and by
observing…just by reading books, and doing our observation through
the book imagination process, we didn’t get a personal mentor, we
didn’t get to meet anybody. We didn’t know who were members. So,
you’re going to be given that same opportunity. We’re trying to
basically duplicate our method of learning, the way we got this stuff,
with you. And right now your method is by listening to CDs, and we’re
going to give you the book lists, and for those of you who really get it
then you’ll be available for the workshops, the live events, and you’ll
be available to personal mentors and be an apprentice to learn this
information—if you choose to. Some of you are just going to get this
information and basically go, “Oh my God, this is amazing,” start
applying it, and start becoming, having, and doing more than you
could ever imagine and be happier than ever, and you’re going to be
at the level you wanted to be, and you’re going to say, “I’m done! Ah,
this is fantastic!” Great. Some of you are thinking, “Hey, who needs
millions? I’m making a couple hundred grand!” You know, “I
manifested this in my life! This, this, this came! Oh my God, my body
looks great, my health is great, what else do I need? I hit the home
run! I hit the lottery!”
Listen, I applaud you. I mean, because it’s your desires you’re
going after not mine. So, whatever desires you have, achieve them,
put a big smile on your face, feel great, and whatever that is, it is. It
doesn’t have to be billionaire. There’s no right and wrong here. All it
is that you feel fulfilled and you feel happy and you feel great and you
feel you’re achieving your goals and desires and you feel fantastic and
better than ever. That’s what it comes down to. This course, Your
Wish Is Your Command, it’s your wish, not mine. What wish do you
have? What dream do you have? What desire do you have? Think
about it. What desires do you have in your life? What wishes do you
have in your life, in any area of your life? Whatever area of your life,
what wish do you have? What desire do you have? What do you want?
What do you want? What do you want? Guess what? You’re going to
be taught how to make a command and make it happen in this course.

66
And some of you will want to go further. Fine. Some of you are going
to be so happy with what you get here. That’s great too. Your wish.
Remember. Remember you…and you’re seeing it all around; this isn’t
made up, this isn’t theory. You’re seeing it, physically touching it,
eating it last night. You’re meeting the people, real flesh, blood, and
bones. My God, you know some of these people. Your dreams can
become reality; your wishes can happen. What you want, what you
desire, you can have. Your wish is your command. You can have, be,
or do anything you want, and everything, and have it happen in
record time! Focus on the fundamentals, master the basics, build the
foundation and you’ll be able to build your whole life. And the
foundation—who you listen to, Teachability Index, Training Balance
Scale, and the Four Steps leading to unconscious competence.

67
 Lesson Four
________________________________________________

How to Be, Do and Have

Anything You Want

Okay, we’re back. By the way, I appreciate all the great comments
during the break. It’s just great to listen to you talk to one another
about how basic, simplistic, but yet unbelievably eye opening this
information is when you understand just how profound, how deep,
and how powerful these simple concepts are. Any questions,
comments, or observations about anything we covered so far? Yes?
Good question. The question is, “Do we learn more by
teaching?” I was going to bring this up a little later, but I’ll bring it up
now since you asked the question.
I talked about the ways that we, as members of the societies,
learned this information, and I mentioned that there were some, on
occasion, “workshops or seminars” that we participated in, in groups.
I mentioned that we learned a lot of this information via books, and
I explained the reason we learned it from the books. They weren’t
manuals with instructions, but they were generally, eighty percent,
stories, and these stories were about real people. And some of these
manuscripts, by the way, are actually over a thousand years old.
Many of them, obviously they’re not from the same papers that were
printed a thousand years ago, but they were passed down verbatim,
and now are housed in society members’ homes in manuscript form.
And some of them have been reprinted and reprinted and reprinted
over the millennia, and we were given access to these books. And we
learned by reading the books, by using our imagination, we actually
observed real people, and by observing, we developed those neural
pathways in our mind. That’s how we learned the basics. We also
learned it by observing our teachers, our “mentors,” the people that
we were assigned to us, that kind of were our personal teachers. We

68
also observed other people who were in the societies and were always
kind of on call for being questioned on what our observations were,
because observations were very, very powerful—obviously by doing it
ourselves over and over at the conscious competence level. But there
was also another method—but this happens later—and this is by
teaching. This is overdone in today’s society. Everybody wants to be
a teacher. Everybody wants to teach a seminar or write a book before
they know anything. I mean it’s really unbelievable to me who’s
teaching stuff. It’s like, “Why don’t you learn it first before you teach
it?” And someone says, “Well you learn it best by teaching.” Well you
can’t learn anything that you don’t know by teaching it. Do you
understand? You’re just teaching wrong stuff. You’re adding all of
your old habits, all of your old, old patterns into the new material that
you’ve got. You turn around and teach it, and you muddy up the
whole water. And I’ll give you a perfect example of this.
You know, we used to play that game when we were kids. You’d
get five or six people in a circle and I would tell a short story, you
know, only one or two minutes long, and I’d whisper it into a person’s
ear. They would turn around and whisper it to the next person, who
would then turn around and whisper it to the next person, who would
whisper it to the next person, who would whisper it to the next
person, and that person would get up and tell the story, and it was
nothing, nothing like the story that I started with. You know what I’m
talking about here? That’s how the teaching method works today with
all of these people trying to teach stuff. So, the problem here is when
I teach you, and then you turn around and teach that guy, before you
know it you’re adding all your own garbage and you’re changing the
recipe. And that’s why the guy fourth down the chain, he ain’t
learning the truth; he’s getting all wrong information. And this is the
method of teaching today. That’s why when you read most books,
who do you listen to? Who do you listen to?
This great teacher of wisdom and knowledge that got it from
their mentors, who got it from their mentors, all started teaching it
to people before they learned it, before they knew it, before they’ve
proven that it really works, and it gets muddied up all the way down

69
the track, and that’s why 99 percent of the books…that’s another
reason why 99 percent of the books and seminars and workshops that
you’re going to are not only a waste of time but detrimental, because
they’re giving you wrong information. And that wrong information is
not on purpose in many cases; it’s by well-meaning people, but you’re
not getting the true information. Yes, we get to the level of superior
expertise or superior proficiency in this data when we start teaching
it, but I can tell you, you’re an apprentice; you’re learning until the
day you die, and you have to have that spirit of a student. You have to
have a high Teachability Index until the day you die; you’re always
learning from somebody. But you’re not teaching this stuff until you
have really mastered it. And we never started teaching it until the
mastery, the proficiency of the data, was evidenced by the physical
manifestations in the real physical Universe. In other words, we
could make the soufflé, okay? I kicked butt making that soufflé
thousands of times before I taught anybody else how to make a
soufflé. Do you under-stand that?
So, some of you already are itching to teach this stuff. It’s like
slow down, calm down, because right now you still have 99.9 percent
junk in your head and wrong neural pathways and screwed up
knowledge, so you’re adding this. You can’t teach it yet. You need to
master it yourself first by using the methods I taught, and I
mentioned. Again, how are you going to learn this information, the
basics? First, for you, it’s CDs. This CD series, listen to it over and
over and over and over again. You can listen to this a hundred times
and on the hundred and first time it’s going to be like a brand-new
CD series. Why? The reason you listen to these CDs over and over
again, the reason you read books more than one time, over and over
and over again, is because every time you listen to a CD series, or
observe a master doing something, or you do it yourself, or you read
a book…every time you do that you are at a new place, you have a
different set of neural pathways at different sizes that are vibrating
and attracting different things. You are a new person tomorrow
compared to today.
If you were to listen to this entire day’s training tomorrow it

70
would be like a brand-new experience, because you’re a different
person and you’re going to be receiving it differently and picking up
different things. So, the way that you learn this data is to listen to
these CDs over and over and over and over and over. This is a key. If
you miss this point…it’s like, I love it when people say, “You know, I
listened…” There’s a couple great books out there, okay. One is by
Dale Carnegie, How to Win Friends and Influence People, that
teaches specifically some techniques. So, it’s not as important, but it’s
a great book. I use this as an example. I go to people:
“Have you read the Dale Carnegie book?”
“Oh yeah, I read that.”
“Oh, so you know it?”
“Yeah, yeah, I know it all. I read it.”
“When did you read it?”
“I read that, oh, about twenty-five years ago.”
I go, “You know, they re-did the whole book. You should read it
again.”
Of course, they haven’t. It’s the same book. The guy reads it and goes,
“Oh my God, yeah, they re-did the whole book. It’s like a brand-new
book!”
“It’s the same book, Charlie. You’re different.”
People say, “I read a book once.” “I listened to a CD once.” “I went to
a seminar once.” Really? If I said, “Hey, let’s go to dinner tonight,”
you wouldn’t say, “Oh no, it’s okay. I ate once in my life…twenty
years ago.” You eat every day, you feed your body every day; you’ve
got to feed your mind every day because you’re growing. Your mind
is growing just like your body; it needs new information every day.
Take that back. It needs information every day, even if it’s the same,
because it becomes new every time you listen to it or read it or
observe it or do it. You make the soufflé a thousand times. Every time
you make it it’s a new experience, and you’re learning something new
every time you do it. “Every time you throw a punch,” the monk
taught me, “it’s a new experience.” You’re learning something new
every single time. You’re adding to what you knew; you’re adding
something new because you’re a new person.

71
 So, CDs. Listen to CDs over, and over again, constantly; reading
books, constantly. So, for you, those listening to this at home and
those of you here, you need to be listening to these CDs over and over
and over and over again so you can master the basics and master all
the material. You need to be reading books over and over and over
again. When you get to a certain level of mastery—and we’ll know—
there’ll be a series of methods that we will employ so we can know
which people are participating in this gathering of knowledge and
learning experience, we’ll know which ones of you are ready for the
next level, and the next level is that you can participate in some live
training. Now, by the way, all of you here, don’t expect that you’ll
automatically be invited to a live training again. Some of you are like,
“Huh, what do you mean? Ain’t I in the club?” No. You have to qualify
to be in the club, just like I had to qualify to move up within the
Brotherhood, just like a military person has to qualify to become an
officer, and then move his way up to general, and then up to one star,
two star, three star, four star, five star general, just like you had to
qualify in the Masons to get up to a 33rd degree. Every person who
passed the third degree didn’t make it to the fourth. Every person
who was at the 20th didn’t make it to 21st. They didn’t get accepted,
they didn’t qualify. Why? Because they stopped understanding who
they should listen to, their Teachability Index was low, they were out
of whack on the Training Balance Scale, and they weren’t
unconsciously competent on the information that they already
learned.
See, if you’ve learned a certain amount of data…okay, we taught
you how to make five dishes. Well, if you ain’t a master at making
those five dishes, we ain’t going to teach you how to make a sixth dish
here at cooking school. Does this make sense? So, for you, listening
to CDs, reading books, then if you qualify, you’ll be invited to come
to some live training, and then if you qualify, by becoming unconsci-
ously competent in the material you’re being exposed to, then you’ll
qualify to have a personal mentor. I’m looking at you right now, and
your eyes are like, I want that, I want that, I want that! Some of you
won’t even care. Some of you won’t even want that because you’ll be

72
so successful, having so many wonderful things happening in your
life, you won’t even care, which is perfectly fine. You’re following your
heart’s desire, your bliss, your happiness. You’re following your
dreams, your goals, not anybody else’s. There’s no right and wrong
here. Nobody’s better because they’ve gotten to the 33rd degree in the
Masons or they’ve gotten to be at a certain level in certain groups.
Nobody’s better. We just have more knowledge which makes us
available for those who want more knowledge. It doesn’t make us
better.
So, some of you will be allowed to have personal mentors if you
qualify, and then you’ll be able to get one-on-one training and
observe your mentor and other members personally, and by that
personal observation, that’s another level. You should always,
throughout this entire process, be doing this material yourself by
developing neural pathways by doing it, which means you’re going to
be taught how to make the dish, you’re going to be taught how to
make the soufflé. That means you actually go and make some
soufflés; you have to physically do it. I love people who follow the
gurus, you know, the seminar teachers, the lecturers, the guys who
do all the big, fancy seminars and all the stuff, and I pop in once in a
while and I talk to people like, “Oh, do you like this particular
teacher?”
“Oh, I go to all of his seminars! I love him, he’s the best!”
“Oh really! You go to all of them?”
“I’ve gone for years!”
“Yeah?”
“Never missed one.”
“Oh good, so you must be applying this in your life?”
“Well, you know, I’m still learning…still learning.”
See, they missed the point, because one of the most powerful ways to
learn the stuff is not by teaching it. See, this person wants to be a
teacher. It’s like listen, you’re at cooking school, you’ve learned how
to make a soufflé, you’ve come to all the classes; go and cook a meal,
show your skills. You’re not doing anything yet. Trust me, when you
go into the kitchen and cook on your own, you’re going to learn more

73
than you had in the last five years going to these dumb seminars in
just one day in the kitchen, cooking on your own. So, you need to
apply this stuff in your own life. Then, you’ll have the physical
evidence that you know it works because you’ve made it work. And
by that process of doing it, you’ll learn more.
So, for you listening to the CDs, reading the books, doing it,
making it work, manifesting the things you want in your life, then if
you qualify, some seminars you’ll be invited to. You’ll be available, if
you qualify, after that for a personal mentor where you can get one-
on-one observation, one-on-one training observing others, and then,
and only then, only then will you be at the point where you qualify to
potentially teach this and be a mentor.
This is the greatest part; cracks me up. People say, “Well, I don’t
want to be a one-on-one mentor. I want to teach the big seminars.”
Okay, well there’s a reason why we don’t teach big seminars. As I
mentioned, the way we learned this in the societies ain’t through big
seminars. The guys who teach the big seminars make their money
teaching seminars, and the people who teach the seminars, and I
know them all by the way; I mean I’ve been there, I’ve spoken on the
stages, I’ve gotten paid $1 million to speak, to stand up on stage. But
all the guys, and ladies, that do the seminars do so because their
ego…and I’m not saying this in a judgmental way, by the way, because
they’re following their bliss; they get so much pleasure out of
teaching. They love being on stage; it’s like being a rock star, and
there’s nothing wrong with that. But in terms of your benefit, you’re
not going to get that much benefit of manifesting your desires.
Someone says, “Well, my desire is to teach big seminars.” Well, that’s
fine, nothing wrong with that at all. But this material, this material,
if you really want to learn this material, it isn’t by teaching it in the
beginning. You’ll fine tune it and get it better. By doing it yourself
you’ll learn more than by teaching it. Believe me, as you start going
through this your ego will get out of the way, and most of you who
have this big dream of teaching big seminars, if that’s your goal and
dream, it will probably fade away because you’ll see that that is just
such a short-term, ego driven goal anyway, that you’ll have other

74
desires you’ll start bringing forth within you. But I’ve got to be careful
because if it is your dream and desire to be on stage and teach people
then I embrace that, I support that. Whatever your dream and goal
is, whatever will make you happier. So, I hope that answers your
question about teaching.
So, let’s just make sure we’ve got the five basics down, and then
we’re going to go on. The five basics? Somebody says, “There were
four basics.” Some of you weren’t paying attention. The first one is
who do you listen to? The second one is what’s the Teachability
Index? Third is the Training Balance Scale. The fourth is the Four
Steps leading up to unconscious competence. What’s the fifth one?
You’re right. The fifth one is master the first four. See, the five
basics…the fifth basic is a basic. The fifth one is the most important
of the basics and that’s master the basics, focus on the fundamentals.
That’s the fifth basic; that’s the most important. If you spend all your
time and effort on those first four, magical things will happen in your
life. Why?
Some of you have heard a phrase that says, “When the student is
ready, the teacher will appear.” What does that mean? By the way,
it’s true. What it means is when you are a hundred percent teachable,
you have a ten, willingness to learn, ten, willingness to accept change,
when you’re not focused on the how, but focused on your dream, the
Training Balance Scale; when you’re focusing on unconscious
competence, which means you’re, as the Shaolin monk said, you’re
focusing on that one strike 10,000 times. Remember the phrase, “I
am not afraid of the 10,000 strikes you know you’ve practiced once.
I’m deathly afraid of the one strike you’ve practiced 10,000 times.”
See, I’m not afraid of the people who know all this information that
I’m going to teach you this weekend. I’m afraid of the guy who is
focused on the four basics and knows it better than anybody. Not
afraid, I’m impressed, I should say. That’s the guy who is going to
create more.
See, if somebody just knows the four basics, and focuses on all
that and understands how in depth each one of them are and how
complex they can be, and how much meat you can delve into, minutia

75
on each one of those, that’s when magic happens in his life. The guy
who knows all the stuff, but hasn’t focused on any of it to a level of
proficiency, it’s like the guy who knows ten-thousand strikes but he
gets killed in a fight. You should be afraid of the one person who
knows one strike that he’s practiced ten-thousand times. That was
Bruce Lee, some of you forget. Some of you may not remember his
story, which I won’t go into. But he revolutionized martial arts
because up until that point all the martial artists knew so much
material that they’d get into fights for hours with one another, and
Bruce Lee would get into the ring with these masters and he would
end it within a minute because he only focused on a couple
strikes…boom, boom, it’s over…because he understood. So the five
basics, who do you listen to, Teachability Index, Training Balance
Scale, Four Steps, and the fifth basic, which is the most important, is
master the basics, focus on the fundamentals, spend all your time and
effort going back to those four things over and over and over and over
and over again. Focusing, learning, putting effort, developing neural
pathways, developing new habits, new patterns, changes in your
thoughts and behavior by focusing on those four things. Every time
you focus on that and apply something and do something in your life
with a thought process or a focus on one of those basics, changes the
way you do things and think, developing bigger neural pathways on
those four basics, and that’s when magic appears in your life, as if by
magic because it is magic. That’s when you’re getting unconscious
competence, and all of a sudden everything starts happening in your
life by magic.
So, where are we at now? We have the basics. You don’t have
them down because we haven’t focused on them. I’m giving you the
thumbnail sketch. I’m giving you the bird’s eye view. I’m giving you
the overview here. Now, I could, like I said, take each one of these
basics and lecture you, and there are what’s called “drills,” which
we’re not going to do because of time constraints here, but in the
future, when I put together more of this material, there’s going to be
drills on each one of these which will increase your knowledge and
proficiency, your depth of knowledge, your depth of understanding

76
on every concept presented today and tomorrow. So, each concept is
going to have a complete set of CDs, which could be five hours, ten
hours, thirty hours, depending. And each one of those will be focusing
on just one concept, like the Training Balance Scale or the Four Steps,
and it will consist of a series of drills in which you and I will do
together, and if you hear it live you’ll be working with some of the
other members and some of my other colleagues that will be coming
in from time to time. And these drills will basically get you doing
something physically, mentally, drilling a concept so that you experi-
ence knowingness and a learning process from doing it and having
somebody observe you correcting what you’re doing wrong, getting
you to do it right, because it’s stupid to practice something over and
over and over again if you’re doing it wrong. Doesn’t that make sense?
You want to make sure you’re practicing it right. Practice makes
perfect. That’s not true because if you’re practicing the wrong thing
you’re never going to become perfect. Perfect practice makes perfect.
You have to practice the right way. So, these drills will help you
practice things the right way over and over again. You’ll experience a
new level of understanding by doing it and having somebody correct
you, and then you get to unconscious competence much faster, so
that you’re tying the shoe without thinking, and you’re a genius at
tying your shoelace. And that’s when you’ll be able to throw that
punch and stop a foot and a half before the candle flame and the
candle flame will go out, because the punch to anybody else is just a
punch, but to you the punch is a punch. See, to anybody else the
Training Balance Scale is just a Training Balance Scale. To anybody
else the Teachability Index is just a Teachability Index. I get it. I got
to be teachable, got to be coachable, I got it. You don’t got it, because
the fact that you’re not listening to me, and you’re cutting me off and
you don’t want to learn anything more, because you think you know
it all, means you don’t got the Teachability Index. Does this make
sense? You just showed me you don’t know it. Some of you are like
going, “Ah, ah, oh, say it again!”
I love it when I tell people, when I’m talking about a concept, and
they go, “I got it!”, and I go, “No, the fact that you just told me you

77
got it tells me you don’t got it because you stopped being teachable
right now. And unless you are high on the Teachability Index…” I
don’t care if you’re 85 years old and you’re worth $100 billion. Guess
what, those guys, and I know them, they’re still teachable. Matter of
fact, they’re the most teachable because they are the true masters.
They know that they don’t know. See, they know they know a lot,
yeah, but we know this. We don’t know what we don’t know. We
don’t even know what we don’t know. There’s still so much we don’t
know.
See, we become more teachable in time, and those who become
less teachable over time, because they think they know it all, they
never move up and get any more knowledge. They stop learning, they
stop growing, and generally they start going backwards because if
you’re not growing, you’re dying.
So, let’s talk about after the basics. Now, we have our foundation,
now we’re going to start planting some seeds. So, let’s start talking
about specifically how you can be, do, or have anything you want in
life, how you can make whatever you desire happen in your life for
real and happen fast. Let’s talk about the power. Let’s talk about the
button you can push to manifest whatever you want into your
physical experience. Let’s talk about how to get Aladdin’s lamp. We’re
going to continue to go back to the four basics over and over and over
and over again. Oh yeah, there are five basics, thank you (laughs).
Yes, there are. I thank you Charlie, five basics. The fifth basic is
master the basics. So, we’ll be talking about the first four basics,
how’s that? We’ll keep continuing to go back to them because without
them as your base you’re not going to learn any of this stuff. It’s not
going to make any sense. You’re not going to get anything real in life.
Aladdin’s lamp, your own personal genie, you want one? Want
him today? Today, yeah, right now. No, you don’t have to wait five
years. No, your genie is going to be given to you today, and he will be
at your beck and call today, and you will be able to tell him whatever
you want, and your genie will make any wish you want come true fast.
In the 1960’s, there was a man by the name of Earl Nightingale.
Yeah, some of you know him. Smiles on your face. Earl Nightingale,

78
in the sixties, made an LP, a record album. This was before CDs,
before eight tracks, before cassettes. They were called vinyl records.
And his LP was entitled The Strangest Secret, and it became one of
the best-selling personal development recordings of all times. Earl
Nightingale popularized a little-known secret concept that was rarely
discussed or written about up until this point, very rarely. The first
time in the twentieth century it was popularized was back in the
twenties and thirties by a man named Napoleon Hill, which we’ll talk
about in a moment. In Earl Nightingale’s recording, The Strangest
Secret, he coined the definition of what he called “The Strangest
Secret.” He said, “On planet earth, all across the globe, there’s a
secret of success.” And he said, “It was the strangest secret.” The
secret was, “You become what you think about most of the time.” The
strangest secret, according to Earl Nightingale, was “You become
what you think about most of the time.”
In the twenties and thirties, there was a man by the name of
Napoleon Hill who wrote several books. His first book is something
you’ve never heard of, called The Law of Success in Sixteen Lessons.
Napoleon Hill’s story is quite unique. At the turn of the century, the
richest man on the planet Earth was Andrew Carnegie. Andrew
Carnegie owned U.S. Steel. He was a Scotsman. This was before TVs
and telephones and trans-Atlantic air travel; it was a much slower
time. And he became the richest man in the world in the steel
business. He didn’t invent the steel business, by the way, because
Andrew Carnegie understood a basic principle. We’ll talk more about
it tomorrow when we talk about money, but his principle was
pioneering don’t pay, which is an interesting principle which we’ll
talk about tomorrow. But Carnegie became the richest man in the
world. He was a member of the Brotherhood, knew the powerful
secret techniques, and he utilized them. He decided to reveal to the
world some of these techniques. He hired a man by the name of
Napoleon Hill, and he said, “I’m going to teach you some of these
techniques, but I want you to observe that these techniques are not
mine but are used by the richest people in the world.” So Carnegie
said, “I’m going to introduce you to Henry Ford,” one of the richest

79
people in the world, “Thomas Edison, Firestone,” who owned
Firestone Tire Company, and a lot of other names you wouldn’t even
recognize, but at the time they were the richest people in the world.
He said, “I’m going to introduce you to these people. They’re not
going to know what you’re doing, but you’re going to observe them.”
Key. He had Napoleon Hill observe.
It’s the same techniques that I was taught. You take an appren-
tice and you have them observe, and then you query them. You ask
them questions—what did they observe—and you point out things
that they didn’t observe. That’s how they learn. That’s how you learn.
He gave Napoleon Hill books. Basically, Napoleon Hill was not a
member of the Brotherhood, but Carnegie took him on as an
apprentice in effect and taught him the same material. And he said,
“I want you to learn this material over the next twenty years, and
then I want you to write a manuscript describing the principles, but
I want this manuscript to be focused on money.” Thus, came out the
book in 1928, The Law of Success in Sixteen Lessons.
Now, Napoleon Hill was amazed at what he was taught by
Andrew Carnegie and what he observed from Henry Ford and many
of the others, again, the richest people in the world. Never before in
history had somebody done this and never before since until now
because this is how we were…all my colleagues here...this is how we
were taught. We were introduced to the richest people in the world
as our mentors. We observed the richest people in the world not just
from a money standpoint. When I say the word rich, yes, some of the
financially richest people, the people who have the most money, but
people who have been rich in terms of happiness, those who are really
making their dreams and desires come true. And this is not all about
money. Yeah, tomorrow we’re going to talk about money, but today
we’re really not talking about riches or success from a monetary
standpoint. Rich or success is how blissfully happy are you?
Now, it’s probably impossible to be blissfully happy if you can’t
pay your bills, if you’re massively in debt, if creditors and bill
collectors are hounding you. It’s probably hard to be blissfully happy,
although not impossible, but certainly that’s not a good state to be in.

80
So, blissfully happy is really the objective here. Tomorrow, we’re
going to be focusing on money, and there’s nothing wrong with
having lots of money.
So, Napoleon Hill learned many principles and put them forth in
the book, The Law of Success in Sixteen Lessons, and interestingly—
we’ll talk more about it tomorrow—but interestingly, when he put
these together members of the societies got together. Keep in mind,
many of them…most of them controlled the media, publishing
houses, manufacturing, and so forth. That’s just how it works because
when you learn these principles you pretty much become the captains
of industry. So, when he published this book, led by Henry Ford, the
group that opposed revealing these secrets got the book off the
market and had it edited down dramatically; it basically just
vanished. And in thirty-seven, Napoleon Hill published a watered-
down version called, Think and Grow Rich. Same thing happened; it
was pulled off the market, edited down and watered-down drama-
tically so all the key elements were taken out. Again, this was spear-
headed allegedly by Henry Ford. It’s been verified to me verbally;
whether it’s true or not, of course, it’s more of a legend than anything,
but it’s pretty obvious that that’s what happened.
But Napoleon Hill made a statement, many statements, but the
one I want to focus on in today’s session is this. Napoleon Hill said,
“Whatever the mind of man can conceive and bring itself to believe,
it can achieve.” Whatever the mind of man can conceive and bring
itself to believe, it can achieve. Now, combine that with Earl
Nightingale’s definition of the Strangest Secret which is, “You become
what you think about most of the time.” So, let me talk about
specifically how to manifest your desire and how it works. Today, a
book came out a few years ago, which became very popular, called
The Secret, and it’s a wonderful, wonderful book, and I encourage
everyone to read it. It’s a great book. In The Secret, that book
described something called the Law of Attraction. And it really is the
first book to popularize, on a mass scale, the concept of the Law of
Attraction. And it became hot for a while and it’s already begun to
fade away for a lot of reasons.

81
 The biggest reason is the millions and millions and millions of
copies of The Secret that were sold and then all the other Law of
Attraction type books that have been written and sold, it’s estimated
that somewhere around fifty-million books teaching or exposing the
Law of Attraction have been sold in just the last few years. But why
has it already dramatically begun to fade away? Why has there been
so much negative publicity about the Law of Attraction being a
complete scam? Here’s why. Because when people read the book The
Secret or any of the similar books teaching the Law of Attraction
people would start applying the Law of Attraction technique in their
life, and some people would see some results, but the vast majority—
it’s been estimated ninety-five percent—saw no results, thus, they
said it was a scam. This happened to Napoleon Hill back in the
twenties and thirties with his book, The Law of Success in Sixteen
Lessons and Think and Grow Rich. Because the original versions
were pulled and the key elements were stripped away, the majority of
people read watered down versions with key ingredients missing.
Thus, when they applied it, some people saw some results, but the
vast majority, ninety-five percent of those who read Napoleon Hill’s
works, saw no results. Thus, the techniques must be a scam.
If you got a recipe that said this is how to make delicious
chocolate cake, and the original recipe actually delivered the end
result of delicious chocolate cake when you followed the recipe
exactly, but because the person whose recipe it was didn’t want other
people to make the same delicious chocolate cake he made, he then
took out some key ingredients of that recipe, and maybe even
changed some of the others, you then got a different recipe. And when
you followed that new recipe exactly, which omitted some key
ingredients and maybe changed the recipe a little bit, like baking time
or temperature or the amount of milk or the amount of flour, you
then did not get delicious chocolate cake, you got something else. But
maybe you did get delicious chocolate cake because you were a
buffoon and actually didn’t follow the recipe exactly. So, you got the
screwed up recipe, but you screwed up the screwed up recipe, and by
accident you actually made a good recipe, and you got delicious

82
chocolate cake. Does this make sense? So, this is what happened over
the years with the Law of Attraction and Napoleon Hill’s works.
Well, I’m here to tell you, and my colleagues are as well, again,
the evidence is right before your eyes that the Law of Attraction does
work, and we’re here to tell you that it’s categorically true. “Whatever
the mind of man”…which means you…“whatever you can conceive”
in your own mind, whatever you wish for, whatever you want to be,
do, or have, as long as you believe it, it will happen. In the words of
Earl Nightingale, “Whatever you think about,” whatever you want
that you think about, “Whatever you think about most of the time,
that’s what you get.”
Is it that easy? No, quite frankly, because there are a lot of little
key elements here. When you look at all the key elements it becomes
incredibly easy. So, here’s how it works; I’m going to give you the
thumbnail sketch. And then we’ll take a break and we’ll actually put
this into action. And your genie, in the next couple hours, is going to
be given commands from you, and some of you tonight, before you
go to bed, will start seeing physical manifestations of what you want
actually happen and it will blow your mind because you’re about to
learn the real recipe without the missing ingredients, without the
changes. You’re about to get the real secret recipe that’s never been
released before. So, here’s how it works. Here’s the overview first.
You have a brain; it’s in your skull. Outside of your skull is what you
have that’s called the mind. In every continent there are different
words for the mind. It doesn’t matter. The point is, we all know and
can concur and agree that we have a brain in our skull. Whether you
believe or disbelieve that there’s some type of energetic field outside
your body that surrounds your body, is irrelevant. And the reason
why I say that is because what I’m going to tell you is a physiological,
not a mystical, not a spiritual, but a physiological, scientifically
proven, just like you have blood in your veins, that’s proven, just like
you have a brain in your skull, that’s proven, just like you have a heart
in your chest that pumps blood, that’s proven, just like you have
hormones in your body, that’s proven. What I’m going to share with
you is physiologically, scientifically proven, quantifiable, measur-

83
able. Whether you believe it or not is irrelevant.
I remember I was chatting with a guy one time, and I said, “Well,
don’t you have to believe this to make it work?”
He said, “No, because some things don’t require belief.”
I said, “What do you mean?”
He goes, “Like the law of gravity. Whether you believe in the law of
gravity or not it is always a constant because it’s a law of gravity,
not a belief of gravity. If you walk to the top of a roof, whether you
believe in the law of gravity or not, if you walk off the edge you’re
going to go down.”
And I said, “But wait a minute. I read a lot of these mystical, esoteric,
spiritual books that say if I believe I can defy the law of gravity…”.
And he goes, “Guess what, maybe that’s true. So, let’s see if it is or
not. Show me somebody that will walk off this building and float. If
you can’t show me somebody, then maybe it isn’t true, or maybe it’s
true but so far of a stretch for you to believe right now who cares
whether it’s true or not? The fact is 99.9 percent of the people will go
down.”
Does this make sense?
So, let’s just deal with the fact that 99.9 percent of the people,
we’ll even give a little bit of a breather for that one person that may
exist on planet Earth, although you know there’s five-billion people
on the planet, and I don’t know how many billions and billions and
billions over the last couple hundred years have lived, but I don’t
know if there’s…there’s no picture, there’s no evidence, there’s no
recording of somebody walking off a building and floating in mid-air.
I’m not talking a magic trick here with a crane, we’re talking about a
real situation. So, whether a hundred
years from now somebody will develop the belief power where they
can do that, that’s fine, but let’s deal with our reality today. Look,
you’re thirty, forty, fifty years old, what do you got, forty, fifty, sixty
years left here? You’re not going to walk off the top of a building, and
guess what, how is it going to benefit your life anyway? So, let’s just
deal with the fact that this is the law of gravity. Whether you believe
it or not, it’s true. So, let’s just deal with these laws on how the body

84
works, the mind works, and the brain works, and how the physical
Universe works as we know it today. Let’s just deal with the accepted
laws, let’s call it that, so that you could create anything you want.
Forget the theory. Let’s just deal with the accepted reality because
even dealing with accepted reality you can create anything you want.
You don’t have to be so esoteric and mystical and meditate for eight
hours a day thinking that that’s going to give you Nirvana.
And by the way, if you are listening to this, or if you’re here today
and you’re thinking I love meditating, I embrace that, I’m not
downing meditating, I’m trying to make a point. Whatever you want
to do is fine provided that you don’t bitch and complain that you’re
not getting what you want when you use your technique instead of
the proven technique. This make sense? “I am not going to make
soufflé the way you said because I think you can do it this other
way.” “Good. How come you can’t make a soufflé then, when me and
all these other people are making soufflés every ten seconds?” We’re
like, “This is a no brainer, we make soufflés. Why don’t you just do
what we’re doing? We’re making soufflés.” Why do you have to come
up with this other theory that’s never been proven? You’re going to
die and never make it real, and even if you do, why are you going to
struggle your whole life going down some other track? So, let’s just
deal with the simple, basic fundamentals of how this works. And
we’re going to do it.
So, you have a brain, and you potentially have a mind. Now, by
the way, some of you already crashed on who you’re going to listen
to. See, some of you are already going, “Uhhh…huh?” See, some of
you already shifted on who you’re going to listen to. You’re thinking
about, “Well wait a minute, I’m a Christian. Is that going to be in
conflict with my religious beliefs, or I’m a Hindu, or I’m a Jew, or
I’m an Atheist, how is this going to conflict with that?” Some of you
are thinking, “Wait a minute, I went to a so-and-so seminar, and he
said this, which is different.” That’s why we’re going back to the
basics…already now challenging who you’re going to listen to.
Some of you have crashed on Teachability Index. Your willing-
ness to learn all of a sudden crashed and said, “Wait a minute.” Some

85
of you have crashed on willingness to accept change. “But that’s not
how I think. That’s not how I believe.” If you continue to think like
you’ve always thought, you’ll continue to get what you’ve always got.
If you want things in your life to change, you’re going to have to
change things in your life. Capisce?
Some of you have already shifted on the Training Balance. But,
but, but, but…you’re talking about thinking. I need to know what to
do, how, how, how, how, how, how am I going to do that? You’re
focusing on the part of the Training Balance Scale which you don’t
need to focus on, because 99.9 percent of this is thoughts. You with
me so far? That’s why the basics are there. So, you
have a brain. You may or may not have a mind, but you have a brain,
and you potentially have some-thing outside the body, whether it’s
called the field, an electromagnetic energy field, an aura, whatever
you want to call it, it doesn’t really matter, but you have a brain for
sure.
Thomas Edison, the guy who invented the light bulb, the guy who
holds more patents than anyone else in history, although I think
Tesla comes close…Thomas Edison is a genius. Albert Einstein, you
know him, E=MC2, theory of relativity…sometimes referred to as the
smartest man who ever lived. Both of these people said the same
thing. They scientifically proved, at the turn of the century, that the
brain is a transmitter and receiver of vibrational frequency. Thomas
Edison is not an idiot. Albert Einstein is not a moron. These were
geniuses. And at the turn of the century they both concurred that
every cell in the human body emits a different frequency. Everything
on planet earth is made up of energy. Everything, whether it’s a rock,
an apple, a piece of wood, a plant, an inanimate object like a tele-
vision, a carpet, everything on planet earth emits a different freq-
uency. A frequency is also called a vibration, and it’s also called
energy. It is quantifiable, and it is measurable. Your DNA, at the
lowest level, emits a unique frequency. Every atom emits a frequency.
Energy and frequency are the same. Frequencies are what radio
waves are. Frequencies pass through all known matter. Example: If
you’re in a house and you get an old transistor radio with an antenna,

86
and you turn it on, music magically appears from your transistor
radio. The antenna in your house picked up radio frequencies that are
broadcast from either a satellite or a transmitter some place. That
transmitter puts out a frequency which instantly is picked up by your
transmitter. It bypasses space and time. That frequency from the
radio transmitter goes across the ether and it passes through steel,
brick, mortar, concrete, glass, wood; it passes right through it.
Scientists today cannot explain how a radio frequency passes through
solid steel or glass or bricks or mortar or stone, but we know it does.
And the answer is it passes through it because the radio frequency is,
at a quantum physics level, smaller than an atom. It’s smaller than an
electron. It’s smaller than the smallest known particle on planet
earth. It’s a frequency. Frequencies exist, they’re real. Vibrations
exist, they’re real. They’re scientifically proven.
The human brain, according to Thomas Edison and Albert
Einstein, is both a transmitter and a receiver of frequency. Edison,
the genius Edison, the inventor of the light bulb, the creator of all
types of inventions, a genius along with the mathematician genius,
Albert Einstein, said that, “The human brain emits frequencies
which, when focused, are picked up by other human brains and
passed through the ether to affect other physical matter.” I’m
quoting them, I’m not making it up, I’m quoting. So, the quote is,
“Your brain puts out a frequency which is picked up by other
brains.” It actually passes through the ether which means it can pass
through steel. It basically is the same frequency type that a radio
transmitter puts out. So, it can pass through the same things that
radio frequencies can put out, but according to Edison and Einstein
your frequency that you’re transmitting from your brain is smaller
and has a unique characteristic unlike radio frequencies. According
to Edison and Einstein the frequencies that your brain transmits
instantaneously travel faster than the speed of light, instantaneously,
and if transmitted this moment, can be picked up the exact same
moment by another human brain on the opposite end of the planet.
So, the unique ability that your transmitter, your brain has, that a
radio transmitter doesn’t have, is a radio transmission frequency

87
goes in a straight line, which is why if you’re broadcasting from a
satellite you need other satellites to bounce off it for it to get to the
other part of the globe. But your frequency has the unique ability to
bypass space and time, and when you emit a frequency right now,
instantaneously it is picked up by matter or another human brain
anywhere on the planet at the same instantaneous moment with the
same amount of energy. This is according to Thomas Edison and
Albert Einstein.
And at the turn of the century when Napoleon Hill wrote his
book he found this directly from the richest man in the world. He was
told this by Andrew Carnegie, and it was verified by Henry Ford and
all the wealthy people. This is one of the secrets that they know. This
is the secret that I was taught. This is the secret that all my colleagues
know, that you, sitting here today, and you at home listening to this
CD, have in your head the most powerful transmitter and receiver of
frequency or energy or vibration on the planet. It’s the most powerful,
and it’s the fastest. It’s the most powerful and fastest known.
Someone always asks me, “What about outside planet Earth?”
And the answer is this is the basic workshop. We’re only going to deal
with basic information here today. So, we’ll leave that question for
another day and another time for those of you who qualify at a certain
level to discuss those matters, which are very interesting topics of
conversation. And I’ll be happy to share with you relics and various
things at that point, which I’m sure you’ll find interesting.
So, your brain is a receiver and a transmitter of frequency. That’s
the first concept. And the second concept is the Law of Attraction
which says, whatever frequency you emit, that exact same frequency
is drawn to you. There is a magnetic pull. Whatever frequency you
emit, that exact same frequency is drawn to you magnetically. There
is a magnetic pull. And this is a scriptural principle for those of you
who are Christians or Jews who believe in the Torah or the Bible, for
those of you who are Muslims who believe in the Qur’an, for members
of the Hindu faith who believe in the Vedas, people who believe in
Confucius or Buddhism, all these books teach very similar concepts.
What you sow, also you reap. What you put out comes back. In some

88
spiritual beliefs it’s called karma. But from a physiological, scientific
standpoint, we’re talking about when you emit a frequency, that
frequency comes back; which means, the genie in your Aladdin’s
lamp that you have in front of you, the genie is your brain. The genie
is you. That’s why the course was Your Wish Is Your Command, not
your wish is my command. You get to command whatever you want
to have happen. Your genie is your brain.
When you put out a frequency the Law of Attraction says it must
come back. The Law of Attraction is actually a senior law to the law
of gravity. Now, let me explain that briefly. Oops, let’s go back to the
four basics. Who should you listen to? The guru? The guy who wrote
the book? Your mother? Your sister? Your friend? Your relative? How
about Thomas Edison? How about Albert Einstein? How about the
richest man in the world, Andrew Carnegie? Don’t look at me, I’m
just the messenger. Who do you listen to? What’s your Teachability
Index right now? What’s your willingness to learn? For some of you
it went up because all of a sudden, I can see it on your faces—it’s like
wow, and you’re looking at, not at me, but you’re looking at my
colleagues, and you’re looking at this place, and you’re looking
outside, and you’re thinking, It’s real. This is not fantasy land. These
are real people who really believe this, who really do this, and look
at the results. Ahhh! Yeah. So, some of you at home don’t have that
luxury. Where’s your Teachability Index? What’s your willingness to
learn? Ah, and because I’m throwing out some unique concepts,
what’s your willingness to accept change? Remember, changing some
of your behaviors and patterns and things you do, but also changing
the way you think…changing the way you think. Interesting.
So, your brain puts out frequency and the Law of Attraction says
by magnetic pull it has to bring that exact same frequency back,
which means, and here’s the bottom line, what we’re going to teach
you is how to put out the frequency of what you want. That’s the first
key, how to put out the frequency of what you want and how to make
that frequency strong enough and have a strong enough magnetic
pull to bring in to your physical Universe, your own existence, right
before your eyes, that which you want. We’re going to teach you how

89
to use your transmitter and receiver and use the Law of Attraction to
make what you want happen, virtually instantly in some cases.
Now, I mentioned that the Law of Attraction is senior to the law
of gravity and some of you said, “Wait a minute, I thought the law of
gravity was a law.” Yes, it’s a physical law, but it’s a physical law,
but then there’s a quantum physical law which goes beyond it. You
can have a physical law, but sometimes there is a senior law that is
superior that can take precedence. Some of you already put your
hands on your hips and Teachability Index just went down. Willing-
ness to accept change went down. Okay, well, let me help you anyway.
Here’s how to help.
There is a law of gravity. I mentioned whether you believe it or
not it’s true. You walk off the top of the building you go straight down.
Law of gravity works, period. It’s a law, period. Law of gravity is it,
period. I don’t care; there isn’t a person I ever seen or met that
believes it doesn’t exist enough where they can float. So, there is a law
of gravity, and there’s nothing around it. However, look up in the sky
and sometimes you see an airplane or a bird. How does an airplane
fly or a bird fly if there’s a law of gravity? How do they defy the law of
gravity? The answer is there’s a senior law to the law of gravity. It’s
called the law of lift. The law of lift takes precedence over and is
senior to the law of gravity.
So, we have physical laws in this Universe, and then we have
senior laws to the physical, and the most senior is the Law of
Attraction, which is based on whatever vibration you put out,
whatever frequency that your brain puts out. It will attract, and it will
defy any physical law. This is why the Training Balance Scale is so
important. When you understand that concept, the how…how am I
going to get the money? It doesn’t matter because you’re using the
Law of Attraction. The how doesn’t matter because when you use
your thoughts and the Law of Attraction the how becomes irrelevant.
Ah, and then what my friend who said, “When your attitude’s right,
the facts don’t count,” now it makes sense because the facts are
almost always opinions, but the facts are physical facts which are
superseded by the Law of Attraction fact just like the law of lift

90
supersedes the law of gravity.
The bottom line is this. You can have, be, or do anything you
want by using your own powerful, most powerful, fastest transmitter
and receiver of frequency and vibration and energy called your brain;
and by the fact that the Law of Attraction exists in the Universe,
meaning whatever you transmit, whatever frequency you transmit,
you automatically attract it into your physical existence, and that will
break all physical laws, and that’s why it looks like magic or luck or
serendipity or, “What a coincidence! Oh, you’re the luckiest guy in
the world. Who would believe that just happened?” It’s called, “Yeah,
who’d believe? How could that happen? Boy, that’s a miracle.” Yeah,
miracle, luck, serendipity, coincidence, strange circumstances,
phenomenon beyond our understanding; it’s all a senior law to the
physical called Law of Attraction and using our transmitter, the
brain.
We’re going to do this when we come back. Just remember you
can have, be, or do anything you want, and during the break focus
and go back to the four basics, and make sure you’re all up on
Teachability Index.

91
 (Blank Page)

92
 Lesson Five
________________________________________________

The Four Concepts of

Energy Frequency Revealed

Alright, we’re back! Any questions, comments, or observations

so far? Yes, question?
Good question. The question was, “Are we talking about the
Law of Attraction as described in the book, ‘The Secret,’ or as
described in other similar books?” Right?
The Law of Attraction is a law; and as popularized in the book,
The Secret, the Law of Attraction that we’re talking about here is the
same. However, as you will see for the rest of today and tomorrow,
how to apply the Law of Attraction, not what the Law of Attraction is
by definition…but I think you’re going to see some very clear
distinctions on how we, as society or ex-society members, have been
taught how the Law of Attraction works and how to make the Law of
Attraction work for us. I think that’s going to be the huge, absolutely
enormous, distinctive difference. Yes?
The question is...I talked about the brain and how Einstein as
well as Thomas Edison, at the turn of the century, scientifically
proved that the human brain actually does, in fact, transmit vibration
or frequency or energy that can be measured, and the question was,
“How come we’re not hearing more today with the advancements in
scientific research and equipment?” Well, with the limited time…I’m
thinking of how to actually answer this because we have limited time,
and it’s an excellent question. And so, I’ll try to be as brief as possible
just to give you the gist of it.
Society members, the elite class, throughout history believed
that they were genetically programmed to be, in fact…now by the
way, let me say this is not me. I am not saying this. It’s not that I
believe it; I adhere to this. That’s not what I’m saying. I’m giving you

93
historical facts, okay? So, from a historical perspective, throughout
history, the elite class of society, the ruling classes, and that’s defined
as for, you know, a couple hundred years ago and beyond, it was
primarily the royal families—the kings and the royal families—the
rulers of the countries, number one, and then the elite class of
industry…those who controlled…and most people don’t know the
history behind this…those who controlled the monopolies of the
world’s necessities. So, the two basic ruling classes…and it’s the same
today, they’re just called different things. But first is the rulers of
countries, the rulers of the people, countries, royal families, and then
secondly, those who controlled the monopolies of the necessities of
the time. So, throughout history those monopolies were different. For
many centuries, it was salt; so, those who controlled the salt
monopolies. In American history it was the railroads, the banking,
because you had to bank, you had to travel and use the railroads.
There was no option. So, if you controlled those monopolies. Obvi-
ously today, it is oil. Whether the price of oil is $50 a barrel or $200
a barrel, people are driving about the same and using about the same
amounts of oil. It’s something that is a necessity. Food, throughout
history, has always been a necessity; so, those who control the food
supply. So, that’s the elite class.
So, the elite class of people always believed that they were
genetically programmed to be superior, smarter thinking, and to be
genetically programmed to rule over the vast majority of people who
had a different genetic model. These genetic models that they were
referring to were vibrational. The DNA of blue bloods, the DNA of the
ruling class throughout history, the DNA of the elite class, because
they actually intermarried between one another and didn’t, you
know, “go to the other side of the tracks.” Again, this is historical; I’m
just giving you a historical perspective. Their DNAs actually vibrated
at different frequencies than, let’s say, the working class, which
vibrated at a lower frequency. And throughout history the ruling
classes always wanted to make sure that those workers kept their
vibration at a much lower frequency.
So, in China, for example—I’ll give you a history lesson in the

94
future—but China, for example, the rulers made sure that they
controlled opium, the drug, and made sure that the majority of
Chinese workers were taking opium on a daily, regular basis. That
drug keeps the vibrational frequency very low and makes sure that
desires don’t spring up, and therefore, these people will be docile and
never want to do anything substantial in their life. Therefore, the
rulers remained the rulers, and the workers remained the workers.
So, throughout history, the concept that the brain actually emits
and transmits vibration, frequency, or energy, and receives vibration,
frequency, or energy…that concept, that factual, biological,
quantifiable, scientifically proven and documented concept…not
fantasy, not mysticism, not spirituality; we’re not saying you have to
believe on faith, this is quantifiable. That fact, still to this day, is
something that the elite class and the members of the various
societies globally around the world, in all the countries, want to keep
secret. That is the major fact that they want to keep secret—not the
Law of Attraction; the fact that your brain is the one that transmits
frequency. That is the major thing that is desperate amongst the elite
class to keep secret.
Now, when you consider today, just like throughout history, the
rulers around the world of the various countries are mostly members
of secret societies. And again, past President Bush was a well-known,
documented member of the Skull & Bones; the people who founded
the CIA. Again, watch the movie The Good Shepherd…well known
members of the Skull & Bones, secret society of Yale University.
Senator John Kerry…many, many Senators, many U.S. Supreme
Court Justices, most, actually all of today’s billionaires. If you pick up
the magazine that talks about the billionaires of the world every
single one of them are members, and many of them readily admit
membership into secret societies.
So, all the people that control the governments, all the people
that control today’s monopolies. What monopolies are we talking
about? The monopolies are necessities that, no matter what the
economy, it still is being used. So, food is obviously one of the most
important commodities and necessities. So, those around the world

95
that control food supplies. When you go to various countries, there
are sometimes, in many countries, there are, you know, less than fifty
people that control virtually all the food supply in those countries. In
America, for example, when you go into a restaurant, do you know
that ninety-percent of all restaurant food is supplied by one supplier?
They control the food. So, people who control food supply, that’s a
monopoly. Those who control oil, that’s a monopoly. Those are the
two most prevalent. There’s about twelve other monopolies as well,
but those are the two, obviously, most common and prevalent.
So, these people that control these monopolies do not want you
to know the truth about your own ability. And what we’re talking
about here, and what Einstein talked about, and what Thomas Edison
documented…they documented this fact scientifically…is that your
brain emits a frequency or an energy; it transmits a frequency, a
vibration, or an energy. It also receives it. Okay? So, that is the fact,
and the reason why we haven’t heard more about it is because the
people that control the free flow of information globally do not want
you to know it. Because if you do know it then you will realize how
much power you have and that you, in fact, have Aladdin’s Lamp and
your own personal genie which can make anything you want happen.
With this knowledge, and how to use this knowledge, you can have,
be, or do anything you want. You have the power. We’re going to talk
about some challenges you have right now and how to correct those.
But we’ll talk about that in a minute. Did that answer your question?
Good. Any other questions, comments, or observations? Yes?
Great comment. The comment was, just in the last four hours or
so of being exposed to this from a factual—and I’m paraphrasing
you—from a factual standpoint, being exposed to this knowledge
from a factual standpoint, not from some guru, but actually
physically sitting here…and I know you have a big advantage, those
of you who are here, those listening to the CD don’t…but those of you
physically sitting here are seeing not only the beautiful place we’re in
and knowing it’s not open to the public, but seeing the physical
manifestations that this really works in real life and meeting real
people, many people that you, you know, are “famous or celebrities”

96
that are here—my colleagues—and realizing that we are talking to you
factually, not from a rah-rah stage, jumping up and down with music
and dancers and, you know, giving you a motivational speech, but
talking to you factually. You’re realizing that this is absolutely, 100
percent real and true, and again I’m paraphrasing you…your level of
excitement and belief that you will be able to apply this is just going
through the roof right now. Did I say what you really meant to say?
Okay. Thank you. That was a great comment; I think it’s true. Those
of you listening to the CD, you have one disadvantage. For the people
here in the room, they’re having the ability to, again, see not just
myself, but my colleagues, and my colleagues are some of the richest
people in the world. Some of these people are very well known, been
on television and written magazines and newspapers. And to have
these people come forth and basically reveal that they have been
members of secret societies…again Skull & Bones is represented,
Illuminati is represented, Freemasons is represented, Brotherhood is
represented, and several others from many other countries around
the world. And to have these people here in the room with me,
validating and verifying that yeah, this is how it works…this is the
secret, this is what goes on behind the curtain, behind closed doors.
This is what the
majority of the population around the world will never know, never
hear about, and never be exposed to, but this is how the magic works
on planet Earth. And this is what we’ve done, this is what we’ve been
taught, this is how we’ve been taught, this is how we’ve applied this,
and these are the results. And the results that you’re seeing, it’s not
just wealth, but you’re seeing that, obviously beyond your wildest
imagination, like nothing you’ve seen on Lifestyles of the Rich and
Famous, because this kind of wealth and opulence and money is
something they just don’t even know exists. So, you’re seeing this
firsthand, and that’s awe-inspiring and obviously is raising your level
of belief because you can see this really works. But you’re also
meeting people who are talking to you at a different level than you’ve
heard them talk before and communicate before. You’re really being
exposed to the inner circle and the secrets that go on in that inner

97
sanctum or inner circle. So, you’re seeing… this goes back to who do
you listen to? Who do you listen to? Again, this is the real deal. Good
comment. Alright, let’s carry on, shall we? So,
where we’re at right now is, we’ve talked about the five basics,
emphasized the importance of always focusing on the fundamentals
and mastering the basics and always going back to those basics and
the importance of who do you listen to; really focusing on that. Your
Teachability Index; how teachable are you? And it’s funny because at
the break somebody came up to me and said “I get it! I really get it!”
And let me point something out to you when we talk about
Teachability Index. Again, hopefully you can see why this one subject
could, we could talk about for hours in terms of all the nuances and
ways to really be perfect on this. When you say, “I get it,” your
Teachability Index goes down to zero because your willingness to
accept change virtually is zero because you got it all, you know it all;
you’re completely unteachable. When you know it all, when you say,
“No, I know that. I get that,” when you think you know it all, when
you think you know it, you stop becoming teachable.
So, it’s important to grasp a
concept but you never get it perfectly. So, the way really to be
perfectly teachable is when you’re listening to a concept if you think
you get it that’s good. You can’t be confused throughout your whole
life. That’s not what I’m suggesting. But what you have to say is,
“Wow! I get it so far, and I know there’s so much more I need to
learn, and I know there’s so much more I don’t even know. But I
think I’m grasping. I’m grasping.” Not that you fully get it, but it’s
like, “I’m getting what he’s presenting. I think I can use this. I’m
understanding it. Wow! How much more is there? There must be so
much more. And boy, I don’t know what I don’t know.” So, you have
to have that balance. Again, complete willingness to learn and
complete willingness to accept change. So, we talked about
the basics, Teachability Index, the Training Balance Scale. And the
Training Balance Scale, at this point, you’ll see we’ll talk about more
on this later, but the Training Balance Scale emphasizes that the
thought process is the majority of what we’re going to be talking

98
about, and the majority of where your focus should be on. And the
skills, the techniques, and the how is what most people focus on
which is why they fail. So, when you understand that Training
Balance Scale you’ll always be able to catch yourself if you’re focusing
on how are we going to do that in business which is…well, let’s talk
about relationships. In relationships people always say, “You know, I
don’t know how I’m going to meet my mate. I don’t know how I’m
going to meet my mate. I don’t know how.” And the answer is I don’t
know how either, but the how is irrelevant; it’s completely irrelevant.
You don’t have to know how. And the Training Balance Scale suggests
that the techniques and the skills are not that important. But society
emphasizes to you that it is important because they want you to focus
on that. That way you’ll always believe you’re never capable of
achieving what you want, and that’s one of the tech-niques that is
being used globally to keep people in a state of never achieving. And
again, that’s the goal. The goal of the elite class is to make sure that
they remain in the elite class and that everybody else remains
virtually slaves. There’s no uprising. There’s no major large groups of
people realizing that they have power and rising to the level that they
want to rise to. That creates competition and that reduces the power
and control and the financial resources of the current elite class. So,
that’s why it’s happening. And then of course the Four Steps, ending
with unconscious competence, where you’re doing this
automatically; you’re not thinking about it anymore. And then it just
happens automatically, and you live your life; it’s like you’re a
magician; everything just happens perfectly.
And of course the fifth basic is to master the basics; focus on the
fundamentals.
Then, we talked about the two powerful concepts. One is that
your brain is both a transmitter and receiver of frequency, vibration,
or energy. They’re all the same; pick the word, whatever you feel
comfortable with. But it’s similar to, but actually more powerful and
higher than, a radio frequency. So, there’s a couple of concepts you
have to grasp first before we teach you how to apply them. And if you
have any questions, raise your hands so I can answer them.

99
 First concept: Everything on earth is made of atoms. We all know
that; we went to school, we know that. Everything is made of atoms.
You also have to understand that throughout history science has
created technology, or instruments, that can see smaller and smaller
particles. So, back when atoms were discovered scientists proclaimed
with their arrogance that the atom was the smallest particle in the
Universe. And I say with their arrogance it’s like because that’s all
they could see. Their instrument could only see that far or that close
up or amplify that much. So, they could see an atom, and they then
determined since that’s all they could see, but that’s as far as their
instrument would go. Therefore, the atom must be the smallest
particle on the planet. Well, years later, when they developed a new
instrument that could actually magnify even more powerfully, they
found out that the atom is not a particle. The atom actually consists
of an electron circling around a nucleus; protons and electrons. And
then they said, “Oh my! This electron is also…it’s smaller than an
atom. Therefore, the electron is the smallest particle in the
Universe,” again, with their complete arrogance. Instead of saying
what they should say, and they should say, “Look, with the
instrument that we have right now, the smallest particle we can see
is the electron. But obviously, there must be something probably
smaller that we can’t see yet.” That’s what they should say, but
scientists are arrogant.
So, there’s this electron. Again, for those of you listening at
home, you know what an atom looks like. You know, it’s got this
nucleus in the middle and then circulating around it is an electron.
So, that electron is a little piece of particle, right? But here’s the
question. What holds the electron in orbit, if you will, around the
nucleus? What’s holding it? And the answer is energy or a vibration
or a frequency. Scientists now have instruments that can actually go
smaller than the electron, and they see the electron is made up of
vibration, that it’s actually full of holes, that it’s not solid, that nothing
is solid, that it’s vibration. And that is called frequency, vibration, or
energy.
Again, scientists today still cannot completely understand how a

100
radio wave transmitted from either a satellite…let’s say, your cell
phone. How does your cell phone pick up a signal when you’re in an
elevator in a building? The signal is a frequency, it’s energy, it’s a
vibration, and that frequency is traveling not in one little beam. Think
about it. You could be virtually anywhere and pick up the signal
which means that frequency is permeating all space. If you’re in a
room, and you walk anywhere in the room it’s picking up the signal.
Therefore, the signal is not like a line. The signal is almost like a
gaseous thing which is permeating the whole room with a vibration.
It’s hard for a lot of people to comprehend, but that’s what frequency
or vibration is. And scientists can’t understand how that can come
out of a radio transmitter or a satellite or one of these cell towers and
how it can travel across all the miles—hundreds of miles—and it
virtually permeates every bit of space. And it goes through and passes
through trees and buildings and glass and steel and brick and mortar.
When you go into a subway it still works in many cases. Isn’t that
amazing? It’s everywhere like this invisible gas that fills up every-
thing and goes through everything. See, it’s almost like magical, you
think, Wow, I never really thought about that. It’s almost like
science fiction but it’s factual. It’s actually physical; it’s quantum
physics. Just because you can’t see it with your eyes doesn’t mean it’s
not physical. It is part of the physical Universe. Energy and vibration
is here. We just can’t see it with our physical eyes.
So, that’s the first thing you have to understand, that vibration
exists and everything on the planet is made up of atoms, which are
made up of electrons, which are made up of nothing but energy or
vibration or frequency. Therefore, everything on the planet, every
single thing, at the end of the day, is the same. And scientists have
said this for hundreds of years that everything is made up of the same
material. Everything on the planet is made up of the same atoms. It’s
just the combination of atoms that are different. But everything, you
and I are made up of the exact same material, atoms. The desk here
is made up of the same material that you and I are made of, atoms.
This water bottle is made up of the same material, atoms. These
flowers are made up of the same materials, atoms. The caviar is made

101
up of the same material, atoms. Everything is made up of the same
material, atoms. And those atoms are made up of the exact same
thing—electrons, protons—and the electrons and protons are made
up of the exact same thing—vibration or frequency.
So, the only thing that makes everything look different, with a
different color, shape, sizes, textures and so forth and why we have
gold, and why we have silver, and why we have metal, and why we
have iron, and why we have steel, and why we have rock, and why we
have this flower is there are virtually unlimited numbers—it’s almost
infinite, the number—it’s actually a finite number, but we’ll just use
infinite because the number is just so great you couldn’t put enough
zeroes across the blackboard here…the number of potential combi-
nations of frequencies…because when you take one frequency and
mix it with another you have a different frequency. The change may
be slight, but it’s still different. So, the potential number of frequency
combinations is virtually endless; it’s infinite. So, everything you’re
seeing is made up of the same thing. The only difference is the
vibrational frequency of everything you see is different. That’s what
makes this flower look different than that flower. They’re made up of
the exact same atoms and, in this case, the exact same materials, the
exact same everything. The only difference is the combination and
the ratios of atoms to one another are different. Therefore, the
vibration is different. Therefore, the result of what you see in the
physical Universe is different. So, the concept that you have to grasp
and understand…and if you don’t completely physically grasp it, it’s
still okay, but you have to at least understand this: everything on the
planet is made up of atoms. We can all concur to that. We know that;
I mean that’s not me. Einstein said this, and every scientist on the
planet agrees. It’s not even a consensus, it’s unanimous, a scientific
fact. Everything is made up of atoms. There’s nothing… nothing has
been found that is not made up of atoms. Even moon rocks are made
up of the same atoms, which surprised scientists. It’s like there’s
nothing new. So, everything is made up of atoms.
Atoms are all made up of the same thing, and the electrons and
protons and atoms are simply made up of vibration. They just vary;

102
the vibration is different. So therefore, everything you see is made up
of vibration, or everything you see is basically a combination of
different frequencies, or everything you see is nothing but energy. So,
everything you see is nothing but a vibration. Everything you see is
nothing but a frequency. Everything is vibrating. Everything has a
frequency. Everything is just pure energy. Everything on planet
Earth…we could say everything in the universe, but listen; you’re not
leaving this planet to go someplace tomorrow so let’s just deal with
this planet. You know, for the rest of your life you’re probably going
to be here, and you will want to make this existence as magical and
wonderful and exhilarating and blissful and happy and successful as
possible, so let’s just deal with here. Right? People always want to talk
about other stuff, and it’s like look, you may want to know that but,
you know, you’re living here so let’s enjoy this and figure out how to
make this work extremely well. So, everything is vibration, everything
is energy, everything is frequency. That’s the first concept you have
to understand, that everything that you’re looking at with your eyes
is frequency and energy.
The second concept is your brain is a transmitter of frequency
and a receiver of frequency. Now, let me take this concept one step
further. You—and I’m not going to talk about who you are; another
weekend—but you have the power and ability to create any frequency
you want with your brain and transmit it. Let me say that again to
make sure you understand this. So, first concept, everything is a
frequency or vibration or energy. Everything on the planet. Every-
thing is just vibrating. If you just imagine, it’s kind of…look around
here and just imagine that everything you’re seeing…this couch is
vibrating at one frequency. This table is vibrating at a different
frequency. This lamp is vibrating at a different frequency. Every one
of these flowers is vibrating at a different frequency. The chocolates
are vibrating at a different frequency, and every chocolate in the box
is vibrating at a different frequency. This pear is vibrating at a
different frequency. The grapes are vibrating at a different frequency.
This chair is vibrating at a different frequency. Everything you see is
vibrating, and everything you see is vibrating at a different frequency

103
because it’s all energy. That’s the first concept.
Second concept is your brain transmits frequencies, energy, or
vibration—whatever word you want to use—and also receives it.
Third concept: You have the ability to use your brain and create
any frequency you want and transmit it. Okay? Now someone says,
“Well, how do I do that?” Now hold that question. I’m just making
sure you understand the concepts first. You have the ability to dial in,
if you will, your brain, the frequency that you choose and transmit it.
You also have the ability to transmit that frequency softly with little
power or blast it with huge amounts of power. Because if your brain
is a transmitter, you can kind of have a volume control or power
control. You can crank up the power and transmit a beam that is so
strong and so powerful it’s amazing. Your brain transmits frequen-
cies similar to a satellite transmitting frequencies, a cell tower trans-
mitting frequencies, or a radio tower transmitting frequencies. The
difference is, the frequency levels that your brain is putting out are
much higher than those put out by cell phones, a radio transmitter
tower, or a satellite. Those frequencies go in a straight line but still
pass through brick, mortar, etc., and still travel almost instant-
aneous. The frequency that your brain puts out does not travel in a
straight line. It can actually travel through the Earth to the other end
of the Earth. It goes in all directions, and when it’s transmitted,
virtually transmits instantaneously…and we’ll just deal with planet
Earth here…all over the globe.
And unlike a radio transmitter where the further you get away
from the tower the weaker the signal, the frequency that your brain
puts out puts out the same power one foot in front of you or three-
thousand miles across the planet. It’s the exact same power.
Now go back. Who do you listen to? Look around again, you
know, you’re shaking these people’s hands. You can see it with your
own eye, we’re not lying, we’re not making this up; this isn’t theory,
this is real. It works, and you’re looking at the evidence. I keep going
back to that because it’s really important to understand this. What is
your Teachability Index? What’s your willingness to learn? What’s
your willingness to accept change? Right now you’re probably really

104
focusing on what is my willingness to accept change because I’m
giving you some stuff that some people have a hard time grasping,
but here’s the goofy thing; if you’ve never seen a cell phone, I mean
go back. Remember Star Trek, the communicators? You know,
“Scotty beam me up?” He used to have this little hand communicator
and it was like five times bigger than a cell phone, but back in the
sixties, we looked at that as nothing but science fiction. How could
anybody have this small thing, you know, which is huge! Now we look
at it and go how big and goofy that communicator was compared to
our little tiny cell phones.
So, this is not mystical, magical, something you have to believe
in. I mean this is nothing; it’s like no more impressive than explaining
how a cell phone works, or how…I mean look at a DVD. I mean think
about it. You take a DVD, it’s this little disk. How do all the images go
on there? Look at a computer, look at all the technology that we just
take for granted because we see it. And I’m telling you how your brain
works, and some of you are looking at me like, Huh? I don’t know if
I can believe that! Wait a minute, turn on your cell phone. How does
it work? It’s a frequency. The cell phone tower is blasting a frequency,
and your cell phone is picking it up. I’m just suggesting that your
brain is putting out the same thing. And again, the evidence is very
clear. Your brain is made up of atoms which means your whole body
is made up of atoms which means your whole body is nothing but a
frequency; it’s a vibration. Every organ is vibrating at a different
frequency. It’s a combination of frequencies collectively putting out
one frequency. Does this make sense?
So, your brain puts out frequency. You can decide whatever
frequency you want to put out, and the frequency is different than
radio frequencies because it has more power and it can go more
places faster. It permeates everything, nothing can block it. So, when
your brain puts out a frequency nothing can block it. Now Thomas
Edison, who was the inventor, researched this, and again, he said
very clearly that the brain transmits frequencies and is picked up by
other brains and affects physical matter. Thomas Edison, the guy
ain’t an idiot. He was, if not the greatest inventor of all time, a super

105
genius. Albert Einstein said the same thing. The brain transmits
frequencies, and those frequencies are, not maybe, are picked up by
other brains, and it does, not maybe, but it does affect physical
matter.
So, when you put out a frequency it affects physical matter. Now,
is there scientific evidence to back this up? Yes, there are thousands
of research projects that have been done around the world. The most
well known in western countries was talked about in the movie, What
The “Bleep” Do We Know? If you have not seen that DVD, What The
“Bleep” Do We Know? Check it out, they give you the physical
evidence. One particular one—I won’t give you all the scientific
research here—but the bottom line is there are thousands of scientific
experiments that measure vibration of matter, whether it’s a piece of
granite, a piece of steel, a diamond, a flower, a bottle of water, a glass
of wine, a book, anything at all. All of these have been measured with
scientific instruments, and the scientific instruments show that each
one has a different vibration, and those vibrations are constant; they
always stay. So, if you’re looking at a piece of gold the vibration is
always the same; it’s a constant unless something affects it.
Now, you take a piece of gold and shoot it with x-rays—which by
the way are frequencies; you can’t see them. Think about this: a
magnet. Does a magnet have a frequency around it? Yeah, it’s called
a magnetic field. Science can’t see it. If you take the most powerful
instruments, up until recently, and look at the magnetic field, North
and South Pole, they are different. We know that because they affect
things differently. But there’s no difference in “the atoms.” The
atomic structure is the same. The only difference now is the frequen-
cies are different. So, it’s a frequency that is now been determined.
For years, scientists said, “We can’t determine any difference.” No,
the atoms are the same, the north and the south pole, but the
frequency of those atoms, even though they look the same with the
microscope, the frequency, the vibration is different, and that’s
what’s been found. So, scientists have taken physical matter and
measured the frequency of let’s say gold…and it’s a concept. But when
they bang it with x-rays or gamma rays or even radio waves the

106
vibration changes. Okay? So, here we have physical matter, a piece of
gold or a piece of silver or a rock; it has a constant vibration. Every
day it’s looked at and the vibration is the same by the scientists. Then
one day, they blast it with a radio wave, and the vibration changes
slightly. They blast it with an x-ray, the vibration changes slightly. So,
that vibration can be affected by an outside source.
Now, here’s where the scientific evidence is. Multiple materials
from gold and silver and iron and plants and a book, and a whole
bunch of different things were tested with their vibration. And again,
their vibrations were constant. Then, a human subject would look at
the gold and emit a vibration. I’m going to show you how to do this.
They would use their brain and emit a vibration because the brain is
a transmitter of vibration. Guess what would happen to the gold? It
physically would look exactly the same, but in testing, just like it was
bombarded with x-rays or radio waves or gamma rays, the vibration
of the gold bar changed. Same thing with the flowers. Same thing with
the glass of water. Same thing with the peach and the piece of fruit
and the book.
So, Einstein and Edison were right. The brain transmits frequen-
cies, it’s a transmitter and receiver of frequencies, and those frequen-
cies are picked up by other brains, and those frequencies do affect
physical matter.
Another great research: a common one. In the DVD, What The
“Bleep” Do We Know? water was tested, and rather than check
frequency the water was frozen and then sliced, and you can see the
crystallization of the water, and that was always a constant until a
person sent a vibration into the water with their brain. Now, the
vibration could be one of love, and that affected the structure of the
water which is in effect the vibration. They sent hate; it also affected
the structure of the water. The bottom line is there is massive physical
evidence—scientific evidence—that proves beyond a shadow of a
doubt that the brain transmits frequencies, and those frequencies
affect physical matter. Okay? So, our basic concepts, everything is
made of atoms on the planet, and all atoms are made of electrons and
protons, and all electrons and protons are made of vibration,

107
frequency, or energy; you pick the word. Therefore, everything on the
planet, including you and I, are made up of the same thing. We’re
nothing but energy just vibrating at a different frequency.
I picked those three words because, in effect, we are energy
vibrating at a different frequency. But for ease you can say energy,
vibration, or frequency, but you understand the concept. Everything
is energy which vibrates at a different frequency. That’s why every-
thing looks different, and it is different. It’s all the same energy, but
it’s all vibrating at a different frequency. That’s the first concept.
Second concept is our brain transmits and receives frequency or
energy. It transmits and receives energy, and it can transmit that
energy at different vibrational frequencies. So, we can transmit any
frequency we want with as much or as little power as we want.
Next concept: When our brain transmits frequencies, it’s picked
up by other brains, and it does affect physical matter in the Universe.
Any questions on that? Yes?
“Why isn’t this taught in schools?” Well, who runs the schools?
Governments. The government doesn’t want you to read, never mind
learn this. I mean that’s another discussion. You’re in school now.
You’re in the real school. Yeah, it’s the Harry Potter school, yeah.
When you think about it, yeah. We’re in the Harry Potter school of
magic; that’s where you’re at. But you can see it’s real and it’s been
kept a secret from you. Isn’t that funny? I mean, some of you are
going, “I didn’t know he was in? I didn’t know he was in! I didn’t
know you were in!” Yeah, yeah, we’re all in. You know, here’s a good
guess. If somebody is super rich and powerful and happy and
successful, they’re in; they know. And, they’ll lie to you at your face
because we’re trained…one of the things we train is, we only talk
amongst ourselves. You know, when you’re in those societies, like the
Brotherhood, like I was, we would have conversations with one
another, and it would be completely different than a conversation
we’d have with everybody else. It was like we had two lives. It was
really amazing. We had two lives. We were part of our group, and we
weren’t part of the general population. It was like we’re aliens. I mean
it was really amazing.

108
 Okay. Next basic concept, again, we have to grasp and under-
stand. So, those are the basic ones. Everything is made of energy that
vibrates at different frequencies, the brain puts out frequencies at any
frequency we want, with any power we want, large amounts of power
or small amounts of power, we can put it out. That energy that our
brain transmits permeates all time and space so the moment we
transmit it, it’s picked up instantaneously all over the globe. And it
doesn’t make a difference how far away it is, it’s picked up with the
same intensity, unlike a radio transmitter where the further you get
away from the tower the weaker it is. When your brain transmits, it’s
picked up across the globe…we’ll just deal with the globe. It goes
across the Universe, but goes across the globe with the same
intensity, instantaneously and affects everything on the planet at the
same time.
Again, this is quantum physics…and this is not, you know, it’s
not foo-foo. It’s no more magical or mystical than turning on your
TV, you know, and picking up a satellite signal. You get Direct TV, or
you get the Sky Digital in the UK over there, you know? In Germany
and Switzerland you all have satellites. I mean, how magical is a
satellite in the sky you can’t see is beaming down thousands and
thousands and thousands of miles some invisible signal, your little
dish picks it up, you turn on the TV, and you hear sounds and images?
Explain that to me, please. You can’t explain it. But you don’t even
challenge it, because it’s real; you see it. Well, guess what? The very
first time you use this technique, and you manifest something in your
physical Universe that you want, and it comes in a day or two
later…some of you are going to see things tonight. You’re going to
come tomorrow, and you’re going to go, “Ahhhhhhhh!” It’s kind of
like you turn on the television for the first time. You lived in some
remote island, you never saw a TV, you turn it on for the first time,
and your eyes get as big as saucers. It’s like, you know, “It’s a witch!
He’s a witch!” Some of you are going to do the same thing tonight
when we teach you how to apply this here, very shortly. Okay.
Next basic concept, Law of Attraction. So, now that we under-
stand how the Universe works, there’s one other element, and that is

109
the Law of Attraction. And what the Law of Attraction says…the Law
of Attraction is a senior law to the laws of the physical Universe.
Again, we have laws, but some of those laws are superseded by more
powerful or senior laws. And again, a good example is, we do have the
law of gravity…what goes up must come down. Law of gravity exists
and it is a physical law; the law of gravity. But it is superseded by the
law of lift because the law of lift defies the law of gravity which is how
an airplane flies. So, an airplane flies. When the airplane flies, the law
of gravity doesn’t go away. The airplane is flying because it is using a
more powerful law, a senior law to the law of gravity called the law of
lift.
So, we have laws in the physical Universe. Some of these are just
agreements that you’ve made because you think that’s how things
work so you’ve created your own set of laws. This is how things work.
We’ll talk about that. But we have things in the physical Universe that
we believe to be true, or laws, like the law of gravity, and I’m here to
tell you that the Law of Attraction is senior to any of the physical laws.
It’s just like the law of lift; it’s senior to the law of gravity. So, the Law
of Attraction is the most senior law. It is the most powerful law. It
supersedes everything. Okay? It makes everything else go away. No
other law exists when this law is being employed. Even the law of
gravity will be superseded by the Law of Attraction. And what the Law
of Attraction says is vibrations that are the same attract. The Law of
Attraction.
Interestingly enough, Samuel Hahnemann of Germany invented
a medical science, or healing art, called Homeopathy, which is based
on the same thing. Homeopathic remedies, when you get them,
contain nothing. It’s just some saline solution or a carrier solution.
There’s nothing in it. Scientists look at five different homeopathic
remedies for different ailments, and they analyzed them, and they go,
“They’re all the same!” And the homeopaths said, “No, the frequency,
the vibration is different.” And the way that a homeopathic remedy
has been made is a sub-stance was taken…let’s say poison ivy. Now,
if you rubbed poison ivy on your skin what would happen? You’d get
itchy, you’d get, you know, red marks, right? You’d have an allergic

110
reaction to the poison ivy. Well, homeopathy says if you have
itchiness, redness…if you have the symptoms of poison ivy or similar
symptoms the remedy for that, to make it go away, is the poison ivy
frequency. And Hahnemann’s theory was like cures like which is Law
of Attraction. Like attracts like. It neutralizes it and cures it. So, the
way a homeopathic remedy you would make is…you wouldn’t eat the
poison ivy because what you need is the frequency of poison ivy. So,
he would take poison ivy and put it in some alcohol and let it sit to
develop what’s called a tincture. So, it would extract from the poison
ivy all of the key elements. That small amount of tincture, he would
then take one drop of that tincture, one drop, and put it in a five-
gallon jug of water. And then what he would do is called succuss it.
So, he would shake it and shake it once, twice, three, four, a hundred
times, depending on the power. Interestingly enough, the more
diluted this remedy is, the stronger it is because the vibration gets
higher and higher. So, he would succuss it about a hundred times, but
he’s not through. He would then take one drop of that five-gallon jug
and put that one drop into another five-gallon jug, and he would
succuss that a hundred times. He would take one drop of that and put
it into another hundred-gallon jug. He could do this a hundred times.
Well, even after the second or third time there’s nothing in the jug
except water! But guess what? With scientific instruments today we
actually see that there is only just water, but the frequency in the
water is different. I mean it’s amazing. That’s how homeopathy has
been used for hundreds of years, and guess who are the major users
of homeopathy? Members of royal families around the world because
they understand energy. The reason they under-stand energy is
because we’ve been taught this for thousands of years. So, when
homeopathy was developed guess who jumped on it and knew right
away this would work because it’s energetic healing? People who are
members of the secret societies, which of course, royal families are.
Interesting.
So, Law of Attraction says a vibration will attract a similar
vibration; like attracts like. So, vibrations that are similar always
attract. That’s where the magnetic pull is. That’s where the powerful

111
magnetic pull is. And the closer the vibrational match the stronger
the magnetic pull. That’s what the Law of Attraction is. So, everything
in the Universe is a vibration. And every vibration, every single thing
that is vibrating, is actually putting out to the Universe a magnetic
drawing-in of similar vibrations. So, if you can imagine in this room,
everything you physically see is vibrating and is all emitting a
vibration which is calling forth, or like a magnet, pulling into itself
similar vibrations. Now, we have a unique ability, unlike this flower.
This flower is putting out one vibration. But you and I have the ability
to use our brain, our mind, and transmit whatever frequency we
choose. And whatever frequency we transmit with our brain,
whatever frequency we transmit with our brain will be attracted to
us. So, whatever frequency we put out is being attracted to us. That’s
Law of Attraction.
Now, some of you think, Oh, I can start using this. Well, let me
tell you the good and the bad news. The bad news is you have been
using this from the moment you were born. You just now know how
to use it, and you will know how to use it. But the fact is you are
transmitting with your brain frequencies. You are transmitting with
your brain frequencies 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Your brain
is transmitting frequencies. And everything in your life is there
because of what you’ve transmitted with your brain. It has been
attracted into your existence, into your experience, and into your life
because of what you already have been transmitting.
Now, there’s a couple of caveats here, two elements of trans-
mitting frequencies. Whatever frequency you transmit is being
attracted to you. However, whether it comes in or not, or the speed
in which it comes into your experience is dependent on a couple of
factors. The first two are what is the intensity or power of your
transmissional frequency? So, you are transmitting a frequency, but
the question is, at what intensity are you transmitting that frequency,
and with how much power are you transmitting that frequency?
That’s the first question. And the next question is how often are you
transmitting that frequency?
So, the first part of attracting things into your life, like a magnet,

112
and creating things is transmit the frequency of what you want. I’m
going to talk about how to do this so don’t worry. It must be trans-
mitted with intensity and power, and it must be transmitted almost
constantly. The more power and the higher the intensity of that trans-
mission of the frequency of what you want and the longer that it’s
being transmitted, the more consistently it’s being transmitted, 24
hours a day, seven days a week, day after day after day will determine
the speed in which that which you are asking for comes into your
experience. When you transmit a frequency, this is your command.
Remember I said your wish is your command? When you wish for
something, find a frequency for that which you wish, and then
command it to come. The command is transmit it with your brain,
increase the intensity and the power as high as you can, and keep
that transmission going for as long as possible, constantly. And that
will determine how fast it comes in. Now, there is a block. There is
something that will stop it which we’ll talk about later. But that’s the
command. That is the command. Any questions so far? Yes?
Yeah, Earl Nightingale.
“You become what you think about most of the time.” Correct. Earl
Nightingale’s The Strangest Secret basically tells you this is true
because he says, “You become,” or that “You get what you think
about most of the time.” When you’re thinking about something—
that’s a very astute observation, yes—when you are thinking about
something, you are transmitting a frequency. When you’re thinking
about what you want you’re transmitting a frequency, and if you’re
thinking about it a lot then it’ll come in. You become what you think
about most of the time. Now, we’re going to talk about a
few more basic concepts when we come back after the break, and then
we’re going to talk about how to apply this. Again, today is our biggest
day because this is the basis for making money. So tomorrow, How
Anyone Can Make Millions, we’re going to be talking about how to
apply this specifically to money, and then I’m also going to talk a little
bit on the other side the Training Balance Scale, some techniques and
skills and specific things you can do. So, I’m going to speed up your
ability to make cash rather than have you figure out a lot of this on

113
your own. And we’re going to give you kind of a shortcut to help you
so you can just jump right into a bunch of different things to make
money; and that’s why anyone can make millions. But if you don’t
want to make millions, if you just want to make hundreds of
thousands or an extra couple grand a month or whatever you want to
make, whatever your financial dreams are, some of you are just going
to be so blissfully happy by applying this technique in your life
because your relation-ship is going to get better, your health is going
to get better, your body is going to look better; you’re just going to
feel so much happier and fulfilled that money becomes really
irrelevant. And quite frankly, money is irrelevant. Some of you are
saying, “Oh it’s easy for him to say. Look at all the stuff!” You know?
Yeah…huh? Yeah, billions. What was…
Question was, what’s the collective net
worth of me and my colleagues? King, you’re the mathematician
right? What do you think? Well, net worth which means what we have
or what we control, and I’m probably the small guy here amongst the
group. No? Yes, maybe? No? Well, you guys control more. Yeah, well
the oil. That’s a good question. Five-hundred billion maybe, under
control; either owned or under control, total from the people that
you’re shaking hands with, yeah. Don’t be in awe. Don’t sweat. As you
can see we’re all real people, you know. We made a decision to come
and teach you. So, you have nothing to fear. Nothing to fear. Good.
Any other questions, comments, or observations before we break?
Okay, terrific.
We’re going to take a short break, and for those on the CD, take
a short break and maybe you want to listen to this CD again and again
and again before you go on to the next, if you haven’t got it all. But
we’ll be back in just a few minutes.

114
 (Blank Page)

115
 Lesson Six
________________________________________________

Feel Good Right Now!

Okay, we’re back. Any questions, comments, or observations?

Yes?
Good question. The question was, “What about people that are
not members of secret societies, who have not been taught about the
Law of Attraction and don’t know anything about it but have
incredible success in their life? How did they achieve that?”
And the answer is the Law of Attraction works whether you know
about it or not. Your brain transmits frequencies 24 hours a day,
seven days a week; it receives frequencies. Whether you’re
consciously doing that or not that’s what your brain does. Everything
on the planet vibrates; whether you know about it or not that’s what
it does. So, whether you know about the Law of Attraction or not, and
whether you’re using these concepts consciously or not, they still
exist. And the fact is, the Law of Attraction is working in your life and
everyone’s life whether they know it or not. When you see how it
works, you’ll understand why you have succeeded, why you have
gotten things in your life that you wanted, and also why you’ve gotten
things in your life you didn’t want or why you haven’t succeeded.
Because you’ll now see that you have been doing this unconsciously
all along, and the Law of Attraction has been working all along. See,
whether you know about it or not is irrelevant. It works. It happens.
It’s there. So, for those people that “don’t know anything” about the
Law of Attraction or how these techniques work they’re doing this
anyway. They’re just doing it instinctively; they’re doing it auto-
matically, maybe by trial and error, or maybe they don’t even know
what they’re doing. They’re just doing it.
You look at great athletes, for example; great golfers or various
musicians that have “natural talent.” When a teacher looks at what

116
they’re doing these individuals have figured it out on their own, and
they’re doing it not knowing that there’s a law or there’s a principle
or that this is how the physical Universe is constructed. They’re just
doing it. So, that’s the reason why some people who “don’t know
about this” are getting incredible success in their life, getting the
things they want, are blissfully happy, have great relationships, etc.
They’re doing it anyway. But it’s much easier when you actually know
the mechanics, when you know the recipe, so that you can apply it
much more effective. Any other comments? Yes?
Thank you. The comment was that she can’t believe how easy
and logical this is. And I appreciate the comment, thank you very
much. I hope I’m presenting this material in a way that’s easy to grasp
and digest and understand. And again, those here in the room have a
huge advantage. I mean you’re from all over the world. I’m not sure
how many countries here are represented by our participants, but my
colleagues, one, two, three…eight countries around the world. And
again, you have a big advantage of being here because you’re not only
seeing the physical evidence that this works, but you’re meeting
people that some of you have heard about, read about, know, and are
getting information directly from them, and seeing that this is, you
know, not pie in the sky, not guru land or motivational speaker world
or that type of thing, but the real deal…the people at the highest levels
in both world governments and in business. And again, I’d like to just
thank my colleagues for coming forward.
When Napoleon Hill was taught this information from Andrew
Carnegie, a member of the Brotherhood, and started sharing this
back at the turn of the century, it was really the first time this was
being leaked from a resident member. And that information was
strictly on the money side and the financial or economic side. But this
is the first time in history that so many people have come out from
the various societies and collectively bound together as we have, as
part of the Global Information Network, and being willing to reveal
to the masses for those people who are serious…but again, we made
a commitment that we would not just share this with every single
person and shove it down anybody’s throat, that we’d make this

117
information available to you, but you had to have a high willingness
to learn. You had to have a high willingness to learn which means
you’re going to have to be willing to give up the thing you love…time
and money. You know, how do you determine what is your willing-
ness to learn?
I think one of the easiest ways, as I mentioned is, you know, are
you willing to give up something you love? If you love golf, if you love
TV, are you willing to give that up to learn this? But there’s something
else; are you willing to give up money? And I’m going to talk about
why that’s really significant, if you’re willing to give up some money
to learn this information and get educated, because that really deter-
mines how high your willingness to learn is and how teachable you
are. And then, of course, what is your willingness to accept change?
You know, this information can be radically different than what
you’ve thought about in the past but being willing to really accept
change and do things different and think things different is going to
create different results.
Any other comments, questions? Okay, good.
We’ve talked about how the Universe works…everything is made
up of energy that vibrates at different frequencies. That’s all every-
thing is, including us. That our brains can transmit and do transmit
24 hours a day, seven days a week, frequencies. We have the ability
to choose those frequencies and we have the ability to deter-mine the
power and intensity of the frequency and the duration that frequency
is being broadcast. Now, how long is that frequency being broadcast?
So,
when we put out a frequency, if we increase the power and intensity
and increase the duration which that frequency is broad-cast, then a
matching frequency will come to us like a magnet, like as fast as you
can imagine. Because when we put out a frequency with our brain,
with power and intensity, over a long duration, then everything on
the planet and everything in the Universe is working together to
match that frequency and bring it to you, and it will happen
incredibly fast. With
practice, when you get to unconscious competence, it’ll happen faster

118
and faster and faster. You’ll be able to dial in the frequency exactly
the way you want—and I’m going to teach you how to do that—
increase the power and intensity and keep the duration long enough
so that it activates everything in the Universe, so that it draws to you
like a magnet and comes rushing towards you. Think about it this
way…what you want wants you. What you want wants you. And all
you have to do is activate it and it comes rushing to you. There’s a
magnetic pull. You can attract money like a magnet. You can attract
your lover, the best relationship, like a magnet; you can attract things
into your existence, friends, social status, accolades, success,
achievement, happiness, bliss. You can attract anything and every-
thing you want. You can be, do, or have anything you want. As
Napoleon Hill said, “Anything the mind of man can conceive,” which
means anything you can dream, anything you can imagine, anything
you can desire. Napoleon Hill said, “Anything the mind of man can
conceive and bring itself to believe, it can achieve,” which means any
and everything you can dream of, any and every desire, anything and
everything you want to be, do, or have, if you believe…which we’ll talk
about; that’s a key element…you will have it. And the method in
which that is achieved, the method in which you command your genie
to give you what you want, is by putting out the frequency of what
you want, increasing the power and intensity, keeping the duration
long enough, and it will come rushing toward you. It has to by law.
It’s the Law of Attraction which is senior to the law of gravity or any
law in the physical Universe. It’s how everything works. You cannot
deny it. You can’t scientifically foo-foo it away; quite the opposite.
Every bit of scientific evidence and proof shows it works.
And again,
you now have the luxury that I have had where you can see physical
evidence that it works and meet real people and not just, you know,
Joe Smith who runs the diner, or the dry cleaner, or a very successful
teacher—and there’s nothing wrong with those people or professions
because they may be using this technique as well. But you’re looking
at people who have used this, not only with themselves, but their
families, and some of the people here in the room, the royal families

119
here, which we’re grateful are here, through decades and decades and
decades in ruling lands. I mean this is something that is passed down
generationally. So, this is something that really works.
Now, Napoleon Hill, I mentioned
his story, how he learned this from Andrew Carnegie, at the turn of
the century the richest man in the world. He puts it this way. He said,
“The key to success is one thing. One. Define your dream.” That’s
number one; define your dream. And what that means is, it means
clearly know or define what you want. So, in order for you to achieve
things in your life you need to know what you want. You go to a
restaurant and get the menu; you need to decide what you want so
you can order it. You can just say, “Bring me some food,” because you
may want food, that’s fine. You’ll get some food, but it may not be
exactly to your liking. But if you want something specific, you can ask
for something specific in the restaur-ant, order it, and it will come to
you. Life is the same say. Define your dream; determine and define
exactly what you want…that’s the first thing he said. He said the key
that he learned from Carnegie was, “Define your dream,” and then
secondly, “Get a burning desire for its achievement.” And this was
language back at the turn of the century, so I’m going to kind of
translate. I’m sorry, I’m translating it in English, for those of you
whose first language here is not English. Define your dream,
determine exactly what you want, clearly identify what you want, and
then get a burning desire for its achievement. So, the question is,
what is the definition of burning desire? What is the definition of
define your dream? We’re going to talk about that. So, how do we get
a burning desire? How do we define our dream? We’re going to talk
about this. And this is really a key element. Now, we’re getting
into kind of the specific techniques on how to apply the basic
principle, which is, use your brain, transmit a frequency with power
and intensity, keep that transmission over a long duration, and then
it will come. If you do that, there’s one thing that could hinder it
which we’ll talk about later. But let’s just talk about how Napoleon
Hill defined those mechanics, in English, which is define your dream.
So, let’s put it now into real working practice.

120
 First off, if you go to any success seminar, or read any of the
success books, again, I think you’ll find now that many of them are
misguided and wrong because they may give you some elements of
what we’re teaching here but also other elements that basically make
it not work. You’re getting a recipe. This recipe works all the time
when followed. If you start changing the recipe, if you start changing
the ingredients, adding or subtracting ingredients or changing the
proportion of ingredients or change the order in which the ingredi-
ents are mixed together, you’re not going to get the same result. So,
we’re giving you the pure, secret recipe that has never been released
to the public, with all of the ingredients, in the exact proportion.
Now, you can read thousands of books, and you can get bits and
pieces, but there isn’t one out there that myself or any of the people
here, my colleagues, have been exposed to that give this exact recipe.
Therefore, the evidence also shows that there is nothing else out there
that has delivered these results, the speed and effectiveness, in terms
of getting results that you want, getting what you want fast, with less
effort.
This is it. First, define your dream. Now, before we talk about the
defining your dream, when I say that, people start thinking, I want a
car; I want a house; I want a better job; I want to hit the lottery; I
want to travel all over the world; I want a better relationship; I
want a relationship; I want to have a better relationship with my
kids; I want to have a better social standing; I want to lose weight;
I want to get rid of my illness; I want better health. All these
different dreams come.
But there’s one thing that is senior to everything when it’s define
your dream, and it’s the one thing that we are going to be focusing on
as our template. It’s the most important thing…that is this. Number
one, number one, number one…always the most important, and that
is this. You…you, must always have as a goal—and it is your goal
subconsciously anyway—but you must always have, as a goal, to feel
good right now. Your goal, your biggest dream, should always be I
want to feel good right now. Not tomorrow, not when you get your
raise, not when you get your new car, not when you take your

121
vacation; your goal should be to feel good right now. Feel as good as
you can.
Now let me define. What does feel good mean? Feel good, first
and foremost, means being outrageously happy. Let’s use some
different words to describe some various emotions. This is an
emotion, not physical body feeling. Boy, my body feels good! Well,
when your body feels good don’t your emotions feel good too some-
times? We’re not talking about physical body first, we’re talking
about emotions. Feeling good. Being happy. Being content. Being
settled. Feeling secure. Being confident. Feeling grateful. Feeling
blessed. Feeling bliss. Feeling contentment. Feeling joy. Feeling
exhilaration. Feeling exuberance. Think of the different words. They
all describe different feelings don’t they? There’s a difference from
feeling exhilaration and feeling contentment. They’re both pretty
good feelings, but they’re different.
So, the real definition for you is feel good now. If you want to
clearly define that even more it’s feel as good as you can, right now.
And if you want to define that even more, your goal should be to feel
good and keep feeling better because you have to be going towards
something. Does this make sense? Your goal should always, always,
always be feel good now, and feel better. So, it should be to feel good,
as good as you can, and keep feeling better. That’s what your goal
should be.
Now for you, based on your situation, your history, a million
different reasons, your specific definition of feeling good will change
from hour to hour, day to day, week to week, month to month. Some-
times, you really just want to feel secure, and to you, that’s going to
be the best feeling to feel because maybe you’ve been dealing with a
lot of insecurity. And for some of you, you want to feel content
because you haven’t been feeling very contented, and you want that
feeling of contentment. And for some of you, you want to feel love
because you’ve missed that. You’ve missed hugs and feeling appreci-
ated from people and loved from people so you’re craving that feeling.
And for some of you, you want to feel exhilaration because maybe you
have felt bored, and you’re really craving a better feeling to you which

122
is called exhilaration.
So, there isn’t a right or wrong good feeling. There’s not a right
or wrong good feeling. Each one of you will select the feeling, and that
will change from hour to hour in some cases, day to day in some
cases, week to week in some cases, month to month in some cases.
The key is, you want to always feel good. Do you wake up in the
morning with a smile on your face and feeling how excited you are
about the day? And do you jump out of bed and start whistling for no
reason or singing in the shower and feeling how lucky you are and
how happy you are and how blessed you are and how wonderful life
is and how excited you are to experience all these incredible things
today in your life? Most people would…that’s not the case. That’s your
goal.
Do you go throughout the day with eyes open, observing things,
taking things in, looking at the tree outside, or looking at the river
here that’s going past, or looking at the magnificent gardens? And
we’re looking at the Alps, the mountains, the gorgeous trees, the sun,
the clouds, we’re looking at some of the mist on those far away moun-
tains, or looking at the chapel over there, how gorgeous that structure
is and how old, we’re looking at this amazing room. And some of you
are thinking, “Well sure, it’s easy for you because you’re in this
opulent setting.” Hey, I’ve been fishing up in Canada in a tent, and I
feel the same way. How exciting that experience is! There’s really not
one better than the other; they’re all different experiences. Your
feelings can be the same no matter what the experience is.
So, your ultimate goal is always to feel good right now. This is
your major indicator that you are on track. Remember this. Key
point, feel good now. Feel as good as you can, and continue to feel
better. You want to feel good. This is your first objective, to feel good.
So, when you’re defining your dream, when you’re defining what
you want, you have virtually two options. We’re going to do an
exercise here in a moment. You have two options. The first option, in
defining your dream, is be specific. The second option is not be
specific at all, be general. Now, there’s actually a third option. You
can be very specific, you can be general, or you can virtually not

123
define anything, but just define feeling good as the goal and objective.
All three of these work, and they all will create good in your life, but
I’ll explain the differences.
When you define your dream with specificity...and let’s use
something tangible that we can all see. Let’s say you are wanting a
specific thing, and again, what you want is irrelevant. You may want
a better relationship. You may want a better career. Some of you say,
“I want clarity! I want a purpose! I have no purpose in my life. I
want to find my purpose.” That could be your goal, to find your
purpose. Okay. Some of those things are a little more esoteric, but
let’s talk about something specific as a want because it’s an easier
example.
So, let’s say that you say, “I want a new car.” Fine. You can be
general, and just say, “I want a new car,” or you can be specific and
say, “I want a Mercedes, a new Mercedes.” You can be general, and
say, “I just want a new Mercedes. I don’t care what kind of Mercedes,
I don’t care what color, I just want a new Mercedes.” Or you can be
specific, and say, “I want a black, S-Class Mercedes.” You can be
more specific. “I want a black S-Class Mercedes 4Matic with a black
leather interior.” I think they all come with leather anyway but black
interior. You can be as specific as you want.
So, the first thing is defining what you want. Now, Napoleon Hill
said, “Define your dream, and get a burning desire for its achieve-
ment.” He also said, “Whatever the mind of man can conceive and
bring itself to believe, it can achieve.” So, if you say, “I want a black
Mercedes,” Earl Nightingale says, “You become what you think about
most of the time.” He also rephrased it later and he said, “You get
what you think about most of the time.”
So, if you want a black Mercedes, theoretically, based on what
we’ve been talking about, all you…what you would have to do is think
about the black Mercedes, think about the black Mercedes, think
about the black Mercedes, think about the black Mercedes, think
about the black Mercedes. When you’re thinking about the black
Mercedes, what is your brain doing? Yeah. Your brain is transmitting
a frequency of the black Mercedes.

124
 Years ago, a book was written; it’s called As a Man Thinketh. And
in the book, it gave the factual statement, actually made by…it was
either Edison or Einstein, I’m not sure; I think it was Einstein who
said, “Thoughts are things. A thought is a physical thing. It sends out
physical particles.” I’ve been calling them frequencies, vibration, or
energy. They are particles. They are physical particles that go out into
the Universe that have magnetic pull, according to Einstein, okay?
Not some guru. Not that the guru’s wrong, but, you know, most
people have an easier time believing a scientist, who has evidence,
than somebody who says, “You just have to believe me on faith.”
Thoughts are things.
So, theoretically, based on what we’ve been talking about, if you
think about black Mercedes, black Mercedes, black Mercedes, black
Mercedes, black Mercedes, you’re transmitting the frequency of
black Mercedes. According to Napoleon Hill, “Define your dream,”
black Mercedes, “and get a burning desire for its achievement,”
which can be defined as high intensity broadcasting, high power
broad-casting of the frequency. And if you have a burning desire,
you’re going to have high intensity broadcasting of the frequency,
high power broadcasting of the frequency from your brain, about
black Mercedes, black, Mercedes, black Mercedes, and if you have a
burning desire you’re going to be thinking about it all the time. Early
Nightingale, “You get what you think about most of the time.” which
means you’re broadcasting this with a long duration.
So, I want black Mercedes. I’m thinking about black Mercedes,
black Mercedes, black Mercedes, black Mercedes, which means I’m
putting out this vibration. But, I just don’t want the black Mercedes,
that’s not going to work because if you just want a black Mercedes,
you’re going to put out a vibration that’s very weak with low intensity.
And if you just kind of want a black Mercedes you won’t even be
thinking about it that often. So, you’re not going to have a long
duration. So, the key is, according to Napoleon Hill, you have to have
a burning desire. So first, define your dream, and secondly, get a
burning desire for its achievement. And that burning desire will mean
you don’t want the black Mercedes, “I need to have the black

125
Mercedes. I’m desiring that black Mercedes. I can’t wait to get that
black Mercedes. Oh, I want that! Oh, I can’t wait! Oh, that Mercedes,
oh yes, that Mercedes!” And when you start having that burning
desire for that black Mercedes, black Mercedes, the intensity of the
transmission that’s coming out of your brain, that you’re broad-
casting, is very high, and the power is very high, and because you have
a burning desire to get the black Mercedes you’re going to be thinking
about it all the time so the broadcast is very frequent, the duration of
that broadcast is longer. Therefore, the black Mercedes should come
right into your experience somehow.
Now, somebody says, “Well wait a minute! What if I can’t afford
a black Mercedes?” Bingo! Thank you very much. You’re on the
wrong side of the Training Balance Scale. When your attitude’s right,
the facts don’t count. Another way of saying it is you don’t need to
know the how because the Law of Attraction will make it happen.
How does the Law of Attraction make it happen? It basically will
create, and put into your life, events and circumstances that you can’t
even imagine, to create what you want. It will move mountains to put
into your existence what you’re asking for. The Law of Attraction has
to work because it’s a law. It works, period. So, it will affect virtually
hundreds of thousands of different variables and start shifting things
around that you’re not even aware of or thinking about, to create a
situation where a black Mercedes will be in your life. You don’t have
to know how.
Think about a radar screen. Most people live their life looking at
their radar screen, and they’re looking at what they can see in the
radar screen. And this is why people fail because they base all of their
decisions and beliefs on what they can see in the radar screen. “We
have, you know, $50,000 in credit card debt. How can I pay that
off? I’m looking at my income, I’m looking at my expenses, I’m
looking at my prospects for getting a new job or getting a raise.
There’s nothing, there’s no way that I can pay off my credit card
debt. It’s impossible.” All you’re doing is you’re looking at what you
see on the radar screen.
Now, if you imagine that the radar screen is this small screen

126
maybe about three inches in diameter…I also want you to imagine
what’s off the radar screen, what’s outside of the screen. The screen
can only see a three inch diameter, but I want you to imagine that
there are a hundred feet of additional area outside the radar screen.
The actual area is a hundred foot diameter, but you’re only seeing a
three inch diameter. You see, the vast majority of what is available is
off your radar screen. You can’t see it, you can’t even imagine it. But
once you start activating the Law of Attraction everything outside the
radar screen starts shifting and moving. There can be virtually
hundreds of thousands, if not millions or billions or trillions of
variables that start moving and shifting because you have trans-
mitted a vibration with power and intensity for a long duration.
Everything starts shifting, and everything starts happening and
rushing towards you. What you want wants you. It has to, by law,
start coming towards you. And what the Universe will do, because of
the Law of Attraction, is it will move mountains, it will create events
and circumstances and put people in your life to make what you want
happen. And it always is in methods and ways that you can’t even
imagine because it isn’t on your radar screen. You can’t even see it.
So, stop looking at the radar screen. This is the biggest problem
people have. And this is why Napoleon Hill said, “Whatever the mind
of man can conceive,” or what-ever you desire, you can have it as long
as you believe you can have it. That’s paraphrasing. His actual quote
was, “Whatever the mind of man can conceive and bring itself to
believe, it can achieve.”
So, I mentioned that there was one thing that will stop the
technique from working. So, let’s go back to the technique, and I’ll
tell you what’s going to cause it to stop. The technique is you define
your dream, you define what you want, black Mercedes. You get a
burning desire for its achievement. You really want it, want it, want
it. That allows you to transmit that frequency of black Mercedes with
intensity and power. When you have a high desire, which means you
want it, want it, want it, want it, want it, you will have a long
duration of transmission. So, where’s the block? The block is if you
don’t believe that you will get it, that stops it from coming in. Two

127
reasons why: because when you don’t believe you’ll get it, the
duration of the transmission won’t be very frequent. And when you
don’t believe you’ll get that black Mercedes, the intensity and power
of the transmission won’t be very strong. And when you don’t believe
you’ll get it, you are in actuality putting out a counteractive trans-
mission which is saying, “Black Mercedes stay away.”
So, you have intention/counter-intention being broadcast simul-
taneously, and they neutralize each other, and the black Mercedes is
coming but being pushed away at the same time, and it isn’t coming
into your existence. Does this make sense? And somebody says,
“That’s fine. That’s good. Now the question though is, how do I get
the high desire, and how do I get the high belief?” And I’m going to
give you the answer.
The answer is, as I started this session on, your first goal is to feel
good. You must use your feelings as your guide. You must use your
feelings as your gauge. You must use your feelings as your scope. You
must use your feelings to see if you are lining up. You must use your
feelings to find out if you are in the sweet spot.
So, define your dream. How do you get what you want? You must
define your dream, have a burning desire for its achievement, and
have a hundred percent belief you’ll get it. And here’s the kicker.
Some of you, right now, want a black Mercedes, but you can’t bring
yourself to believe you’ll get a black Mercedes. You’ll never get a black
Mercedes. Stop thinking about a black Mercedes. See, nobody else, in
any books, tell you this secret here. And this is the secret. You need
to define what you want, but it has to be something you can believe
in.
So, if you were to write a list of all the things you want, you may
want a lot of things today, but you may only believe, right now, that
you can only get a few of them. So, for example, let’s say I were to ask
you to write a list of all the things you want, if money wasn’t an object,
and you knew you couldn’t fail. As a matter of fact, we’re going to do
this exercise, and if you’re listening to the CD, listen to the
instructions and then I’m going to ask you to shut the CD off and do
this. And for those here in the room, we’ll do this exercise. So, grab a

128
piece of paper. You’re going to write down…I’m only going to give you
a few minutes. We’ll just do this in ten minutes. I want you to write
down, just off the top of your head…just as an example…write down
anything and everything you want. If money wasn’t an object, you
know you hit the lottery ten times…if money wasn’t an object, or if
you knew you couldn’t fail, what would you want? Some of you are
putting down new refrigerator, you know, eat at a certain
restaurant, go to Hawaii, get a private jet, get a black Mercedes, get
a new wardrobe, quit my job, start my own business, open up a
restaurant, whatever. You know, lose twenty pounds. Make a list of
everything and anything you want, material or non-material. You
know, learn a foreign language, learn to play the piano, be a great
singer, whatever. Learn how to paint. Make a list of everything that
you want if money wasn’t an object; you hit the lottery five times or
if you knew you couldn’t fail. Doesn’t have to be everything; you’re
just doing a little exercise here. So, just write down whatever comes
to mind. We’ll do this for about ten minutes. If you’re listening to the
CD shut the CD off now, and then we’ll come back when you’re
finished.
Okay, we’re back. Okay, now you have your list. So, I want you to
scan that list, and for those listening here on the CDs, do the same
thing. I want you to scan this list, and each one of them, just quickly,
next to it, on a scale of one to ten, write down what your belief is that
you can get this, let’s say within the next six months. Within the next
six months. Ten being absolutely, one being no chance— your level
of belief. Okay? So, if you’re listening to the CD, shut the CD off, and
then come back when you’re finished. Okay, great.
So, we have that list. Now by a show of hands here in the room,
how many people have some on their list that are a one? Everybody.
Okay. How many have three, four, five, six, seven that are a one?
Okay, everybody. Okay. Does anybody here have something that’s a
ten? Yeah, everybody. Okay, so you all have something that’s a ten.
Here’s the point: when you are starting this process you can’t focus
on the things on your list that are a one because you have no belief
you’ll achieve them. And this is why people who read the book The

129
Secret, people who read Think and Grow Rich, people who go to
various Law of Attraction seminars, miss the whole point. You go to
goal setting seminars, success seminars, and they talk about dream
big! Get your dream bigger! The Magic of Thinking Big! And that’s
a great book, by the way, The Magic of Thinking Big. But people are
teaching you to get this outrageous, big dream and focus on it, and
they give you all these techniques to focus on this big dream. And you
go through ten years of your life, and it never comes in! And you’re
frustrated because you don’t believe you’re going to get it, and it’s
never going to come in because you’re vibrating, you’re transmitting
an intention of getting it and a counter-intention of you don’t believe
it. Therefore, it’s never going to come in.
So, the method that we were taught in the societies was very
simple. This is not a race. Everybody’s different. Everybody’s
different. Some people are going to believe that they can become a
billionaire, you know, the day after college, or you know, halfway into
college, or when they’re twelve! And another person may never
believe it for a lot of reasons. I’m not going to get into all the reasons.
I’m just giving you the facts here. So, what you need to do is you need
to start with dreams or goals or desires or objectives that you can
believe in. Now, let me tell you what the sweet spot is. If you look at
that list, which ones should you focus on? Well, you should focus on
the tens. However, there is a sweet spot. And let me explain what the
sweet spot is.
The desire that you want, the goal that you want, the objective
that you want, the dream that you want, the thing that you want that
will come to you the fastest is a dream or a goal or an objective, or a
desire that’s in the sweet spot. And what is the sweet spot? The sweet
spot is something you want, which you really, really want, which has
high, high, high excitement, desire, gets the juices flowing, gets you
excited when you think about getting it, gets you really motivated,
lights your fire, and at the same time, you absolutely believe you can
get it.
Now, the sweet spot has to be in both. So, let’s walk on both sides
here and let me show you the differences. Let’s say you have in your

130
list, I want to go to this fancy French restaurant. You’ve always
wanted to go there, and you know it’s going to cost a couple hundred
dollars. And it can have a…you know, you just…the thought of going
to this restaurant just, for you, turns you on. “I really, really feel like
oh, how good I would feel.” Ah hah! Remember when I said the most
important thing is feel good now? Ah hah! That’s why I said that
because the sweet spot is a goal that you know you would feel so good
when you get it, and you believe that you can get it. Right now, maybe
you only have the ability to look. You keep focusing on this radar
screen, and you can see that, “You know, I got a Christmas bonus
coming up and maybe I’ll get or I’ll get some you know some money
for my birthday. So, you can see already a way. You’re still too
focused on the how, but you’re thinking about the how so you’re
thinking I can…you’re already figuring out ways to do it, which makes
your belief go up. You see, when you get to unconscious competence,
the how becomes irrelevant. And the more you do this, all of a
sudden, what occurs is any dream, your belief goes sky high because
you have no clue of how it’s going to happen. You just know from
experience that whatever you want happens.
But you can’t do that now because success builds confidence. So,
in the beginning you have to get some successes. Some of you on your
list may say, “I want to meet a mate. That’s my goal.” And you may
say, “Look, I know I’ll meet a mate; I don’t know how. I know it’ll
happen; I don’t know when, but I know it’ll happen.” So, that could
be as a goal on your list. And the thought of meeting a mate and being
in a passionate, loving relationship, a fulfilling relationship is really
exciting to you, and maybe you have a high level of belief and a high
desire for it, and that’s in your sweet spot. But let me tell you what’s
not in the sweet spot.
The sweet spot is, I want to start my own business. And when
you think about starting your own business, you think about the
dream, you think about how much you would enjoy it. You get so fired
up about starting your own business. Maybe it’s a restaurant or a
florist shop or something, and you just get so excited about it, and
then when I say, “What’s your belief that you can achieve this?” All

131
of a sudden, all this doubt pops into your head, and you have massive
doubt, and your belief crashes. That goal, right now, is not in your
sweet spot. The sweet spot has to be a goal that you are really excited
about, really fired up about, that you know will make you feel
fantastic and you feel good just thinking about it.
See, all of these goals and objectives make you feel good when
you think about them. So, finding a goal in the sweet spot to focus on
or finding something you want, first look at the objective, think about
it. It makes you feel good. You’re looking for something that makes
you feel really good, really excited, really motivated. You need
massive desire! Remember Napoleon Hill? “Define your dream and
get a burning desire for its achievement.”
So, the first question is, which of these dreams do you have a
burning desire for? Not just, oh I’d like to go to that restaurant. So,
which of the dreams on your list do you have a burning desire for
when you think about it? Then, which of the ones that you have a
burning desire for do you have a high belief? Eight, nine, or ten?
Those are the ones in the sweet spot right now. Some of you are
thinking, “Boy, I don’t have very many.” That’s okay because there
is a success cycle; it’s a motivation cycle. When you do something for
the first time and you see it work and you see the success, your belief
goes up that this works. And once you start seeing magic happen,
once you start seeing something occur that you didn’t know how it
would occur because you couldn’t see how by looking at your radar
screen, all of a sudden you start believing, “This is possible. This is
possible. This stuff works. This stuff works.” And all of a sudden, the
dreams that you have burning desires for, all of a sudden now start
getting matched up with a belief that you can actually achieve them
so the belief level starts going up which is what Napoleon Hill said,
“Define your dream, and get a burning desire for its achievement.”
But the key is believe.
Now, this is a scriptural principle as well for those of you who are
Christians, and I know we have Muslims here, and you’re Hindu,
right? Buddhists? And we have an Atheist. We have a lot of different
groups here…and this is not a religious meeting. But for those of you

132
who are from the Christian background, scripturally, it specifically
says this; it says “Ask and ye shall receive.” And it says, “You get not
because you ask not.” Asking is you putting out into the Universe
what you want. Putting out into the Universe what you want is using
your brain to think about what you want which puts out into the
Universe a transmission of a frequency. You do that with high power
and high intensity, with a long duration, with belief it’ll come back,
without any counter-intention it’ll come in. And it says that; it says,
“Ask, and believe that what you are asking for, you shall receive,
and you shall have whatsoever you ask.” That’s scriptural. So, that’s
a scriptural basis. And you’re shaking your head, “Yeah.” In your
religious text, it’s the same thing. Virtually all religious texts give
these same principles because they are universal and they’re physical
laws.
So, the key here to getting whatever you want is this: first, define
what you want. There’s three ways to define what you want…very
specific, general, or I just want to feel good. Okay? Those are the
three ways. Think about it. When you think about it, you have to have
a burning desire. If you don’t have a burning desire, it’s almost
saying, “There’s really nothing I want that gives me a burning
desire.” Do you want to feel good? Okay, you need to get a burning
desire for something. Now, if you don’t have a burning desire we’ll
address that in a couple of sessions. Actually, we’ll address that
tomorrow when it comes to money if you don’t have burning desires.
But the first step is you must define what you want. And the best
way to do that is take a piece of paper—not a PC—take a piece of paper
and a pen, and just write down anything and everything you want.
And what you should do is…you should have a book, not a PC; don’t
do it in the computer. Get yourself a notebook or some type of spiral
bound book where you can rip out pages and add pages. It could be a
small one, it could be a big one. I like eight-and-a-half by eleven. Here
in Europe we use an A4 which is a little bigger piece of paper. And
just call it your Dream Book. And anytime you think of some-thing
you want to do, no matter how crazy, how outrageous, whatever, just
write that down. And then every once in a while, scan these goals,

133
these dreams, these desires, and decide which one is really giving you
a burning desire. And then decide what is your belief level.
Now, I’m going to show you how to start slowly getting this belief
level up because there’s a few ways to do that. But the first thing is
define your dream; either something specific, something general, or
just feeling good. The dream that you define, you have to have a
burning desire for, which means it’s something that really gets your
juices flowing, that you really, really, really, really, really want.
Then, match it up to make sure it’s in the sweet spot, which means
you have to have a high level of belief that you’ll get it—eight, nine, or
ten. If you don’t, we’re going to talk about how to correct that. But if
you don’t, don’t focus on it right now, because you’re just going to get
frustrated because it’s not going to come in. Then, all you do is you
focus on what you want, believing you will receive it.
So, the key is this…and we’re going to do this exercise. So,
everybody listening to the CD, and everybody here in the room, go
through that list and just pick one. We’re going to do the exercise, and
I’m going to show you what the physical manifestation is. So, pick
something you have a high desire for…you have a high burning desire
for. Pick one of the items, just one, that you have a high, burning
desire for, that you also have a high belief in—eight, nine, or ten—that
you believe you can actually get it. Okay, pick one.
Okay. Now, what I want you to do…you can do this with your
eyes open or your eyes closed…is I want you to picture this in your
mind, picture what you want, picture what you want, and picture it
in color. And I want you to not only look at it in color, but also look
at it and listen to the sights, the sounds, think about the emotions
you’ll have if you got this. And I want you to add yourself into the
picture; see yourself in the picture. So, picture that thing that you
want, see it in color, hear the sounds; if there are any smells
around…it may be that some of you have a desire to go to an island;
if there’s smells, get the smells. What emotions are you feeling? Put
yourself in the picture. See yourself really happy. What emotions do
you have? Okay, now everybody here in the room is smiling, by the
way.

134
 Now, I want you to imagine that you already have this. If it’s a
car, I want you to physically imagine that you’re driving the car and
how you are feeling driving the car. Feel the emotions. Imagine how
great it’s going to feel and how good it does feel. Picture this. Okay,
open up your eyes. Now how many people here in the room feel better
than just a minute ago? Everybody. If you’re at home, don’t you feel
great? If you feel bad, that means your level of belief is not high. That
means this goal is not in the sweet spot. So, the method here of
getting what you want is defining what you want, making sure you
have a high, burning desire for its achievement, and making sure that
you have a high level of belief that you can achieve it. You’ll know that
because when you think about it you will feel good. If you think about
that goal or that dream or that desire just like we did, and you feel
better, your actual feelings get better, you’re in the sweet spot. If your
feelings get lower…you get depressed, frustrated, angry, annoyed,
that means you’re not in the sweet spot because that means you don’t
have a high level of belief that you can get it right now. Doesn’t mean
you’ll never get it, we just have to change that level of belief which
we’re going to do. And I’m going to teach you exactly how to do that
when we come back. Any questions, comments, or observations
about this particular procedure?
The bottom line is this. You must define your dream. It’s got to
be either specific, it can be very general, or it can be just I want to feel
good, that’s my objective. You must have a burning desire for that
dream. Otherwise, you won’t be able to put out a transmission that is
powerful enough or intense enough and for a long duration. And you
must believe that it’ll come in.
And we’re going to talk about how to get that belief up because
that’s the biggest thing. We’re also going to talk specifically about
how to get the desire up for the dreams. We’re going to talk about
both of those things when we come back, and we’re going to start
doing some specific exercises on this. And we’ll start applying this in
real life when we come back.

135
 Lesson Seven
________________________________________________

The Immense Power in

Letting Go of The How

Okay, and we’re back. Somebody came up to me at the break, by

the way, and pointed out something very interesting…made an
interesting comment that they thought that they were going to get the
most benefit from talking to my colleagues. And he pointed out that
even though he found meeting with, shaking the hands of, and talking
to these incredibly powerful, wealthy, successful, happy people, and
listening to them and talking to them, he said he actually found it
was…he was getting more benefit and an increase in belief that this
works from talking to other members, or other…many of you, the
other people that are here in the seminar, learning this for the first
time. And there’s a reason for that because when you start to actually
listen to other people and getting their first impressions as well, you
can see that you’re not the only person thinking these things. You’re
being amazed by this material, sometimes skeptical of this material,
but excited to see if this material really works.
So, it’s really interesting to see what’s going to happen tonight
and tomorrow and over the next couple of weeks for you because
when you start applying this in real life, you’re going to see how it’s
going to change, how things in your life are going to change, because
you’re going to be making some changes. Remember, if you want
things in your life to change, whether it’s your finances, your
relationships, your health, your weight, the way you feel…if you want
things in your life to change you’re going to have to change things in
your life. You can’t continue to think the way you’ve always thought.
You can’t continue to believe like you’ve always believed. You can’t
continue to do all the same things…waking up at the same time,
eating the same foods, doing the same routines, saying the same

136
words, thinking the same thoughts, hanging out with the same
people, etc., etc., etc. So, you’re going to see some tremendous
changes.
And by the way, somebody grabbed me at the break and said,
“Did you call him King?” Yes, well the official title is Royal Highness,
but we know each other, and it’s kind of a…that’s how I refer to him.
But yes, you should be calling him Royal Highness, but in this setting
we’re a little more informal. And again, I’m very particularly pleased
that these individuals took time out of their schedules because they
know the importance of this, not just for you and the people listening
to the CDs, but we all agree, we think that getting this knowledge out
to more people who can start using it to better their own lives will
better the world in general. We’re really excited to be part of this. We
think it’s an incredible mission. And sharing this information and
getting you to grasp onto it and apply it, we think, is going to be very,
very helpful to not only you, as individuals, but also all of your
respective countries, where you come from, and the world as a whole.
Alright, so let’s carry on, shall we? So, at this point, you should
understand how it works; it being the procedure, the technique, on
how to make whatever you want happen in your life, how to get
whatever you want. Now, the interesting thing is, in the Training
Balance Scale if you notice, we haven’t talked about the how. We
haven’t talked about techniques or procedures because those are
completely irrelevant. When you understand Law of Attraction and
you understand that your thinking is what creates it in your life the
how becomes completely irrelevant. Because the fact of the matter is
if you’re desiring a Cadillac, and if I were to ask you how you were
going to get it, there may be no rational, logical, visible explanation
on how you could possibly get this new Cadillac. Or if your desire is
to pay off all your credit cards and to get out of debt and if I were to
ask you, “How do you expect to do that?” you may look on your radar
screen of everything you know in your life and you can say, “There
isn’t a how. Based on what’s on my radar screen there is cate-
gorically no way on God’s green earth for me to get out of debt.” If
you say, “I want to lose forty pounds,” you may say, “Listen, I’ve tried

137
every diet in the world, and on my radar screen if you were to ask
me how I’m going to do this…I have no willpower, my metabolism
is low, my thyroid doesn’t work properly, everybody in my family
is overweight, I’ve tried to lose weight before, I hate exercise, I love
to eat. There’s no way I can see myself…there’s no way I can tell you,
no rational, logical explanation of how I’m going to get out of debt.”
If you’re looking to get a better job you can say, “Based on my skills…I
have no college education.” Based on all the facts there’s no way…
“The economy in my community is terrible.” Based on all the…
Nobody’s hiring.” Based on all the facts…“I’ve already been fired
from three jobs; I have a terrible resume.” Based on all the facts you
can say, “There’s no rational way that I can explain to you why I will
get a better job, a better, high paying job, a more fulfilling job. I
cannot tell you how that could possibly happen.” And that’s the
point. Because you’re looking on your radar screen, and when you
look on your radar screen there’s no rational reason. But when you
understand how this works, that when you fire off from your brain
and transmit a frequency of what you want, Law of Attraction will
make the thousands of variables from the economy, from your job,
your boss, your company situation…everything is in play, and
everything is moving. And all the things, 99.9 percent of all the stuff
is off your radar screen anyway, you can’t see it, you can’t even
imagine it. And there are trillions of bits of data and information and
variables and situations and coincidences and circumstances and
people that are off your radar screen, that are being affected by your
thought.
So, when you put that thought out there, when you put out that
vibrational frequency of what you want, with power and intensity,
with consistent duration of transmission, it will create everything to
start moving in a manner which you could not comprehend. Even the
highest mathematical genius in the world couldn’t figure it all out.
The pattern, the synergy, the coordinating of movements…you
couldn’t figure it out, but the Universe does because the Law of
Attraction says, “That which you put out, the vibration you put out,
will attract that vibration back.” It’s the Law of Attraction. And

138
everything will start shifting and moving, and provided you have no
doubt—which is belief—provided you have no doubt, which means
you have high belief that it’s going to happen and you are sitting in a
place of expectation as if it’s already happened, then it comes flying
into you at record breaking speed, and will come in at the right point,
the best point for you.
So, when you understand how it works, that everything is a
vibration our brain transmits and receives, and whatever you put out,
scientists have proven that it affects physical matter which proves
that it works; when you understand how it works and why it works
and that it works every day in your life, that’s when you start
increasing your level of belief. This is why understanding how it
works and why it works is so important. And that’s why, going back
to the five basics, the four basic basics, which is who do you listen to,
Teachability Index, Training Balance Scale, and understanding that
you are going to have to, initially, use conscious competence which
means apply this consciously with some effort, initially, until it gets
to unconscious competence which means it’s happening auto-
matically and then it’s happening absolutely effortlessly.
You also now know the basic…and I call it the basic…the basic
procedure which you can do anytime, anyplace, anywhere to get
anything you want. The basic procedure which can allow you to be,
do, or have anything and everything you want. And that basic
procedure, to recap, is number one, define specifically what you want.
Define your dream. Define your goal. Define your desire. Define what
you want. You can do it three ways: you can define it specifically in
great detail, generally, or just feeling good.
Now, somebody asked me, “Which is better?” And the answer is
specific, quantifiable things that you want is good. I want a
particular watch. I want a particular car. Some things are fine to be
specific. But you shouldn’t focus all your attention on specific, in
great detail, goals. And I know you’re all saying, “But that’s not what
all the goal books say. They say you need to be very, very specific.”
Yeah, I know. They’re all wrong. You can be very specific on some

139
things, but generally it’s much better that you’re not specific, and I’m
going to explain why in a minute.
The second best is to be general. I want a new car. I want a nice
luxury car. That’s better than being so, so specific, and I’m going to
tell you why in a minute.
And the best way is to not have any specific thing that you want
but that you let the Universe give you what is going to give you the
best feeling. And the reason is this, and I’ll give you an example. Joe
meets Mary, and Mary is a beautiful girl who’s fantastic. Mary is
single, Joe is single, and Joe decides that Mary is the perfect girl for
him. But Mary is kind of lukewarm; she’s not that interested in Joe.
But Joe says, “I’m going to use this technique to get what I want.”
So, he defines what he wants. “I want Mary to fall in love with me. I
want Mary to be my wife. I want Mary. I want Mary. I want Mary.”
So, he uses this, the technique, and he defines what he wants, he puts
out that vibration with power and intensity, he has a burning desire
to have Mary fall in love with him and be his wife. And he uses this
technique over and over again, day after day. He’s putting duration,
he’s putting that vibrational frequency out, and he has no doubt in
his mind. But what Joe doesn’t know is next month Susie is going to
get a job at his office, and Susie is ten times better for Joe than Mary.
Susie is a much better vibrational match, and Susie will make Joe ten
times happier. He doesn’t know that because Susie is off his radar
screen. So, what is a better way for Joe to act and for you to act is
this…
You don’t know what you don’t know. Some people think, I
looked at a house, and I knew that was the house for me, and that’s
the house I wanted. And I’m telling you this, you ain’t that smart.
Maybe you really like the house, and of all the houses you’ve seen
maybe it was the best house of the bunch. But maybe there’s a better
house that you haven’t seen yet that’s off your radar screen. You went
to a restaurant, you loved the meal, and you think it’s the best
restaurant in town. Well you haven’t eaten at every restaurant in
town so you don’t know if it’s the best restaurant in town, do you?
The Universe has things outside your radar screen. 99.9 percent of

140
all the stuff is off your radar screen, and since your main objective is
not to get that house, and since your main objective is not to get Mary
to fall in love with you, and since your main objective is not to get that
particular car, and since your main objective is not to get that specific
promotion at your office, and since your specific objective is not to
pay off your debt this month, or sell your house this month, or
whatever your want is, whatever your desire is, whatever the thing is
that is your goal or dream, that’s not what you really want. What you
want is to feel amazingly good.
So, let me tell you the better way to use this procedure of defining
your dream. The best way is to be general or put in just the feeling of
goodness. Example: you’re a single man or woman, and your goal is
to have a relationship because you’re going to feel good. And you say,
“I want a relationship.” Fine. So, make the objective. If you meet
Mary and you think Mary is great it’s better to put out this vibration:
Mary seems to be terrific. But I want a wife that makes me so
incredibly happy, and I make her so incredibly happy, that we’re
madly in love with each other, we laugh together, we have great sex,
we enjoy many of the same things, we enjoy each other’s company,
and we live a lifelong happy, fulfilling, satisfying, adventurous,
loving, committed, secure, safe relationship. That’s what I want!
And it may be with Mary, or it may not be with Mary. That’s what
I want. See, you can clearly define what you want.
If you’re looking at a house and you see the house of your
dreams—you think—you say, this is a wonderful house, but you
know, there may be a house that’s even better. What I want is, I
want a home that makes me feel just so safe and secure, that gives
me the freedom to enjoy my hobbies, that’s big enough so we can
have children and share with them, a backyard, and a place where
we can just play and enjoy. And I know that that house will come at
the right moment, at the right time into my life.
I want to pay off my debts. Here’s another example. I want to
pay off my debt. You know, maybe paying off my debt this month is
great. Maybe paying off six months from now is better, or twelve
months. I don’t know when, but whenever the right time is my debt

141
is going to be all paid off. I don’t know how it’s going to happen
because ‘the how’ is off my radar screen. I really don’t understand
or comprehend, haha, how it could happen, but I know it will. I
know it will present itself, ‘the how,’ at the right time, but I don’t
have to worry about ‘the how’. This is how you define your dream, in
this manner. Question?
“Timing,” yes. You’ll notice in my examples I don’t put a time
limit on things. And some of you are thinking, But all the goals books
that I read, all the guru seminars I went to, they told me that I had
to clearly define my dream with specifics and set a time limit on its
achievement. And I’m telling you, they’re wrong. They’re cate-
gorically, 100 percent wrong when they say that, because that’s not
how it works. You’re not that smart. You can’t put a time limit on
things.
I’ll give you a good example of this. When I was younger we had—
me and some of my friends—had philosophies because we were go-
getters, you know? And we said, “We put the round peg in the square
hole. We make it work.” Well, as I began to learn this technology I
found that that’s the wrong way to do it. If you have a round peg and
you’re looking at a square hole, yeah you can figure out a way to put
the round peg in the square hole. But if you use this technique you
have round peg and square hole then put out the technique…you
know, I need either a square peg or a round hole. Please deliver that.
And then at the right time, at the right moment, when you need
it, when it’s perfect timing, the Universe will deliver, and that’s the
point. The Universe delivers it at the perfect timing; it’s because
you’re ready. When are you ready? When you have no more doubt.
Because if you still have doubt, if it comes in, you weren’t ready to
receive it. It’s going to fall apart. It’s not going to work anyway.
I remember I was trying to sell a house. And I was convinced that
this was the time to sell the house, and I was going to use this tech-
nique to sell the house right now. And I used the technique and I used
the technique and I used the technique and I used the technique and
I’m thinking, It just doesn’t feel right, as I’m using this technique. I
just don’t have that…I don’t feel like I’m in the sweet spot. I don’t feel

142
lined up and, I’m trying to use the technique, but I just don’t feel lined
up. My desire is kind of weak. My belief is a little bit weak. I’m not
lined up, but I’m trying to get lined up and I’m not. And the Universe
was telling me, “Now is not the time,” so I stopped. I’ve just not got
the gut feeling. Everyone around me, all my advisors, were saying,
“Now is the time! It must be sold now! We have a limited time limit
here. We have a window of opportunity.” And everybody was telling
me why it was the best time. and I’m going, “Look, I can’t line this up.
My desire and my belief just is not lined up.”
When I say, “lined up, in the sweet spot,” it means what you
want, you have a high, intense desire that you want it, and you’re so
excited about it because your belief level is so high that you’re going
to get it you actually believe you’ve already got it. You can taste it and
smell it. It’s right there, and you’re happy and excited when you’re
doing the technique. Okay?
But I wasn’t. I wasn’t feeling right so I put it off. Six months
later…six months later, my house was not on the market, my realtor
called me up, and he said, “There’s a major Hollywood producer
who’s looking for property in town, and I had told him about your
ranch and the house, but it wasn’t on the market, and we just took a
drive by it, and he fell madly in love with it. He said he’s got to have
it.” He said, “The guy is super wealthy. Price is not an object.” Now,
I had had it on the market at the time for, you know, millions of
dollars, which I thought was a good price. And I said, “Well, tell the
guy to give me an offer, but it’s not on the market. It’s going to have
to be an insanely high offer for me to accept.” Came back that
afternoon with an offer, two and a half million dollars more than I
had the house on the market. Guess what lined up with me? Selling
that house was perfectly lined up. I said, “Write up the paperwork,
we’re done.” And all my idiotic advisors were all wrong. And my gut
intuition, my emotions—which is your monitor, which is your
guidance system, which is your regulator, which is your green light,
red light, yellow light—your emotions will tell you what to do; they’ll
tell you when you’re lined up.

143
 So, the technique, the basic procedure, is number one, define
what you want. You can be specific. I want that gold Breitling watch
with the black alligator band. Nothing wrong with being specific, but
you can also be general. You know I just want a gorgeous watch that
I’m really going to enjoy wearing. And it’ll present itself at the right
time. That’s the best way to fire out these desires. Or you can be
completely general and saying, “You know, there’s nothing specific
that I want in my life. I just want to feel exhilarated! Or “I just want
to feel content.” “I just want to feel secure.” Or “I just want to feel
bliss.” Or “I just want to feel nirvana.” Or “I just want to feel love. “I
just want to feel laughter and happiness. I want to feel joy. I want
to feel like singing. I want to feel like skipping down the sidewalk.”
You can throw out a feeling, and guess what? The Universe will then
present itself to you situations and opportunities and people that will
give you that feeling.
And when you think about it this is probably one of the most
exciting things because you have absolutely no disappointment and
no stress because you’re not looking at a particular thing, wondering
if it’s going to come in or not…and you start having doubt creep in as
time goes on.
And, in this way, you present life when you wake up and you say,
“I wonder what exciting opportunities are going to present them-
selves today? Wow! It’s like opening up a Christmas present. Today
is like opening up a Christmas present. I know something wonderful
is going to be presented in my life.” And then I drive down the road,
and I get a flat tire! And you’re thinking, “How is that wonderful?”
Well, I look at it and going, “I got a flat tire! When was the last time
I got a flat tire? My God, twenty-five years ago! This is an exciting
experience. Maybe I’ll meet somebody. Maybe I’ll meet somebody
new that will put us in a big business deal, or maybe I’ll meet some
wonderful person and share some great experiences and develop a
new friendship. Or maybe, maybe where I was going something
screwball was going to happen. And maybe I’m being prevented
from going further on this road, and maybe it’s going to save my life
that I got this flat tire.

144
 You see, when you start thinking in these ways life becomes
magical. So, define your dream. Define exactly what you want. Either
be specific, general, or just a feeling. Number two, whatever you’re
defining, whatever you want, you must have a burning desire for it,
which means a real strong want…very, very strong want. You have to
have high intensity and high amounts of power because if you have a
strong desire for something the frequency that you’re going to be
transmitting from your brain is going to have high intensity and high
power, and that will create strong magnetic attraction, and then it
will come to you much faster.
Third, you need to transmit that frequency over a specific
duration of time. You can’t just do it once for five seconds. Now, the
question is, “How long?” Well, should you, you know…“Should I sit
down for an hour a day and just focus on this, like a mantra?” You
know, “I want a new car, I want a new car,” or “I want to pay off
my bills,” or “I want the great relationship. I want a great
relationship.” The answer is, you could do that, but none of the
people I know, we don’t do that, but you could. Duration is,
remember what Earl Nightingale says, “You become,” or “You get
what you think about most of the time.” So, you want to be thinking
about this with intensity and power, with a hundred percent belief,
and when you think about it you have to be…when you’re beaming
out this energy, when you’re beaming out this frequency, you have to
be feeling good. That’s the indicator that you’re in the sweet spot. So,
the duration is…how long do you do it? As often as possible, for as
long as possible. If you’re driving in a car you want to be thinking
about it and beaming out that energy. And it should make you smile,
and it should make you sing. When you’re cooking be thinking about
it. Anytime…you’re in the bathroom, thinking about it. Right before
you go to bed, think about it. Right when you wake up take a minute
or two and think about it. When you’re brushing your teeth, when
you’re taking a shower, think about it. More throughout the day,
longer is better, and don’t worry about the time, when it’s going to
come. Don’t say, “I want this new car by Friday!” No. You don’t
know if Friday is the best day for that car, and there are a trillion

145
reasons why it may not be for you. Don’t put time limits on it, and
don’t put pressure and stress on yourself.
And the fourth step is you must believe and have no doubt. The
opposite of belief is doubt. If you doubt, which means you’re focusing
on the how…“I want that new car. I want that new car, but I don’t
know how I’m going to get it. I mean, I don’t have any money.
Probably get laid off from my job.” That’s doubt. That’s lack of belief.
No good.
You have to have belief. How do you know if you’re really in line?
In line means how do you know if your desire is really what’s best for
you? And how do you know if you have a hundred percent belief? And
how do you know if you have strong, burning desire? The answer is,
when you do this procedure, which is when you think about what you
want, which means when your brain is transmitting the frequency,
with power and intensity, how do you feel? If you have a perfect
desire lined up with what’s best for you, if you have a burning desire
for that desire, or that want, and if you have a hundred percent belief,
or close to it, when you think about what you want you will feel better.
You will start getting excited! It’s coming! Christmas is tomorrow!
Presents are going to be under the tree with my name on it! And I’m
going to open up presents! Yeah, tomorrow! The time is getting
closer! You understand? If you feel like that, like, “Look, it’s the 24th
of December, tomorrow’s Christmas, I’m getting presents!” You
know. Do you have any doubt? No. It’s the 24th, tomorrow is
Christmas, I’m getting presents. You know that. If it’s the day before
your birthday you’re thinking, “Tomorrow’s my birthday, I’m
getting presents.” If tomorrow is paycheck day, “I get my paycheck
tomorrow.” You have no doubt about it. Do you understand? So,
when you’re doing this procedure…new car, better relationship,
losing weight, new house, move, whatever…if you’re in the sweet
spot, you will feel like that. You will start feeling exhilarated, you’ll
start getting excited with anticipation because you know it’s coming!

The trick is don’t put the timeline on it. The car is coming! I don’t
know when, I don’t know how, and that’s the funny thing. I don’t

146
know when, I don’t know how, but I just know it is. And I can see
myself in it. So, the feeling is so exhilarating and so joyful and so
happy and so fantastic when you think about it, when you do this
procedure, it’s as if you’ve already got it. That’s the key; it’s as if
you’ve already got it.
So, the monitor is do you feel excited? Do you feel good? Now, if
you start feeling bad that means one of two things…either ‘a,’ your
want is really not in line with what’s in your best interest. But most
of the time it’s because you’re starting to doubt. You’re starting to
doubt. Your belief is going down because you’re focusing on the how.
Because you’re now saying, “I don’t understand how this is going to
happen.” You’re focusing on your radar screen. You’re focusing on
the facts. You’re focusing on only those things which you can see, and
based on what you can see, it won’t happen. And it’s true; based on
what you can see, based on what’s on your radar screen, it won’t
happen. But we’re not interested in what’s on the radar screen since
99 percent of the stuff that’s going to make it happen is off the radar
screen, it doesn’t… it’s completely irrelevant what’s on the radar
screen. Let me say that again. 99.9 percent of the things that will take
place and happen, to cause what you want to come into your life, are
off the radar screen. You can’t see them, and you can’t even imagine
them; you can’t even dream of what they are so what’s on the radar
screen is completely irrelevant. See, when we’re talking with my
colleagues here, and we’re doing something, which means we’re
creating something; creating something means we have a want, and
we’re creating it in our life, whatever it is.
When we deal with underlings, which means people who are not
part of the society and don’t know this, here’s how the conversations
go: four of us are sitting around in Barbados, we’re talking about
doing a business deal where we need $450 million. And we have some
of the accountants there and the lawyers there; it’s a big meeting. And
the accountants are looking at each other, and they say, “Where are
we coming up with the four $450 million dollars?” And the senior
guys, who are members of the societies, who know the technique, we
all smile at one another because we really can’t talk to them like we

147
talk amongst ourselves. But we say to them, “Oh, don’t worry about
the money.” And the accountants go, “But how are we going to raise
the money? Where is it coming from?” “Don’t worry about it.” “What
do you mean, don’t worry about it? Where is it coming from because
we can’t see, based on our global financial picture, where we can
come up with that cash?” “Don’t worry about it.” “But where is it
coming from?” “Okay, you want to know the real answer? The
answer is, we have no freaking clue of where the money is coming
from. We have no earthly idea. We can’t tell you where the money
is…as a matter of fact, it looks like there’s no possible way that this
money is coming in. But don’t worry about it because it will come in
when we need it. We’re doing the deal, that’s it, period!” And the
accountants look at us like we’re insane. We are looking at them like
they’re insane, and in fact, they’re just uneducated because we know
that the money will come in, when we need it, because we’re all lined
up. We are antici-pating and excited about this deal, we know it’s
going to work. It doesn’t matter…the money will come in at the last
minute. “Who cares? It’ll come in, it’ll all work out, it always does,
we don’t have to worry about the money.” I didn’t want to talk about
where it’s coming from. “But, but can’t we discuss the possibilities?”
And I go, “No, we can’t discuss it,” because if we’re discussing the
possibilities of where the money could possibly come from we’re
going to be dealing with doubt because where it’s coming from we
can’t even imagine right now. So, it’s a futile discussion to try and
look at our radar screen and come up with options, and the money is
coming from off our radar screen in ways, and in methods, and in
circum-stances that we couldn’t even comprehend or imagine today.
So, there’s no reason to have a stupid discussion about it. All we have
to tell you is this. Here’s our radar screen, okay? But by using my
feelings, which means we’re lined up, I can feel the money that’s off
our radar screen. I can feel it. How do I know it’s there? How can I
feel it? Because I’m so excited! We’re all so excited about the deal! We
know it’s going to happen! It’s a knowingness. That means the
money’s there; that means it’s coming in; we don’t have to worry

148
about the how. Do you understand that? That’s how it works. So,
that’s the basic procedure.
Now, let me give you one senior key point here. Success, in life,
is nothing more than a decision away; it’s a decision you make. And
that conversation, by the way, virtually happened, that I just
described to you. Some of my colleagues here are laughing because
they were there. Success is a decision away. When you make the
decision to do it and you’re in the sweet spot, and you have your want,
this is what I want, and you have high belief, and you focus on it, and
you feel out of control excitement; that means it’s going to happen.
And all you do is you just make the decision. I don’t care how. I don’t
know how. It doesn’t seem like it could possibly happen based on the
information that’s on my radar screen. But it doesn’t matter because
I’m going to do it, that’s it, period. I made the decision, it’s going to
happen, and I feel perfect. My feelings tell me it’s going to happen.
Because it’s going to happen because my feelings tell me, my belief
is high, and my desire is lined up with what’s in my best good, and
it’s going to happen. At the right time, in the right way, it’ll all work
out perfect. And it’ll work out in a way that I can’t even think of right
now. And if there’s a twist or turn along the way that I don’t
anticipate it doesn’t mean that I’m not getting what I want. It means
I am getting exactly what I need and what’s best for me because the
Universe is working everything together in my best need. I know
that because I feel so good.
So, it comes down to this: if everything is energy, everything
vibrates, and everything in your life is in your life because of Law of
Attraction, which means you, with your own thoughts, 24 hours a
day, seven days a week, have put out and transmitted frequencies—
consciously or unconsciously; up until now uncon-sciously
probably—you’ve put out frequencies of what you want, and you’ve
also put out frequencies of what you don’t want. All the frequencies
that you’ve transmitted from your brain, if you’ve transmitted them
with power and intensity, over a long enough duration, those
frequencies have manifested in your own life, which means you, you,
you, you, and only you have created everything in your life. If you

149
have disaster in your life, you created it. If you have good things in
your life, you created it. If you have a divorce, you created it. If you
have a car wreck tomorrow, you created it. Mm hmm. Training
Balance Scale. Your thoughts are 99.9 percent of it. Teachability
Index…what’s your willingness to accept change?
But what do you mean I created the car crash? I stopped at the
red light. The guy behind me crashed into me. How did I create that?
And here’s the answer. You didn’t think of a car crash. You didn’t
throw out car crash, car crash, car crash, car crash, car crash, car
crash, car crash, car crash, car crash. You did not do that, probably.
You may have, but it’s unlikely. How did that occur? Real simple.
When the guy crashed into you, you were parked minding your own
business at the red light. You were stopped at the red light, the guy
crashed into you. Here’s the question. How did you feel? I felt so
frustrated. I felt like my whole day is ruined. I felt like I’m not going
to be able to get everything I need done. I have to handle this car
crash. I thought, “I can’t believe this is happening to me. That was
my feeling.” Okay, good.
So, this is how you created that car crash: you were thinking
about experiences or circumstances that gave you those similar
feelings earlier…hours, days, weeks, or months, you were trans-
mitting, at some point throughout the day or night, those feelings. So,
anytime anybody has a circumstance where they say, “I got into this
car crash. How did I create this?” and I go, “What feelings?” or “I
tripped down a flight of stairs,” or “I got fired from my job”…
something that appears to be negative. I go, “What feelings did you
get when that situation happened?” and they give me a series of
feelings. I go, “What was the most prominent one?” I go, “Good, now
over the last few days or weeks, what have you been thinking about
that gave you a similar feeling?” And virtually instantaneously they
go, “Oh my gosh! Yeah I’ve had…I was thinking about my brother-
in-law’s problem or such and such situation that gave me a very
similar feeling.” And so, the answer is all the thoughts that you put
out are vibrations, and if you’re thinking of a situation—a negative
situation that happened twenty years ago…“Oh this guy screwed me

150
in this business deal.” Guess what? You’re going to be continuing to
have circumstances and events that come into your life that give you
similar feelings.
This is why…relationships; people have bad relationships; they
keep attracting the same type of person in their life. They can’t attract
anybody new because they keep focusing on the feelings that they got
with the person that they were with. And that’s what they’re throwing
out into the Universe; instead of defining what they want they’re
focusing on what they didn’t want to happen, and by focusing on what
you didn’t want to happen that means you’re still thinking about it.
Remember, “You get what you think about most of the time.”
If you’re thinking about what you don’t like, if you’re thinking
about what you don’t want, if you’re thinking about what you don’t
want to happen, that’s what you are transmitting out of your brain,
and you will get experiences and situations that give you the same
feelings. Do you understand that? It’s the feelings that you transmit.
That’s why some people put out a specific thing they want, but it’s
really the feeling that you want, and then what comes to you maybe
isn’t exactly the thing that you were transmitting. But you got a
circumstance or thing or event or person put in your life that gave
you the feeling that you were transmitting which is what our ultimate
objective is anyway, is feeling.
The problem is if you are focusing on bad feelings you’re going
to get circumstances and events which give you similar bad feelings
of frustration, disappointment, rage, anger, grief. Those are all going
to be put into your experience and into your life. Think about it this
way…whatever you really, really, really, really, really, really, really
want and believe you can have, you’ll get it because you have strong
desire, and your brain is going to be pulsating and transmitting
powerful, intense vibrations of what you want; and if you have
excitement and anticipation and you believe you’ll get it, it’ll come
right in.

But here’s the opposite: whatever you really, really, really, really,
really don’t want, you’ll also get that too because that means you’re

151
focusing on it. That means you’re thinking about it, and that means
your brain is pulsating and transmitting vibrational frequencies of
what you don’t want and the feelings associated with it. And those
will start coming into your experience as well. So, when you
understand that your brain, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, is
pulsating vibration…and it doesn’t matter if it pulsates a vibration for
a couple of seconds or couple of minutes with low frequency, or low
intensity and low power, it’s not going to come rushing in because
you’ll have counter-intention, more powerful ones which will
counteract it, which is why you don’t have to think about the ten
billion thoughts that you have every day. It’s “You get what you think
about most of the time.” So, those little thoughts that you don’t think
about a lot, don’t worry about them. And we’re going to talk
about…the thought itself is not an issue, it’s how to regulate this on a
very simplistic basis. But when you understand that your brain
transmits vibrational frequency, at various levels of intensity and
power and that’s what you get into your experience, that means that
you’ve created everything in your life. And here’s the ten second
miracle.
The ten second miracle is, the moment that you understand that
you now take 100 percent responsibility for everything in your life. If
you take 100 percent responsibility for every-thing in your life and
know, without judgment, without getting mad, without getting
frustrated or angry, just know that everything in your life you’ve
created, and if you’ve created it you can change it just as fast or faster.
But when you know that, when you know, know, know that and take
100 percent responsibility, your whole life changes because now you
never will become a victim ever again. And you stop using what’s
called mysticism which is blaming your circumstances on outside
influences. The way the masses have been controlled is to get the
masses to believe that it’s not their fault. It’s the government’s fault.
It’s the economy. It’s the banks. It’s the interest rates. It’s the political
powers that be. It’s their mother and father. It’s the trauma they had
when they were a child, and they fell off a runaway horse that
traumatized them and that affected them today. And they start

152
saying, “It’s this, it’s that. It’s this, it’s that. It’s not you, you’re a
victim. It’s not your fault.” That’s how masses are controlled…to get
the people to believe that it’s not their fault because if you get them
to believe it’s not their fault, that their situation is not caused by
them, you’re telling them they have no power and no control to
change it, and you keep them wallowing at a level where they never
rise up.
When you empower people, like I’m doing to you, like what was
done to me when I was told and understood that I have 100 percent
creative ability, that I’m a creator, and that I’m responsible for
everything in my life, positive or negative, and whatever happened, I
created it, and there’s nothing to worry about, no big deal. Because if
I created a disaster I can just as easily use my brain, emit frequencies,
and turn that disaster into the greatest triumph of all time, faster and
with more gusto, and I can enjoy the process. And I can absolutely
have the most fun playing this game we call living on earth. It frees
you when you know that you have that power and that you are in fact
the creator of your own destiny and the creator of your own
experience. You need to take 100 percent responsibility.
So, there’s a couple of key points here. The first question is how
do you increase desire? How do you increase that I want, I really,
really, really, really, really, really want it!? On the list that we did
earlier there’s a lot of things. If I were to ask the intensity that you
really wanted these things do you have a burning desire for any of
them? A lot of people say, “You know, I don’t have a burning desire
for anything.” How do you get a burning desire? How do you increase
the burning desire? Because when you have a burning desire for
things life becomes a lot more fun.
The answer, the easiest way—there’s actually a couple of ways—
but the easiest way is to reduce doubt that you’ll get it. The reason
you don’t have a strong burning desire is because you doubt that
you’ll get it. So, if you increase belief which is, in effect, reducing
doubt that you’ll get it, burning desire goes up. So, that’s a very
important key. We’re going to talk how to do that in a moment.

153
 Now, what exactly is doubt or lack of belief? In effect, it’s you
looking at the other side of the Training Balance Scale—focusing on
the how. Doubt, or lack of belief, is you looking at your radar screen
and only looking at what you can see; you’re looking at the current
facts. And if you were to only look at the facts you would easily doubt
because you could say that this can’t happen based on this
information, and it’s true. So, the key is you have to understand that
99.9 percent of the stuff is off the radar screen, and you can’t see it.
But you can feel what’s there; you can learn how to feel what’s there.
So, you know, just know, just know that when you want
something, if you look at your radar screen and try to figure out a way
it’s going to happen, just know that there won’t be a way; so, don’t be
upset or shocked by it. Just even admit it right at the get-go.
Whatever you want say, “Look, there’s probably no way for me to,
looking at the facts in my life right now or looking at all the
information I see on my radar screen, there’s nothing that can
justify me believing I can get this. There’s no rational reason, there’s
no way, there’s no facts that can show me that there’s any method,
any way that I can get this. And I know that because I can only see
my radar screen. But I know that 99 percent of the stuff is off the
radar screen. I can’t see it. I know it’s there, and I know Law of
Attraction works so I know if I do this all that stuff will start moving
in manners which I couldn’t even comprehend or calculate, and it
will come into my existence in ways I couldn’t even imagine.
So, when I deal with people, and we’re looking at situations…I
had a friend of mine who had a major legal problem and he was owed
huge amounts of money. He said, “I have no…I need this money, I
can’t pay my bills, and based on my lawyers and the way the courts
are going and everything there’s no way this is going to settle for at
least twelve months, and I need the money within a couple of
months. There’s just no way it’s going to settle.” And then he said,
“But I’m going on a vacation because I know it’ll all work out. I have
no idea how,” he says, “and it’s going to be really interesting and
amusing to me when it does work out because I’m curious to see how
the Universe is going to make it work out for me. So, I don’t need to

154
worry about it, I’m going on a vacation.” And he took off. And within
a few weeks I got a phone call while he was on holiday, having a great
time, enjoying himself, feeling good…and by the way, when you’re
feeling good you’re not thinking about what you don’t want. If you’re
thinking about what you don’t want you’re putting out vibrations of
what you don’t want, and you’re getting it. So, that’s why I said earlier
in the session, “The number one goal is always feel good now,”
because if you’re feeling good you’re never putting out vibrations of
things you don’t want.
So, while he was feeling really, really good he was only putting
out positive vibrations into the Universe, which were making his
dreams come to him faster, had no blockages, no counter-intentions,
and thus, called me and said, “I got a miracle. I have no idea how it
happened, my attorneys can’t figure it out, but the deal is done, I got
my money.” I mean, it was no surprise to me because that’s how it
works. Now, if he was feeling horrible it wouldn’t have worked out.
He could have said all day long, “It’s going to work out fine,” but as
long as he felt horrible that means he was putting out vibrations of
what he didn’t want. So, doubt is when you’re looking off the radar
screen. Doubt is looking off the radar screen.
So, if we break this down to one final concept in the session, it’s
this: you must always, always, always focus on one thing. If you want
to make this super simple you focus on one thing every day, every
minute of the day, and that is how am I feeling? If you’re not feeling
good, if you’re feeling frustrated or angry or depressed or unstable or
unsure or confused or fatigued, drained exhausted, grieving…if
you’re in emotional pain, if you’re not feeling good, there’s only two
thoughts…feeling good and feeling bad...and all degrees of that. If
you’re not feeling good, which means if you’re feeling bad to any
degree, if you’re feeling bad to any degree the question is, what are
you doing? Here’s what’s happening. If you’re feeling bad to any
degree, ‘a,’ you are thinking about what you don’t want which means
your brain is transmitting a frequency of what you don’t want; that’s
number one. Number two, you may be thinking about what you want,
but you doubt you’ll get it. You believe you won’t get it which, in

155
effect, means you’re thinking about what you don’t want. So, anytime
you’re feeling bad, it always comes down to one thing. You’re thinking
about what you don’t want to happen. And it breaks down two
ways…you’re thinking about specifically what you don’t want, or
you’re thinking about what you want, but the emphasis is you’re
doubting you’ll get it which means, in effect, you’re thinking about
what you don’t want.
So, always, always, always, anytime you’re feeling bad, just know
that you’re thinking about what you don’t want or doubting what you
want. And so, the question then is, “How do I feel better? How do I,
24 hours a day, seven days a week, always feel good to varying
degrees? And if I do feel bad, what is the specific thing I can do so
that I feel good?
Now, let me tell you the point that you’re at. You’re just starting
this. Law of Attraction says, “Whatever frequency that you transmit
from your brain, a matching frequency will be attracted.” What first
happens is, when you transmit a frequency, let’s say black Cadillac,
black Cadillac, or black Mercedes, black Mercedes, black Mercedes,
or new car, new car, new car…whatever it is you’re transmitting, the
first thing that gets attracted are matching thoughts. So, the first
thing that gets attracted are matching thoughts. When the matching
thoughts keep coming in that means the power and intensity of your
transmission gets stronger and stronger and stronger and stronger
and more intense and more intense and more intense, and the
duration of that transmission gets longer and longer and longer and
longer and longer, and when it reaches the tipping point that’s when
the physical manifestation happens, and you actually see it and touch
it with your own hands.
But before you see it and touch it with your own hands the first
thing that happens is when you consciously transmit that thought
and consciously add power and intensity to it, which is strong desire,
strong belief, anticipation, excitement, other thoughts begin to come
in. And they could be thoughts like this, like new car, new car, new
car, new car. And the first thing could be you start seeing the car
you’re looking for; you start seeing them everywhere. You start

156
transmitting that new car, new car, new car, new car, new car. And
all of a sudden you’re picking up ads…lowest interest rates on car
loans in the last twenty-five years! And you’re thinking, “You know,
boy, with these interest rates…new lease programs available!” And
you’re transmitting the thought, new car, new car, new car, new car,
new car. And all of a sudden, you’re driving down the road, and it
says, home-based business. New car program available, we make
the payments for you. You’re like, “Wait a minute. I can buy…”, and
then you say, “You know I can probably do a home-based…”, and
now, all of a sudden, things start coming into your radar screen. And
you start thinking, “Oh, wait a minute,” and your belief starts going
up. And that little ball of energy for new car gets bigger and bigger
and bigger. And as the energy—which is thoughts—as the thoughts
pile on one another the ball of energy for new car gets bigger and
bigger and bigger. And the bigger the ball of energy, which is just a
whole bunch of thoughts, gets bigger. The stronger the magnetic pull
for more like-minded thoughts gets, and so faster and bigger
thoughts keep coming in. Thoughts come in faster and bigger, and
that ball of energy gets bigger and bigger and bigger. And the bigger
it gets, the stronger the magnetic pull, which means more similar
thoughts coming faster and bigger; it’s exponential. And you get this
big huge thing, and your belief keeps going higher and higher and
your anticipation keeps going higher and higher, and this big ball of
energy gets bigger and bigger and more powerful and stronger, and
your transmission gets more powerful and more intense, and the
duration of that transmission, instead of being twenty minutes a day,
it’s now all…you’re consumed. You have an obsession with this new
car, and the anticipation of it coming in in your experience, even
though you have no idea how it’s going to happen, it gets bigger and
bigger, and you’re smiling all day and whistling. And all of a sudden,
in three weeks you drive away in that brand new car.
And someone says, “How could you afford that?” And you would
say:
“It’s the funniest thing. You wouldn’t believe it. I was
walking down the road, and I saw a briefcase lying against

157
 the building, and it was just sitting there. And I picked it
up, and there was a guy’s name and phone number; he had
a business card attached to the briefcase. And I called him
up from my cell phone, and I said, ‘Sir, I’m sitting here on
the street and I got this briefcase.’ And the guy says, ‘Oh my
god! I didn’t know where I left it! I don’t know how I lost it!
Oh thank you, you have no idea! My whole life is in that
briefcase. Where can I meet you? What can I do to repay?’
‘Oh nothing sir, I just found the briefcase.’ ‘Let me pick it
up; I’ll be there in twenty minutes.’ And the guy comes to
pick up the briefcase and says, ‘You know, I can’t believe
you’re such a good Samaritan. You didn’t even open the
briefcase! I didn’t have it locked. But you have no idea what
I had in here as valuables, and I want to give you a reward.’
‘Oh no, sir, I don’t need a reward.’ ‘No, please. Please. Let
me give you a reward.’ And the guy gave me a check for
$50,000! And I hopped in my car, and I went down to the
Mercedes dealership, I traded in my car, and put down a
down payment. I got lower payments now than I had
before with my old car. I got a brand-new car and I got
cash in the bank.”

That story, by the way, actually happened. Absolute true story.

Absolute true story.
And so the reason I bring this up is, right now, you have been
using the Law of Attraction the opposite way. You have been thinking
mostly negative thoughts. Oh, I could never make that happen. Oh,
that could never work for me. Oh, this won’t happen, oh that…and
the more negative thinking you do, the negative thoughts or negative
transmission which attract other negative thoughts which attract
more negative thoughts, and you have a black ball of negative energy.
And that ball has magnetic pull and power so it attracts negative
thoughts and forces you, by Law of Attraction, to think more negative
thoughts, to be almost by habit. And you actually have neural
pathways that develop in your brain that have…are negative patterns.

158
And so over time…you, right now, probably have this huge mammoth
block of energy that you’re carrying around, of negative thoughts, and
you have these huge, well grooved neural pathways in your brains
which make it so easy. As a matter of fact, let me tell you the good
news: you are unconsciously competent when it comes to thinking
negative; it happens automatically for you! You’re a genius at
thinking negative. You’re brilliant! You are so proficient at instantly
thinking a negative thought and thinking of why it won’t work, why
it won’t work, why that can’t happen and coming up with all the
reasons why things won’t happen and focusing on what you don’t
want. You’re brilliant! You’ve been doing it your whole life.
So, when you start doing this technique you’re starting off with a
very small positive ball which means you have to be consciously
competent. And the more you focus on the positive the negative ball
will only continue to attract things if you engage it by thinking that
way. So, when you start thinking of the positive you’re now
developing new neural pathways. The old neural pathways are trying
to pull you. That negative ball of energy, like a magnet, is pulling you
to think that way because that’s your pattern, that’s your habit. So,
conscious competence is required for about a month of doing this. So,
you start developing new neural pathways and start getting that
positive ball bigger and bigger and bigger. And as it gets bigger it
starts attracting, and the negative ball of energy starts diminishing.
And so, its attractive power starts getting less. And so, over time, your
habits and patterns of thinking negative, and the neural pathways
that have been grooved so much about thinking negative, start losing
all their power, and you start becoming more habitual in thinking
positive. You start thinking positive unconsciously competently,
automatically. And the magic will happen in your life the day and the
moment that that positive ball gets bigger than that negative ball,
which means for the first time in your life, probably, the positive
energy, the positive thoughts, such as, “Oh I can make that happen.
Oh I don’t know how, but listen I know how this works. This can
happen. Good things always happen to me. I’m lucky.” When you
start thinking and believing those statements think, “Listen, I don’t

159
know how it’s going to work out. Oh, this may look bad. Believe me,
it’ll all turn out just fine.” When you say something like that and
completely believe it in your core, when that positive ball gets bigger
than the negative ball, there’s a shift, like a titanic earthquake, in your
being. You’re now thinking more positive than negative. You have
crested; a shift has occurred. Everything in your life then changes.
It’s the moment that you wake up…and that’s why we say,
“Success is a decision away.” That’s the day when you make the
decision. That’s when you say, “I’m going to do it, that’s it, period. I
don’t care what the circumstances say. I don’t care what the facts
say. I’m going to do it, that’s it, period. Watch my stuff, baby. Oh, it
doesn’t matter what people say, what people think. It doesn’t matter
what the facts say. I have no idea of how. I don’t know how. I don’t
know how. My radar screen tells me it’s impossible. Ha ha ha ha!
Oh man, it’s going to be interesting to see how this thing actually
works out because it’s going to work out just fine.” And you start
feeling so unbelievably powerful and confident, and you start feeling
so joyful and blissful, and you start skipping, and you start waking up
in the morning and jumping out of bed and singing a tune. You go, “I
don’t know why I’m so happy; I have no idea why, but I am.
Everything in my life is going terribly wrong. Why am I so happy?
And the reason is because I know it’ll all just work out fine.
Everything will turn around, and I have no idea how, but I just
know it will!” And that’s when your life becomes magical.
That’s why it’s so vitally important to focus on feeling good now.
Feeling good now. There are a bunch of techniques and specific
things to feel good now which I’m going to share with you. And some
of them are…all of them are things that we’ve done within the
society—members—to varying degrees. But we’re going to start
showing you now how to really apply this and wrap it up all together.

160
161
 (Blank Page)

162
 Lesson Eight
________________________________________________

Tools and Techniques to

Raise Your Energy Frequency

Alright, we’re back! Any questions, comments, or obser-

vations? Yes?
Good question. The question is, “How do I stop myself from
thinking negative thoughts, or doubting, when I’m pulled toward
thinking about, ‘That can’t work,’ ‘How is this going to work?’ and
start doubting?” Well, the answer is you need to get the ball of
energy—the positive ball of energy—bigger than the negative ball of
energy that you’ve been establishing your whole life, and that’s pretty
huge at this point. How do you do that? At the end of this entire
weekend, and for those of you listening to the CDs, after you listen to
the CDs, you’re going to be at a conscious competent level. You’re
going to be consciously aware of the techniques and consciously
aware of how you have to think and how you have to apply these
procedures.
For those who are here, you’re all going to get these CDs, and so,
for everyone listening to the CDs and the people that are here, the
first thing you need to do is listen to the CDs over and over and over
again; virtually every day listen to some of the CDs. If you’re in your
car listen to the CDs; listen to them over and over again. You’re going
to be doing some other things I’m going to be sharing with you, but
there’s going to be a series of steps that you can be doing that will
cause you to focus on these techniques, that will cause you to be
thinking the right thoughts; and, by Law of Attraction, when you’re
thinking the right thoughts, that process of thinking…remember
when you think whatever you think about your brain is then
transmitting a frequency. Every thought that you have is your brain

163
transmitting a frequency. So, every time you think a thought your
brain transmits a frequency.
The more intensity that you put into that thought and the more
power you put into that thought…and let’s define, what is intensity,
and what is power? It is when that thought is large, when there’s a
lot of emotion attached to that thought. Now, if that emotion is hate,
anger, or if that emotion is excitement, thrill…whether it’s a good
emotion or bad emotion the more emotion that’s attached to the
thought, that is what is increasing power and increasing intensity.
The longer you think about it, that is the duration. But every time you
think a thought it puts out a vibration; your brain is transmitting a
vibration. And every time your brain transmits a vibration it is
attracting, first, other like-minded thoughts.
So, the more you listen to these CDs—and I’m going to give you
a whole list of things to do—you’re going to start attracting the right
thoughts, and then your positive ball of energy is going to get bigger
and bigger and bigger. So, you will see yourself, now that you
know…remember, you don’t know what you don’t know? Well, now
you’re consciously competent. So now you’re going to see yourself
thinking the wrong thought. How do you know when you’re thinking
the wrong thought? Answer…based on how you feel. That’s why I said
earlier, the first most important thing, the only thing you do to make
this super stupidly simple is, every day, monitor how you feel. If you
feel good, your objective is to feel better. If you feel bad, to whatever
degree, that could be on the low end of the scale…complete
depression where you’re suicidal or just bored or unsure, afraid,
feeling grief, anger, hate…any negative emotion. Every time you feel
that, that is telling you that you are thinking the wrong thought. And
just catch yourself whenever you feel bad. And the procedure then is,
“Okay, I feel bad. How do I feel better?” I’m going to teach you how
to do that. So, your goal is always feel better. So, I’m going to teach
you how to do that.
So, what we talked about is, the basic procedure on getting what
you want is first, define what you want. You can be specific, general,
or just feeling good. You must have a burning desire for what you

164
want which is high intensity and high power. That means high
emotion, high expectation, real excitement, gets your juices flowing,
be on fire about it, really have an obsession about it. When you do
that, when you have what you want and you’re obsessed with it and
desire it and are excited about it and have anticipation about it and
feel good about it when you think about it, then you think about it for
a long period of time. That means you’re going to be thinking about
it all throughout the day with excitement every time you think about
it, not feeling bad. If you’re feeling bad that means you’re doubting;
if you’re feeling good that means you’re believing, and you must have
belief. And that’s the key to getting what you want, and then it will
come in. The key element here is, once you define what you want,
when you think about what you want, how do you feel? You want to
increase the feeling to complete excitement, exhilaration, and you
ideally want to get to the point of complete expectation. The feeling,
when you think about what you want, the ideal feeling is as if there’s
completely no doubt it’s coming. It’s as if you’ve already received
it…not that it’s coming in. The ideal feeling you want to get to is that
you’ve already received it, that it’s there. And a good example is how
do you feel on Christmas Eve, knowing tomorrow is Christmas and
the presents are under the tree? There’s no doubt at all. It’s complete
excitement that it’s coming tomorrow. The only difference here is
when you have that feeling of anticipation you don’t have to worry
whether it’s tomorrow, next week, or next month because the time
when it’s coming in is completely irrelevant. You let that happen
when it’s supposed to happen. So, you put no time element on it.
When you do, it just increases the ability to get doubt. This make
sense?
So, let’s talk about specifically how to feel good now, because this
is the number one challenge defining your dream. We talked about
how to feel good now. Because if you, first and foremost, are always
monitoring your emotions…and if someone says, “What do I do every
day?” it’s always the same thing: monitor your emotions. If you’re
not feeling good that means you’re not thinking properly, and that
means you need to change your thinking and start feeling good.

165
When you start feeling good you start attracting more like-minded
thoughts, and now you’re getting to the unconscious competence
level where this is happening automatically. It happens automatically
when you’ve done this enough times, and you develop enough neural
pathways in the brain, and the positive ball of energy is bigger than
the negative ball of energy.
So, let me give you a specific list of things you can do to feel good
now. And some of these might surprise you, but these are the things
that we have learned—myself and my colleagues—that work
incredibly, effectively well, and some of these are simplistic and easy.
But you’ll be surprised because they all work. And so, if you’re
listening to the CDs you can listen to them, but you should write them
down. If you’re here, you can write these down so you have this list
available.
First, if your body feels bad it’s going to be harder for you to
feel good. So, first and foremost, your body is an important
element…to feel good with your body. First and foremost, you want
to be eating good food. Throughout history food has been
sustenance. The number one cause of death throughout history has
been famine—lack of food. The second cause of death has been
disease which is caused by nutritional deficiencies and a weak
immune system, which is lack of food.
So, you should be eating good food. Without getting into a big
lecture on what’s right to eat I’ll make it very simple. You can virtually
eat anything you want but eat food that is as close to what nature
intended as possible. So, if you want to eat lots of fruits, fresh fruits
are better than canned fruits, obviously. Organically grown fruits are
better than conventional because they’re not genetically modified.
They don’t have the pesticides and herbicides on them. There is a
huge difference with organically grown produce which is why when
you go to four and five-star resorts, where the wealthy go, most of the
produce is organically grown. When you go to people’s homes,
organically grown is much better—not genetically modified, no
pesticides and herbicides.

166
 Vegetables—same thing. Fresh vegetables are better than cooked
vegetables, but both are just fine. Organically grown vegetables are
better.
Grains. Rice, wheat, barley. Somebody says, “When would I ever
eat barley?” Well, if you ever had barley soup, buckwheat…there’s a
lot of different grains; people don’t even eat them today in various
countries, but in other countries you eat them all the time. But grains
are good. Oatmeal—ideally organically grown grains. And this is very
significant because most grains today—corn specifically—but most
grains today are being genetically modified specifically for the feed
industry so that when they feed grains to animals it makes the
animals grow faster and get fatter quicker. So, organically grown
grains, again, that have not been genetically modified.
Meats. Beef, chicken, lamb, veal; all good, fine, no problems. Any
types of meats; ideally organically grown animals. Whether it’s eggs
organically grown, dairy products organically grown, and meats
organically grown, because they don’t have bovine growth hormone
or other hormones pumped into them. The animals are slaughtered
properly, they’re cleaner, they’re healthier, they don’t have
antibiotics pumped into them. And there’s a huge difference, a huge
difference, between organically grown meat products and those that
are not. One example is, a cow is a vegetarian animal which is
supposed to eat grass. Commercially grown cattle can be fed
genetically modified corn and grains to make these animals grow
unnaturally fat, and they’re also fed ground up dead pigs, horses,
cows, goats, and chickens that were too sick to slaughter and give to
humans, so they feed them to the vegetarian cow which is one of the
causes of Mad Cow Disease. And, obviously then, that animal which
is eating dead animals, when it’s not supposed to—it’s a vegetarian—
gets sick and has the disease of the animals that it’s eating, and then
you’re eating that cow. So, ideally, organically grown meat products
and dairy products.
So, eat good food. Eating three times a day is really important.
Eating fresh fruits every day, fresh vegetables every day, as part of
your regime, is really important. And stay away from things such as

167
artificial sweeteners. Artificial sweeteners will block your brain’s
ability to send out vibrations. Interesting. High fructose corn syrup—
stay away from that; very dangerous. Monosodium glutamate—stay
away from that. Stay away from processed foods. Stay away from fast
food restaurants because when you go to a fast food restaurant
everything in it has high fructose corn syrup, monosodium
glutamates, and other chemicals which block your ability to think and
actually make you feel bad and depressed because they’re blocking
neural pathways in the brain. So, eating good food is really significant
and important. I’m not going to give a complete lecture on that. Later,
I’ll go into all the details of what you should and shouldn’t be eating.
But eating good food is really vital.
Secondly, nutritional deficiencies. Everyone has nutritional
deficiencies because we’re not eating as good as we should. So, by
eating good food, that will help handle nutritional deficiencies. When
your body has all the proper nutrients you feel better, you think
clearer, and you can focus, and you can transmit vibration better. You
will always feel better when you have all the nutrients you need. I
suggest not taking vitamins and minerals but taking what’s called
whole food supplements which is basically concentrated food. So,
when you’re eating a whole food supplement it is a supplement that
you take to supplement your diet, and these supplements contain
concentrated food sources. Therefore, you’re getting all the vitamins,
minerals, and enzymes from food in a concentrated form, in the exact
proportion that nature intended. That way you’re getting all the
vitamins and minerals in the proportion that nature had intended. A
good source for that, you can go on the web, is qnlabs.com. That’s one
of the best sources in the United States, and there are other
companies all around the world—whole food sources.
Next, one of the reasons why you feel bad, and one of the things
that will block your ability to focus, are toxins in the body. Toxins
include heavy metals such as from mercury fillings. Candida is a toxin
in the body. All the food you’ve eaten in your whole life, the
pesticides, the herbicides, are in your body with toxins. In the water
supply; chlorine and fluoride, those are toxins…water that you drink

168
and water that you bathe and shower in. We are loaded with toxins
from the air we breathe, the food we eat, and the number one toxin
that you’re dealing with today are drugs. I’m not going to get into this
whole discussion, but getting people to use pharmaceutical drugs,
non-prescription and prescription drugs, is something that’s
prevalent because taking drugs, even an aspirin, will weaken your
ability to focus and transmit vibration. So, the more drugs somebody
can get you to take it makes you powerless. It reduces your power to
create. So, if you’re taking nasal decongestion, cold and flu medicine,
statins for high cholesterol, a drug for high blood pressure, pain
medication—all these things reduce your ability to transmit
vibration. It’s specifically designed to get you less powerful.
So, we’re loaded up with toxins. Therefore, you should be doing
some type of cleansing to get these toxins out. Now, there’s a whole
bunch of different kinds of cleanses, but you want to do the following:
A colon cleanse, a liver-gallbladder cleanse, a kidney cleanse, a
parasite cleanse, a candida cleanse, a fat cell cleanse, and a heavy
metal cleanse. Those are the basic ones. You can go to qnlabs.com.
They have a lot of good cleanses. You can also go to drschultz.com.
He has a lot of good cleanses. You can just go online and Google
“cleanses”, and you can see a whole bunch of different cleanses
available. You can go to naturalcures.com. They have a lot of great
cleanses at that web site. So, cleansing and getting cleanses, toxins
out of the body, is very effective.
We do fasting, we do colonics, and we do this on a regular basis
to make sure that our power…it’s kind of like taking your car in and
getting a tune-up and getting the oil and filter changed. If you’re
going to race a car and want to win the race, you want to make sure
that engine is operating really powerfully. Here, your engine is your
brain and your ability to focus and transmit vibration. So, that’s why
doing these things is really important.
The next thing, which is very interesting, is today—and this
didn’t exist fifty years ago—today, you’re bombarded by electro-
magnetic frequencies. Remember, I told you the experiments where
various things from a bar of gold to a glass of water to a piece of metal,

169
when hit with an electromagnetic frequency from a radio wave, a
microwave, a wireless device, a cell phone, these waves affect
vibration. You are being bombarded, 24 hours a day, seven days a
week, from all the satellites that are beaming electromagnetic waves,
all the cell phone towers, all the radio transmissions, and in your
homes all the electrical wiring emits radio waves. All the wireless
devices emit radio waves. Your cell phones, your laptop computers
that are wireless, Wi-Fi. We are bombarded today by radio waves and
these radio waves are hitting us 24 hours a day, seven days a week;
we can’t avoid them anywhere on the planet. And these radio waves
are going to affect our own vibration and our ability to transmit
vibration. So, what should you do? You can’t eliminate it, but you can
neutralize it. They’re called electromagnetic chaos eliminators, and
there’s a lot of devices that you can purchase. Many of them are great,
some of them are very good. They all vary in terms of their
effectiveness; no one really knows which is the best one out there, but
there’s a few of them. Q-Link is one, and E-Pendant is another. You
can get that at ewater.com. Biopro is another effective one. Bioshield
is another effective one. You can just go online and punch in and
Google “EMFs” and you’ll see a whole bunch of web sites and
different products giving devices that you can put on laptops, devices
that you can wear on yourself, devices you can put on your wireless
devices. These things you can put on your cell phones, and what
they’ll do is they’ll help neutralize this electro-magnetic energy and
chaos so your body will be more balanced, and it really will affect your
power.
Next is exercise. You always feel better when you exercise for a
lot of reasons. You’re oxygenating the body and so forth.
The most important way to feel better, if somebody says if there’s
one thing that I can do, to feel better, what would it be? And that is
go for a walk outside. You’re getting the sun; the sun is vital to
making you feel better. So, getting outside. I don’t care what month
it is, you know, if it’s cold, put on clothes because the radiation from
the sun will pass through your clothes into your body. Get outside,
and go for a walk. Throughout history the wealthy always went

170
outside. They always walked, with rare exception, and those who
didn’t, such as Howard Hughes, became crazy. But going outside for
a walk or riding a horse, but no one has a horse sitting around.
Aristocracies always rode horses. But go outside for a walk for about
an hour—doesn’t have to be a fast walk—and when you’re walking
look at things far away; it’ll make you feel much, much better…the
sun and so forth. Actually, research shows that the number one,
easiest, fastest way to cure any type of depression, or low feeling, is
going for a walk outside for about an hour and looking at things far
away. The natural body movement of walking, the air, oxygen, the
sun, and the fact that you’re looking at things far away, all combined,
actually cures depression better than any type of drug or any other
type of known treatment.
Another effective way to feel better is rebounding. There is a
little mini trampoline; it’s a round mini trampoline and you jump on
that. That’s a cellular exercise. It flushes toxins out of the lymphatic
system. Within just five minutes of jumping on this little thing you
feel dramatically better.
Also, there’s something called a vibration plate. You can go to
hypergravity.com and they sell the best-known vibration plate
machine for your home. And you get on this and just stand on it, and
it vibrates. And it vibrates every cell in the body, releases endorphins,
makes you feel tremendously good.
Also, there is something called an inversion table. An inversion
table is something that you get for your home. You can stand on it,
and you slowly start shifting; you’re lying down in this device, and
you begin to hang upside down. Now, you don’t even have to go all
the way and hang completely upside down, but you’re getting
inverted so that your head is below your feet, and you’re inverting
yourself. This process makes you feel tremendously better. So, that’s
pretty much with the physical body.
Now, let me give you some things that you can easily do and what
I’m going to recommend. Every day, when you leave this workshop,
you should be reading books. I mentioned that leaders are always
readers. I’m going to give you, before you go, a suggested book list.

171
We also have, as part of the Global Information Network that we’re
launching, a monthly book that we will send you. Reading every day,
even one page a day, gets you to focus on positive thoughts and focus
on you can create and get you to focus on I can change my situation.
It gets you to focus on I can create anything I want in my life. So,
reading books is absolutely vital. Listening to CDs also gets you to
focus and think the right thoughts and start building up that positive
energy so you get the unconscious competence.
Again, as part of the Global Information Network, we’re going to
be launching, very soon, a monthly program where every month we’ll
be sending you four CDs and a book; and I would highly suggest and
recommend that you all join the Global Information Network so that
you can be plugged in and get the information from myself and my
colleagues directly. So, you can be hearing this information and have
access to it every month, updates on world events and what’s
happening, but primarily teaching you this knowledge and infor-
mation in depth, in depth, and more in depth. It will be one of the
most powerful tools you can have, to be part of the Global
Information Network. And, as part of the Global Information
Network, you’ll also have access to upcoming events that we have so
you can come and listen to people, either myself or others, share this
information, answer your questions, and meet other like-minded
people who are part of the Global Information Network.
You know, when you come to an event like this, one of the
advantages is that your mind starts attracting other like minds…it’s
the Law of Attraction. But a unique thing happens when you’re
physically in a room with other people. When minds are connected
in a room physically you actually create one mind. Napoleon Hill
called it “The Mastermind,” and this is a technique that the wealthy
have used throughout history because they know that they them-
selves have incredible power. But there is a synergistic effect. When
they start attaching themselves on a regular basis, physically, in the
same presence with other people, and start sitting down with them
they create another mind which is much more powerful than each
one independently. So, you’re all going to be energized when you

172
leave here, more so than those people just listening to the CDs,
because you’re physically here in the room. So, coming to an event is
much more powerful than, let’s say doing a, you know, sitting at home
watching an event on the internet. That’s very, very good, but it’s
much, much better to physically be in the room. So, I would suggest
you join the Global Information Network because you’re going to be
part of the inner circle and part of this unique group, almost like a
secret society, that’s now going to be available to all people and not
just the elite class.
Going to seminars, as I mentioned, is a really important thing to
do on a regular basis. And as part of the Global Information Network
we’re going to recommend seminars and lectures that you can go to
all around the world where you can, again, meet like-minded people,
get more information, and keep you focused on this concept.
Another way to feel good, if you’re feeling down, is music;
listening to your favorite music. If you’re ever feeling blue or feeling
bad, playing your favorite song can change the way you feel
dramatically. Singing can change the way you feel dramatically. Use
the power of music.
So, one of the things that I do and other folks do is we have access
to these tools so that when something occurs that we didn’t expect we
immediately know that, “You know, I didn’t expect this, this doesn’t
seem like it’s a good thing.” But because we’ve been trained so well
we, first reaction, sometimes, can make you feel bad. But we are so
trained that we can turn that around. You know, I get an e-mail that
says, “Bad news in court, such and such just happened.” And I look
at that and I go, “Well, that certainly appears to be bad news.” But I
put an instant smile on my face and I go, “I have no idea how, but I
know this is going to work out to my ultimate advantage. Something
outstandingly good is going to come from this, and I don’t know
how.” So, I feel instantly good. But, years ago, when something like
that would happen I would feel instantly bad because that was the
neuro-transmitters that were going through the neural pathways;
that was the habit that you instantly feel bad, and you start focusing
on oh my God. Fear comes in—this is not good, what’s going to

173
happen?—because you’re focusing on your own radar screen. And so,
in order to feel better you go for a walk or you listen to your favorite
song, you start singing, and you start changing the way you feel right
away, because the most important thing is, every day, is that you feel
good right now, no matter what the situation.
Hugs. Want to feel better? Hug somebody. Most people today
don’t get enough tactile contact with other human beings. Shaking
hands is good but hugging someone is really valuable, and that can
make you feel tremendous.
Laughing; one of the most powerful things. When people get in
our circles, when people get disastrous news, they don’t focus on the
disastrous news. They know if they can change their vibration they
can change that situation. And the way you change your vibration is
you feel good. When you’re feeling good, you’re vibrating good, and
something good will happen, you will attract it. So, sometimes you
can read funny books or watch funny movies and TV shows or go to
a situation and start laughing. The more you laugh the better you feel.
If you laugh throughout the day, it’s one of the healthiest processes
you can do. Laughter is the best medicine. There was a great book
written by Norman Cousins called The Anatomy of an Illness. The
guy was diagnosed with cancer, he decided he was going to…you
know, they all told him he was going to die. He went, and he started
laughing because he said, “Before I die I’m just going to laugh my
way into the grave.” Well, six weeks later when he was supposed to
be dead, he went back, and they said his cancer was in complete
remission. The laughter itself is healing to the body; it creates an
alkaline state where disease can’t exist in the body. And laughter is
really powerful.
Smiling. Okay? If you can’t laugh, at least smile. Try to smile all
day long; focus on smiling all day long. Most people walk around with
a scowl on their face which is evidence of what they’re vibrating, what
they’re transmitting…fear, pessimism, uncertainty. So, when you
smile, you change that vibration. Just the act of smiling can change
the vibration.
Get a massage. Believe me you’ll feel tremendously good.

174
 Take a sauna…hot sauna or wet steam.
Get a pet if you don’t have a pet, or play with your pet. They will
make you feel much, much better.
Paint, if you like to paint. Do some type of arts and crafts. Do
something physically with your hands. Create something with your
hands like painting or pottery or arts or crafts.
Dance…and you don’t have to go to a ball. You can be home, and
just start dancing. Believe me, you turn on some music, and you start
dancing by yourself right in the midst of a catastrophe in your life you
will start feeling better. You will start laughing and, believe me, as if
by magic, your situations will begin to change.
Cook. When you cook you’re creating something with your
hands, and for some people that can be really a healing thing.
Music. I mentioned about listening to music. You can also play music.
If you play a musical instrument that can be very healing.
Play in the garden or plant a garden. When you start planting
living things yourself, with your hands in the soil, something magical
happens to you. Very powerful.
And the last couple I want to talk about are something that you
absolutely, categorically must do. There was a technique developed
by Dr. Roger Callahan called Thought Field Therapy, and one of his
apprentices is by the name of Gary Craig. You can do a Google search
on Dr. Roger Callahan or Gary Craig; they have websites. And the
technique that they have developed is one of the fastest and most
powerful techniques of changing the way you feel. And I’ll explain
how it works, but you have to have this, especially in the beginning,
because you are going to feel bad at some point, and you need to have
something to turn that around very quickly.
When you’re feeling bad, the reason you’re feeling bad is because
you’re focusing on something you don’t want, so you’re transmitting
energy, a vibration. That vibration that you’re transmitting is a
vibration which is different and opposed to the things you do want.
Everything you want is in your own DNA. So, you’re vibrating
everything you want, but if you’re transmitting an opposing vibration

175
they don’t mix. That then blocks energy in the body, and you feel
horrible. That’s really the mechanics of how it works.
So, theoretically, all you have to do is think about something you
want, that you believe you’ll get, because if you think about…in the
worst state, when you’re feeling the absolute worst, if you start
thinking about something you want, what will instantly happen,
because you’re feeling so bad, when you think about something you
want, you’ll have the counter-intention which is I’m not going to get
that which will make you feel bad again. Because of Law of Attraction
you keep being attracted to the negative part. So yes, you should be
thinking about something. You can easily change the way you feel by
consciously shifting and focusing on something that you want,
something good, something that will make you feel happy, something
you believe you can get. And keep focusing on that, and then the
negative will just, over time, begin to diminish and go away. But
because the negative can be so powerful, in terms of its attractive pull,
it is, for a lot of people, very difficult. You know, you just got served
with divorce papers, and you’re devastated, and you’re heartbroken.
So, it keeps…it’s very difficult to focus on well, you know, my life will
be better and everything will be fine because your thoughts, for so
long, were with this person, and you’re going to keep drawing back
there. So, it’s going to be sometimes difficult for you to change the
focus, change your point of focus, so that you can focus on something
good that you believe in to make you feel better.
So, you can use the techniques I mentioned; you can go for a
walk, you can listen to some music, you can sing, you can laugh, and
absolutely those are very powerful techniques, and you should
employ them on a regular basis regardless of how you’re feeling. You
do the things on this list that I’m giving you, and it’s going to keep
you in that good feeling state. But when you do have that horrible
feeling you don’t want to wallow in it for hours or days or weeks; you
want to eliminate it because that will allow you to focus on the things
that you want, powerfully, with the anticipation, and create good
things very quickly and change your situation very quickly.

176
 But the Callahan technique is simply when you’re feeling bad,
which again, means you are now vibrating something, you’re thinking
about something you don’t want, which means you’re sending out a
vibration which is opposite to the vibration that is part of you, which
is who you really are, so you’re in opposition, and you feel horrible
because energy is blocked from the body. What the Callahan
technique will do is…you simply tap on a series of acupressure
meridian points in the body, and it takes less than five minutes to do
this. It’s various sequences; you can do it anywhere, and it’ll break up
the blockages in the physical body and make that vibration virtually
dissipate or leave you. So, in a matter of minutes we’ve had people
who are completely depressed start laughing and feeling better than
ever, and they can’t get that depressed feeling back because it’s
physically gone. It takes that negative blob of energy and virtually
dissipates it and breaks it up. So, you need to have this tool in your
pocket to use on a going-forward basis. You can get all that infor-
mation at the Dr. Roger Callahan website or Gary Craig’s website.
Next, is a process called Dream Building. This is where you’re
building up your dreams, goals, and desires, making them more real
and very solid. Now, this technique is done multiple ways. First,
dream building is by looking at things that you could potentially
want, which means expanding your mind to possibility. Now, it’s easy
to look at physical things. So, you can get a book, a magazine, such as
The Robb Report or Dupont Registry which has fine homes and cars.
You can look at magazines which have luxury items in there from
clothes and jewelry, watches, different things. And by looking at
opulent things over and over again, you start expanding the possibil-
ities because you start seeing that people are actually getting this
stuff, this is real. So, looking at magazines or brochures of opulent
things, things that you could want…maybe it’s pictures of happy
families, maybe it’s pictures of colleges, maybe it’s pictures of people
who are physically fit, if that’s a goal you want, or people that, you
know, look young and healthy and vibrant; people that are laughing;
people that are in great social settings; people that are doing things
you want to do; luxury cars, homes, jewelry, clothes, exotic locations

177
around the world of places you may want to visit someday. Looking
and looking and looking.
Now, interestingly enough when you do this, you’re going to
notice your feelings because sometimes when you do this you actually
get depressed because you start believing, “I can’t have that, I can’t
have that, I can’t have that.” Well, when that occurs then stop the
process. But you’ve already put into your mind these images and
pictures, and it’ll slowly start to turn around. So, on a regular basis,
every day, you should be doing some type of dream building such as
looking at magazines or brochures. You could also be watching
Lifestyles of the Rich and Famous, the Travel Channel, and different
things so you can start experiencing. You know, they have luxury
yachts, homes around the world, luxury homes, the ten top beaches
to travel to. So, you can watch some of these videos, and that is a
process of dream building, where you start expanding the
possibilities.
Another process of dream building is by going physically out and
shopping—going window shopping. Go into luxury shops of places.
Go by restaurants and look at the menus, or go online and look at
various restaurants, and look at the menus in the restaurants that you
want to visit someday. So, you can start shopping that way—
physically window shopping. Physically drive by luxury homes that
you dream about or want. Or physically go to, like, car dealerships
and look at cars.
And I’ll give you one other powerful technique: the closer you
can get to the item physically the more powerful this technique is.
So, if you’re going to a car dealership to look at the car is one thing,
but to sit in the car is another. You begin to smell the smells and feel
the textures with your own hands; there’s tactile contact. That’s very
powerful at expanding your mind and your belief. It happens over
time. Doesn’t happen the first day, but it happens over time,
especially if you specifically want something, to go physically look at
it and touch it and feel it makes it more real and will bring it into your
existence faster because when you physically see it and touch it, it
becomes more real, and the belief level starts going up; the

178
anticipation that it can be yours starts going up. And the most
powerful part of this technique is to physically believe that, or
imagine that…how you’re going to feel when you’re driving that car
or how you’re going to feel when you’re living in that house or how
you’re going to feel when you’re wearing that watch. Go to a jewelry
store, and try a ring on, try the watch on. Go to the clothing store, and
try that jacket on, try that fur on, and imagine how you’re going to
feel when you’re wearing this in real life. The closer you can get to it,
the more you can get the anticipation, the better you will feel, and the
more these things start coming into your life.
How often should you do this? Every week. This should be a
constant, ongoing process. Do you know the richest people in the
world do this? I was chatting earlier with my friend, the billionaire,
one of the other billionaires we were with, from Malaysia, and we’re
constantly dream building every time we’re together. I mean, you
know, you can buy anything you want, but we’re still out there. We’re
still looking, we’re still experiencing, we’re still touching and seeing
because we’re still always working on building up our dreams. So,
dream building is a very effective technique.
And the last technique, and this is one of the most effective as
well as the Callahan technique when you’re feeling bad, but it’s
something you should do every morning and every night auto-
matically. You should do this, as a habit, every morning and every
night, automatically, no matter how good or bad you feel. But have
this as another tool, in addition to the Callahan technique, to use
when you do feel bad for some reason. It’s called appreciation. You
need to understand that every single person on the planet has
something that they should be thankful for, that they should be
grateful for, that should make them feel blessed, that they should
appreciate. So, what this drill is, is every morning you ask yourself
the question, “What am I thankful for?” And this gets you focused on
anything, or something. No matter how bad things are in your life
there is absolutely something you can focus on, that you can be
thankful for, and it doesn’t matter what it is. “I’m thankful for my
great health. I’m thankful for having such a wonderful, lovely wife.

179
I’m thankful for all of the experiences I’ve had up until now. I’m
thankful for living in a beautiful world. I’m thankful for this
gorgeous, sunny, magnificent day. I’m thankful for that tree that I
can look at and enjoy. I’m thankful for this beautiful river that goes
by outside of our windows that we can look at. I’m thankful for that
beautiful meal we had. I’m thankful for these shoes I’m wearing. I’m
thankful for my wonderful mother and how much love she’s given
me. I’m thankful for this success I’ve had in my life. I’m thankful for
that success I’ve had in my life. I’m thankful for anything.” You can
pick anything to be thankful for. “I’m thankful that I’m still alive. I’m
thankful that I’m breathing. I’m thankful that I have the ability to
think. I’m thankful that I have the ability to think of things that I’m
thankful for.”
Go through this little exercise every morning for just a few
minutes—one or two minutes in the morning and one or two minutes
right before you go to bed. Just think, “What am I thankful for?”
When you think of that everything starts to change because you’re
now putting out and transmitting vibrations of love and appreciation
and thankfulness, and the Universe will start moving heaven and
earth and will start moving mountains and start giving you
vibrations, in your life, that will make you feel even more thankful.
Remember this power. When you put out a vibration that vibration
relates to a feeling, and the Universe will give you circumstances and
events and put people in your life that will give you matching
feelings—feelings that will match the vibration that you’re putting
out.
So, if you are putting out a vibration of how lucky I feel, how
blessed I feel, how lucky I am, how blessed I am, how thankful I am,
how much I appreciate this. Thank you, thank you, thank you, thank
you, thank you. If you put out the vibration of thank you, thank you,
thank you, thank you, thank you, guess what’s going to happen in
your life? You have no idea. But those things that will come in, which
you have no idea what they will be, will give you the same feeling of
ohhhh, thank you, thank you, thank you, thank you! If you’re
vibrating thank you, thank you, thank you, thank you, thank you

180
guess what comes in your life? Circumstances and events that make
you feel thank you, thank you, thank you, thank you, thank you! If
you’re vibrating, “Grrrr! That makes me mad. Man, I’m so
frustrated!” Guess what’s going to come into your life? More events,
circumstances, and people that make you feel, “Grrrr, that makes me
so mad, I’m frustrated.” Do you understand?
That’s why the simplest way to create a magical life, without
going crazy, is just simply transmit feelings without any specific
attachment to a thing or a time. It makes life so much more of a
wonder. Yes, you can focus on one thing and say, “I really want that,”
and there’s nothing wrong with that, but balance it out throughout
the day by focusing on feelings. “Ah, thank you, thank you, thank
you, thank you, thank you. Thank you for the miracles in my life.
Thank you for the wonder in my life. Thank you for this wonderful
feeling of just feeling great. Thank you for the amazing things that
are happening in my life. Thank you for the feelings. Thank you for
the feelings. Thank you for making me feel so good. Thank you for
making me feel so good. Thank you, I feel so great. Thank you for…I
am so lucky. I feel so lucky! I feel so lucky! I feel so lucky!” And when
you start doing this, you are now transmitting that feeling with power
and intensity, guess what’s going to be coming back? Throughout the
day, you’re going to have more thoughts of things that will make you
feel lucky, thankful, blessed. Wow! Wonder! And then you’re going
to start getting events, circumstances, and people which make you
feel that exact same way. That’s how it works. That is how it works.
So, you must feel good now. It is the most important thing. Every
day, number one, is to feel good now. Now the list I gave you, you
should be doing many of these things on a regular basis anyway. This
will give you a base so that you don’t feel that bad. So, if you’re eating
right, if you’re taking nutritional whole food supplements, if you’ve
done some cleansing to get toxins out, if you have some electro-
magnetic chaos eliminators, if you’re walking on a regular basis—
ideally, every day, but a couple of times a week—If you’re using a
rebounder on a regular basis, or vibration plate, or an inversion table,
if you’re reading books every day, if you’re listening to CDs every day,

181
even for fifteen minutes, if you’re going to seminars on a regular
basis, maybe once a month or once a quarter, if you’re listening to
your favorite music, if you’re playing musical instruments, if you’re
outside getting some sun, if you’re hugging people on a regular basis
every day, if you’re laughing every day, if you’re smiling every day, if
you get massages once in a while, if you get in a sauna once in a while,
if you have a pet and you play with your pet on a regular basis, if
you’re doing something creative with your hands, like painting or
pottery, something creative on a regular basis, if you’re dancing on a
regular basis—by yourself for those of you who say, “I’m afraid of
dancing in public” you know, once a day dance for a little bit. If you’re
singing on a regular basis…just sing in the shower. If you’re cooking
on occasion to create something with your hands, if you enjoy that. If
you’re planting things on a regular basis, playing in a garden…guess
what? If you’re doing all those things on a regular basis, you’re going
to be feeling better and better and better and better and better and
better and better and better and better.
If you’re doing dream building on a regular basis…on a regular
basis, every day, doing some type of dream building and ideally
physically touching things, going to places, doing that as an exercise,
and if you’re doing what we call the appreciation drill every morning
and every night, first thing you do when you wake up before you get
out of bed and right before you go to bed, right before you go to sleep
while you’re in bed and say, “What am I thankful for?” And just start
saying, “I feel lucky. What do I feel lucky about? I feel blessed. What
do I feel blessed about?” And you start doing this every morning and
every night, guess what? You’re going to feel so much better every day
and every day and every day and every day and that ball of positive
energy is going to get bigger and bigger and bigger and bigger and
bigger. And your ability to focus, your ability to transmit those things
that you want, dramatically goes up. And then when you do feel
horrible, which will happen from time to time…a situation will
happen and you know, again, you get slapped with those divorce
papers or you find out you have some horrible physical illness that
you weren’t aware of, you got some terrible diagnosis or somebody

182
that you love died in a car crash, and you feel terrible, use the
Callahan techniques. Make sure you have access to that. Go to the
Callahan website or Gary Craig web site, either learn the technique
on your own, or you can deal with a practitioner. They can do this
over the phone and give you the patterns of where to tap, but you can
also learn how to do this on your own and use that technique. It takes
less than five minutes, and it permanently eliminates that trauma so
you can immediately feel better.
If you have this access you will feel much better. And then, your
ability to use the technique, which is what do I want? You know, I
want to get out of debt. Okay. Now you focus on what you want, I
want to get out of debt, you don’t put a timeline on it, and you start
transmitting that with energy. And the energy is, “I’m getting out of
debt. How am I going to feel when I get out of debt?” And you start
getting that emotion of anticipation and feeling good. It’s going to be
much easier for you to believe that you can achieve these goals and
objectives when you’re doing all these techniques, and you’re feeling
good every day, every day, every day, because your ball of positive
energy is going to get better.
And again, when you build up this dream, the things that you
have to believe and say in your head is…you can’t be focused on the
other side of the Training Balance Scale, the how. You can’t be
focused on looking on your radar screen. It’s perfectly okay to say,
“I’m getting out of debt, I don’t know how.” because that’s true, you
don’t. “I have no idea. As a matter of fact, based on the information
that I have, it doesn’t appear that I will be able to get out of debt. I
can’t imagine how I’m going to get out of debt, but I know I will. And
I know it will happen exactly at the right time. And I know
everything is going to be perfect. And I feel great. And I know this is
going to happen, and it’s going to happen because the Law of
Attraction works. And I’m putting out that energy, and I’m feeling
the feeling of how it’s going to feel when I’m out of debt, and I’m
getting excited, what it’s going to be like, and I have no idea how
long it’s going to take, and it doesn’t really make a difference how

183
long it’s going to take. And I’m feeling this.” And start focusing on
this.
How long should you actually do that exercise? You want to do it
at least for a minute and a half, at least for ninety seconds, where you
consciously do that because that will start activating, then, Law of
Attraction events. And the more you do it throughout the day, the
better it is. Why? Because you become, or you get, what you think
about most of the time. So, the key—feel good now.
And when you look at this, this is one of the techniques
of…feeling good allows you to increase desire. Now, I’ll give you two
other things that you can do to help increase desire as well so that you
start focusing on those things that you want instead of those things
that you don’t want. We talked about dream building, but I would
suggest two other things: one, called a dream book. I would get a
three-ring spiral binder with pages you can pull out and take out, and
I would make this your dream book. And this is just writing things
down…anytime you have an idea or something you want in your life,
no matter how crazy it is. I want to learn to speak German. Just grab
your book where it says “dreams” at the top, and on the page just
write, “I want to learn how to speak German. I want to learn how to
cook a soufflé. I want to get out of debt. I want a Ferrari. I want a
yacht. I want to travel to Vienna and have coffee there. I want to
have a luxury jet,”…no matter how crazy it is. Or it could be
something as simple as, “I want to lose thirty pounds,” or “I want to
drink Cristal champagne for the first time in my life. I want to have
a private chef. I want to have a better relationship with my kids.”
…whatever it is. All throughout the day you should have this book
with you always because it forces you to think of things that you want.
It forces you to dream. It forces you to think of things you want
instead of things you don’t want. It makes you feel better. And write
them down, write them down, write them down.
Then, every once in a while, grab that whole list and rewrite it;
clean it up, if you will, because some of those dreams that you had,
maybe you don’t want anymore. By writing it down in pen—don’t use
a computer—magic happens. Something magical happens when you

184
take a thought and, with your pen, write it down. There’s a reason
why writing is much more powerful than typing it into a computer,
by the way, without getting into all the details. When you type…your
fingers actually have only eight movements, so they create eight
neural pathways between the physiology into the brain. So, you think
a thought, you type it, but now you’re taking that thought and only
using eight movements to get it into the computer. But when you
physically write, no matter what language you’re in whether it’s
English or German or French or Russian or Chinese, you know,
whatever it is…Arabic, it doesn’t make a difference. When you
physically write something down on paper, the movement…you’re
actually feeling the thought because the hand is actually moving.
There’s over ten-thousand various movements so you start creating
over ten-thousand neural pathways in the brain—new neural
pathways. So, by writing things down it’s much more effective. Today,
we, all the richest people, always write, write, write, write; we don’t
type things into the computer. The guys who work for us all type
things into the computer. People who have the top positions write.
So, writing dreams down, by hand, is really key and important.
So, have a dream book, or it’s a dream list, where you write things
down. And then every once in a while play with it, and enjoy it. Say,
“I’m going to go through my dream book and clean it up and rewrite
it,” because that re-energizes this. So, that’s written; that’s hand-
written.
And the next, you can have what’s called a dream board, and a
dream board is something that you can have in your office, in your
house, and this is where you put pictures of things that you
potentially want. These aren’t crazy desires necessarily…I want it, I
want it, I want it…although it could be, but it can be anything that
you potentially want; pictures of an island because you want to travel
to the Caribbean; pictures of a yacht because maybe you want a boat;
pictures of a different house pictures of a fur, jewelry, cars; maybe
pictures of happy families. And you create this with your hands; you
do it yourself. You cut pictures out, or you draw pictures, and if you
can take out pictures of yourself and put yourself in those pictures,

185
like you and your family in front of the car, add yourself into the
picture, this whole process of creating with your hands makes the
reality because it forces you to think about these things that you want.
Remember you get what you think about most of the time.
Does that make sense? You get what you think about most of the
time. So, what we’re trying to do here is get you to think about what
you want most of the time and feel good about it when you think of
it.
So, the technique is really think about what you want with power
and intensity, and feel good. When you look at the technique, what
does it break down to? Think about what you want and feel good
about it when you think of it, because if you’re feeling good about it
when you think of it, that means you believe it will happen. If you feel
bad, that means you don’t believe. That means your dream is too big;
it’s not in the sweet spot. Or that means that you still have to work on
your belief by doing the various things that we talked about. Does this
make sense? That means your ball of negative energy is way too big.
So, another technique…so basically, think of various ways that
you can do things that will force you to think about what you want
most of the time. Some people think, “Well, I’m going to put my key
dream, a picture of it, on my car visor so when I’m driving to work
for an hour I’m staring at it.” Perfect. “I put it on my mirror in the
bathroom so when I’m shaving, I’m getting ready in the morning,
I’m looking at it.” Perfect. “I put it on the ceiling in my bedroom so
when I’m in bed, right before I go to bed, I look up, and I see it, and
I’m reminded to think about it.” Perfect. “I make a habit of going
through my dream book a couple of times a day.” Perfect. “I put a
card in my jacket pocket, or I carry it with me, and I have it
laminated because I want to remember that it’s always there. I put
it on my key chain so that I’m always reminded about what I want,
so that I’m thinking about it.” And when you think about it and feel
good about it you are putting out a vibration into the Universe, and
the Law of Attraction will make it come in. As long as you don’t worry
about the timeframe and just feel good about it, it will happen.

186
 Here’s the other thing, and again, I want to emphasize this. If
you’re thinking about one particular thing remember…oh I want this
new watch…you have a feeling attached to getting this new watch.
It’s a specific feeling; so, when you’re putting out that vibration, that
vibration is for the new watch, but also, the feeling for that new watch
is also being put out into the Universe. So, the Universe will not only
bring into you the new watch, but it’s going to bring into you
circumstances and events and people that will give you the same or
similar feeling that you’re vibrating. So, when you’re putting out
things that make you feel great, you’re getting good vibrations and
good situations back. Very, very powerful. Very, very powerful.
So, the two basic things are: you must look at what you want as
often as possible…you get what you think about most of the time. It
must be in the sweet spot, and you know that because you will feel
good. Does that make sense?
And if you want to focus on one thing all day, it’s feel good now.
And anytime you don’t feel good, that just means that you’re not
thinking about the right thing. And the technique that you can do is
the Callahan technique to feel better or do the appreciation
technique. “I feel horrible. I just got this bad news, and I have no
idea why it’s going to be good, and I can’t even make myself feel
better about it, so I don’t want to think about that. Let me think
about something else. What can I feel good about? What can I feel
good about? Well, what do I feel lucky about in my life?” You will
find something, even if it takes a little bit of time. And that starts then
transmitting a new frequency which will attract like-minded, good-
feeling thoughts, and you can turn yourself around. Initially, you’re
going to be at the conscious competence level at doing this, but after
a short period of time, you’re going to get to the unconscious
competence level of doing this, and then, it just happens. This is why,
when I deal with people, we’re sitting around laughing and joking, he
goes, “Hey, how are things going?” “Oh, my friend is…” We’re telling
stories, and we’re laughing; we’re having dinner, and we’re laughing;
guy’s a billionaire from Malaysia. And we’re just laughing and
laughing and laughing. And then I go, “So, what’s going on in your

187
businesses in China?” He goes “Oh disaster! Oh disaster! Terrible,
terrible! It’s all crumbling!” And he’s laughing! I go, “Don’t seem like
you’re worried about it.” He goes, “Oh it’s terrible, it’s the worst I’ve
ever seen. I have no idea how things are going to turn around.” He
says, “But I don’t know, it’ll all work out. It always does.” “So, maybe
you have to live in tents for a while, I don’t know.”
But that’s the difference. See, we do it automatically. The
situation doesn’t make us feel bad. And we know that there’s some
reason that we, you know, we created it. We created this. And
somebody says, “Well, how could you create that disaster when
you’re feeling so good all the time?” And here’s the reason: because
sometimes you need to clean things up before you can build a new
structure. Sometimes you have to destroy things. Sometimes things
have to be destroyed before there’s a new structure. So, I don’t know,
you don’t know how the grand scheme of things…if you’re putting out
into the Universe a vibration I want a new house. I want a big house.
I want a big house, I want a big house…then all of a sudden your
house catches on fire, seems like a disaster. Believe me, the Universe
is working it and setting it up so that you’re getting that big house.
And the first step in that is to create this fire…you have no idea the
intricacies and the variables that are being put in play. So, you don’t
really have to worry about it. That make sense? Good.
All right, have a good night. We have a lot more to cover
tomorrow, mostly on money. I’m going to clean up a bunch of things.
For those listening to the CD, this is the end of the CD, and we’ll
continue with the next CD; and for those here, we’ll see you
tomorrow.

188
 Lesson Nine
________________________________________________

Your Beliefs
Become Your Reality

Morning! I hope everybody had a good evening. We had a long

day yesterday, covered a lot of material. Everybody’s smiling today!
Anything interesting happen? Yeah?
Yeah, I know. We were talking about it at breakfast. It’s already
working. Some of you were playing around with this last night,
working on these techniques, feeling better, really increasing the way
you’re feeling and the anticipation. And this one particular
gentleman, who’s single, just had never been able to attract anyone,
you know, a female partner into his life, and he was working on that
as a primary objective. Look, I want to have a relationship, which is
a good objective; it’s great to be in a relationship. And he was using
this actually in class yesterday, really focusing on that; that was the
one thing he was working on. And then last night he went off by
himself to a restaurant, and a woman just came right up to him; just
came right up to him and started chatting and had a conversation,
and they wound up having dinner. And you were amazed, but not
amazed because you were almost expecting it, right? Exactly.
People always ask, “When you do this, are you surprised at the
results?” And the answer is if you’re doing this effectively you are not
surprised at the results because you expect it so it’s no surprise. And
you’ve actually experienced it in your mind first as if it’s already
happened so when it happens it’s no surprise.
In the movie Star Wars, the Jedi Master, Yoda, was training
the young Jedi apprentice, Luke Skywalker. And in one particular
scene Luke Skywalker’s jet plane had landed in a lake, and Yoda was
teaching Luke how to use the force to lift the jet plane out of the lake,
with his mind, and move it on dry land so he could take off. And Luke

189
tried to do this, and the jet plane began to lift, and then went back
down into the lake and sunk. Yoda then, frustrated with Luke and his
inability to grasp this, used the force, lifted the jet plane out with his
mind onto dry land…and I know it’s a movie, but here’s the point.
When Luke saw Yoda do this, Luke said, “Oh my, I don’t believe it!”
And Yoda said, “That is why you fail,” because he couldn’t even
believe it, and that’s why he couldn’t do it in the beginning because
he didn’t believe it.
From a scriptural standpoint there’s an interesting story in the
Bible about Jesus, who was walking on water, and Peter the Apostle
was looking at Jesus walking on water and was so excited he went out
to greet Jesus, and the Bible says that Peter walked on water. Peter
was walking on the water. And it says, “As Peter was walking on the
water, Peter looked down and saw that he was walking on the
water, himself, and saw the waves and saw the water and became
frightened and began to sink.”
Now, this is exactly what we’re talking about. When you start
thinking about what you don’t want to happen, when fear and doubt
come in, all of a sudden you get the opposite result. Remember, what
you really, really, really, really, really want, you’ll get. But also, what
you really, really, really, really, really don’t want, you get that too.
Whatever you’re thinking about, you get, and if you’re thinking about
what you don’t want to happen, you know that because you feel
crummy, and when you feel crummy, that’s what’s coming in. So, to
get what you want in life, anything and everything you want, you do
the procedure. You define what you want, you focus on that with
intensity and power, which means emotion, positive anticipation as
if you’ve already had it. You do that for a certain duration, every day,
the more the better, at least for a minute and a half each time, and
then you have to believe without any doubt which means you just
need to focus on what you want, and not what you don’t want, and
you know that because, as you do that procedure, you’ll feel good. So,
you do the procedure, which is thinking about what you want, and
anticipate that you’ve already received it. You know you’re doing the
procedure correctly if you’re excited and if you feel really good. If you

190
see yourself in the picture and if you’re feeling as if you’ve already
achieved it, that’s the ultimate. That’s the first thing.
And the second thing, throughout the day, always work on your
emotions, and work on feeling good all the time because that will get
your positive energy up, and it’ll make the procedure easier to apply
and make everything happen. Questions? Yes?
The question is about actions, the how, versus the thoughts.
Now, we all know that the thoughts are 99.9 percent of it, but the
question is, “You mean to tell me I can sit home and just think and
create anything I want without physically doing anything? Don’t I
have to do something?” And the answer is no, you don’t have to do
anything. However, when you’re using this technique you will want
to do things. Actions become a joy and a pleasure. But here’s the
trick…if you’re doing any actions to make something
happen…because we think we have to make it happen, so we go out
there and have to do things. We have to work, work, work, work,
work, work, work to make it happen. If you’re doing any actions to
make something happen that you want, and you feel frustrated or bad
or annoyed doing the actions, your actions are fruitless; they’re not
going to create any results.
Your actions should be a joy and a pleasure even if you’re
working eighteen hours a day. When you look at all the successful
people we all say the same thing. We love, not just like, we love what
we’re doing. It gives us incredible joy and exhilaration doing actions,
but the thought process is first…the thought process is first. And
when the actions become frustrating that’s when people decide, “You
know, I’m not going to focus on the actions because that’s making
me think about what I don’t want to happen and making me feel
bad. I’m going to go golfing. I’m going to go to the movies. I’m going
to take a vacation. I’m going to go to the beach.” People say, “We’re
in the midst of a crisis. How can you be taking a vacation?” Because
for me to go into the office and start working in the midst of this
crisis, I’m going to feel absolutely horrible at this moment in time; so,
I need to do something so I can feel good, because feeling good makes

191
it all work. So, the actions are not that significant; doing is not that
significant.
This is why, the how, which is you’re looking at your radar
screen, and you’re thinking, “How can this event work out to my
advantage? How am I going to turn this situation around?” And the
answer is you don’t know because you’re looking at your radar screen.
But what you have to know is that 99 percent of all the stuff that’s
available is off the radar screen, and the circumstances and events
that the Universe is giving you because of what you have been
vibrating and you have been creating in your life, will work out to
your advantage, and when you have that knowingness you’ll feel
good, and you’ll always say, “I have no idea how that’s going to
happen.” “I don’t know why this is a good thing.” When a bad thing
happens, we understand it’s not necessarily a bad thing. As a matter
of fact, it never is a bad thing.
There’s a story about the man in China who had a son, and he said,
“I want my son to be safe and live a long life, and there’s so much
chaos going on in China and so much famine and war; I’m afraid for
my son. I’m afraid he could be killed, I’m afraid he could be killed in
war, I’m afraid we could die of famine, or he could be sick, and I just
want my son to live a long, healthy, happy life.” And one day his son
fell off a horse and broke his leg, and all of his friends said, “Oh what
a terrible thing, your son fell off the horse and broke his leg.” And the
father said, “I don’t think it’s a terrible thing. I don’t know why, but I
think actually it’s a good thing. I don’t know why, but I believe it’s a
good thing. I feel good.” The next day the Chinese army came riding
into town, and they took all the young men and they recruited them
into the army to fight in the wars, but they didn’t take this man’s son
because he had a broken leg. And the story goes on and on and on to
talk about how each situation that happened to the son, which
appeared to be bad at the time, turned out to be a blessing, and we
don’t know how. We don’t need to know how. The key is your thought
process, and the key is how you think.

192
 The evidence of how you’re thinking is twofold. Number one,
how are you feeling? If you’re feeling good, that means your thought
process is right on line. If you’re feeling bad, that means it’s not. The
other evidence is what you’re saying. What are the words you’re
saying? Are you looking at things as they are and focusing on what
you don’t want, or on what seems to be terrible? Or are you looking
forward and creating tomorrow with anticipation? So, words that you
say really are a strong indicator. And this is another powerful
technique, to use your words wisely and say things in a way which
will help focus your thoughts. Words are very important because they
help focus your thoughts. They do two things: they show you what
you’re thinking, but they also help create and focus your thoughts.
So, by saying certain things, in a certain way, it will help focus your
thoughts in the correct method.
So, I’ve been giving you a lot of phrases on these, for those of you
listening on the CDs and for those of you who are here. That’s why
listening to these CDs over and over again…but these are patterns,
neural pathways that you have to start developing. They’re automatic
for me and other folks. You need to start saying things and start
developing some speech patterns which will start developing some
neural pathways, which will start developing some predominant
thought patterns, which will start developing some predominant,
constant vibrations that you’re transmitting out of your brain, which
will create more like-minded, positive vibrations, which will make
everything work better and faster. So, various things that you have to
say, verbally with your mouth, in whatever language you’re speaking;
things such as, “Everything always works out for me.” “I’m lucky.”
“I’m blessed.” “You know, this appears to be really negative, but I
know everything will work out fine.” “Everything will work out
fine.” “Everything will work out fine. I don’t know how, but every-
thing always works out fine in the end.” “All is well.” “Everything is
just fine.” “I expect miracles, and I get miracles.” “Everything
always turns out to my advantage in the end.” “This will ultimately
work out to my benefit.”

193
 See, those are the type of speech patterns. And when you
understand this incredible concept, life becomes so much more of a
pleasure, and life becomes so much easier as you go forward. Does
that make sense? Question?
Okay. “What if I’m doing everything, I’m doing the technique, I
seem to be doing everything, I’m doing everything on the list, I’m
going for walks, I’m eating right, I’m doing the Callahan…all these
things. I’m really doing this technique, and I’m feeling really good
all day long, but nothing seems to be happening. I’m not getting
what I want. I’m thinking about it all the time, but it’s just not
coming in.” Well…or something bad happens. Like I’m really feeling
good, today, tomorrow, the next day, I’m feeling good and out of
nowhere something horrible appears, or what I want just doesn’t
seem to be coming in. Number one, don’t put a time frame on things.
First off, you’re giving me an example of something that hasn’t really
occurred to you; you’re just thinking, “What if this occurs?” Well, first
off it’s pretty unlikely that those things could happen. However, let’s
talk about that because some people start using this technique today
and tomorrow, and they go, “Hey, it’s the third day, where is it?”
Don’t put a time limit on things. Don’t put a time limit because the
Universe is doing everything at perfect speed for you to give you the
feeling you want that’s ultimately to your benefit. So, don’t put a time
frame on things.
My friend, Herb Cohen, who wrote a book called You Can
Negotiate Anything…nice Jewish guy from Chicago, taught us
seminars while smoking a cigar, and he talked like this, and he said,
“In life and in negotiation, you have to care, but not that much.” And
that’s really the type of attitude you have to have. You have to care,
but not that much when it comes to the time, because once you start
putting emphasis on time and trying to make it happen, doubt starts
to come in, you start focusing on what you don’t want, and then it
really stops the whole process from working anyway, so you’re not
getting the benefit. So, don’t worry about the time. Don’t worry about
how fast it’s coming in, because it will. You need to not even care that
it’s not physically in your life anymore, because you’re experiencing

194
it in your mind, and when you’re at that point, it will come in so fast
it will be ridiculous.
As you start using this technique, it will happen faster and
faster and faster because you’ll have less and less negative thoughts
or doubt or lack of belief, which is going to hinder the process. So,
these things will come. And keep in mind, sometimes you’re focusing
on a particular thing, and remember, when you’re focusing on a
particular thing that you want, you’re adding the emotion that that
thing is going to give you, and the first thing that’s going to start
coming in is other thoughts that mimic that emotion; and the next
thing that comes in is the physical experience of circumstances and
events, situations and people, that allow you to feel that emotion.
This is why you don’t want to be transmitting hate towards
somebody, because if you transmit hate or anger towards somebody
else, that’s going to come into your life and you’re going to experience
situations and events where you feel hate and anger. But if you
transmit love toward people, happiness, or if you transmit things that
you want that give you great feelings of exhilaration and pleasure,
then experiences and situations are going to come into your life that
give you that exact same emotion.
If you’re happy today, tomorrow, all day, you’re gleeful, you’re
singing, you’re dancing, you’re feeling great, and you’re saying, “I
don’t know how things are going to turn out, but I know they’re
going to turn out great! I just know; I can feel it! I’m so happy!
Things are going to turn out fantastic! I don’t know how, but I’m
looking for this big win; I know I’m going to get this. I just feel great
about getting this promotion, and things are going to work out
great for me and man, I’m getting out of debt, and I don’t know how,
but I’m using the technique,” and a week later you get, not only not
the promotion, but you lose your job, and you think, “How could that
have occurred?” Believe me, when you are vibrating, “I want that
promotion, I want that promotion, I want to get out of debt,” what
you’re vibrating is, “I want the feeling of more money, I want more
money, maybe more freedom, more responsibility, and I want to get
out of debt,” and all of a sudden you lose your job. Believe me, the

195
Universe got you out of that job so that you’re going to get a better
job or your own business or a better opportunity. That’s how it works.
So, when you…that’s like breaking the leg; it’s not bad. What you
think is bad isn’t, as long as you’re feeling good. When something
happens, don’t look at it as bad. Look at it with anticipation and
excitement and go, “Wow, it’s already happening. Something
happened! Now, I don’t know how this is going to turn out to my
advantage, but it obviously is! Something is happening because I
feel good. This event can’t be bad!” That’s a very important concept.
Now, there’s one other concept here. When you think things are
bad or you lose your job or you come down with an illness, you think
that’s bad. No, because when you have, in your life, something that
you don’t think is good, it forces you to really, clearly define and focus
on what you want. You have the best opportunity to create things in
your life when things are not going well. You also have the best
opportunity to focus on those things and create more of it, the bad
stuff. So, anytime something negative happens in your life take it as
an absolute blessing because it is, because it focuses and forces you
to focus on that which you want. The key here is, when something
bad happens in your life, something negative, something that you
didn’t anticipate, something you don’t think is good…it’s okay to
acknowledge it, but don’t acknowledge it as bad. The first thing you
do is you acknowledge it as what it is. “Okay, this happened,” but
immediately say and believe and feel good when you say it, “I don’t
know why, but this will turn out to my advantage, and I’m going to
take this opportunity to now focus on what I want because I know I
don’t want this. I don’t want more of this. Let me think about what I
really want.” And it really allows you to clarify your thinking.
In relationships, for example, this happens. You’re in a
relationship with somebody, and you’re arguing and you’re fighting
and you’re not feeling fulfilled and you’re irritated and things just
aren’t going well and your lover leaves you and you are in desperate
pain and so forth. Take that as the best opportunity in the world and
say, “Look, this person left me,” and say, “Okay, now I can clearly
define…because now I was in a relationship, and I wasn’t getting

196
my needs met so rather than focus on what I wasn’t getting from
this relationship and how terrible it was and how terrible this
person was let me now clearly figure out, based on my experience
with this person, what do I really want now?” And now you can
really, clearly define what kind of person, what kind of personality,
you want.
See, anytime you go through something negative, anytime you
taste bitterness, you can define what you want. You go to a buffet, and
you start taking some food, and you go “Oh I don’t like. Hmmm, I
don’t want that. That, I don’t like.” No problem. When you are at a
buffet and you taste different things if you taste something you hate
it’s good because now you know what you don’t like, so now you can
clearly define what you do want. Life is the same way. Every day, life
is going to give you experiences, and you can determine your
preference. Do I want this, or do I not want this? Do I like this, do I
not like this? Does this make me feel good, or does this make me feel
bad? If it makes you feel bad, then good. Now, you’ve established
that’s what I don’t want, and when you look at, for a moment, what
you don’t want you can now clearly—more clearly—define and focus
what you do want. This allows you to more clearly dial in the proper
frequency and transmit it. That’s what life is.
Life is going to give us a series of things that we don’t want that
make us feel bad and a series of events and circumstances that we do
want, and it allows us to clarify what we want. And as time goes on,
we are more focused on what we want and start transmitting what we
want, and we continue to get more and more and more and more of
what we want, and when something comes in our life or we observe
something that’s maybe not even in our life but in a friend’s life,
something that we can imagine we wouldn’t want, something that
doesn’t give us a good feeling, it continues to help us clarify what we
do want and allows us to focus.
So, when something bad happens in your life you should pop the
champagne because I can tell you this…when something bad
happens, the bigger it is bad, the worse it appears, it allows you to
really focus and transmit a beam with massive power and massive

197
intensity of what you do want. That’s where you take it as an
advantage. You are then capable—and really only then capable—of
really generating massive power with your vibration and massive
intensity of what you want; you can really focus. It’s like, “I don’t
want this; I’m sick of this, I’m sick and tired.” That’s why there’s a
point where everything changes for somebody, and that’s when they
get sick and tired of getting sick and tired. That’s the point where they
stop looking at what they don’t want and the bad circumstances and
situations in their life. That’s the moment that they stop looking at it,
they turn their back to it, and now they go, “I’m sick of this. This is
what I really want.” And that’s when massive desire is developed;
massive clarity of what you want is developed, and that’s when the
vibration is thrown out from your brain with massive power and
massive intensity, and you focus on it and you’re obsessed with it,
which means you’re thinking about it all the time, and you become
and you get what you think about most of the time, because what
you’re vibrating most of the time is what is being attracted into your
life. Make sense? Good. Any other questions?
Okay. “What if I’m feeling depressed all the time, and I’m having
a really hard time feeling good?” Well, first off what that means is
you’ve really developed a lot of neural pathways and a lot of habits of
focusing on the things you don’t want. And people do this all the time
out of habit because one thought attracts another like thought with a
like feeling, and another like thought with another like feeling. So, I
see people all the time that are virtually little negative and always
thinking about the negative all the time, it’s their habit and their
pattern, which means they have this huge ball of negative energy
they’re walking around with. And a little thing: a person walks into a
meeting, and he has a cup of coffee, and he puts the coffee down, and
the first thing he says, virtually to himself is, “Now watch me spill
this.” See, he’s instantly thinking about, “I’m going to spill the coffee”
which he does.
See, people are always putting a negative spin on everything
because they’re always looking at something and, because of habit,
they’re thinking about what they don’t want. They’re thinking about

198
how it…what they hope won’t happen. See, worry is negative goal
setting. Worry is simply thinking about what you don’t want to
happen.
So, you have developed that huge pattern. So, for you to go
from where you’re at to complete bliss is an impossible jump.
Whatever you are feeling remember this. Whatever you’re feeling,
when you’re feeling a negative emotion or any emotion…whatever
you’re feeling, all you want to do is feel a little better. Whatever you’re
feeling you want to feel a little better, a little relief. If you’re
depressed, wouldn’t it be better if you felt anger because that’s a little
bit better than depressed? Yeah. I mean, if you’re depressed, you
actually are feeling better if you’re feeling angry…you’re kind of
moving up on the emotional scale. So, your objective is always just to
feel a little better, and if you’re feeling completely depressed and
you’re having a hard time feeling good what do you do? Well first, I
would start doing all the things on the list that we talked about…go
for a walk, get some sun, do the Callahan technique, or go to the Gary
Craig website and use that tapping technique; very powerful. Look at
the drugs you’re taking, first off. Do some cleanses. It may take a few
weeks or a few months before you actually start getting to a better
place. Do the appreciation…what can you be appreciative for? If you
can do that every day, three, four, five, six times; what can I be
appreciative for? That will start forcing you to focus on something
good and positive, which will mean, by Law of Attraction, more
thoughts will come in, and your positive ball will start getting bigger
and bigger and bigger. And that’s the procedure. You’re at conscious
competence so you have to do it.
You won’t get to unconscious competence until you get to the
point where your positive ball is bigger than your negative ball. This
make sense? This is why it’s important if you’re doing the technique
and you’re defining what you want and you’re thinking about it, but
you’re feeling bad and you can’t focus on that because that goal then
is too big at that moment. You’re spending too much time thinking
about the how and the lack of it. Do you understand?

199
 When you’re thinking about something you want and you feel
bad that means you’re convinced you’re not going to get it. You’re
focusing on the lack of it, the fact that you don’t have it, and now
you’re vibrating I don’t have it, I don’t have it, I don’t have it, I don’t
have it, I don’t have it. And when you’re focusing on that, that’s what
you get more of. See, it’s perfectly okay if you say, “Well, I’m
massively in debt; I don’t have much money.” Right? Let’s say that’s
your situation, and you want more money, and you want to get out of
debt. So, it’s okay to say, “Right now, I am massively in debt and I
don’t have much money.” That’s the situation. But what most people
do is they go, “And I have no idea how I’m going to get out of debt; I
don’t know how I’m going to get more money. I don’t know how I’m
going to get more money, I don’t know how I’m going to get out of
debt; I just keep getting worse in debt; I just keep getting worse and
worse; nothing goes my way. I mean I’m so unlucky; everything is
working against me. I don’t understand how bad things are; it just
keeps getting worse and worse; I’m worse off today than I was a
year ago. I just keep getting further and further in debt; I don’t
understand, maybe I’m a compulsive spender. Maybe it’s the banks,
maybe it’s the interest rates, maybe it’s the fees. It’s my job; I can’t
get a raise, I can’t get more money, I’m always getting sick. Every
time I’m getting close to doing something, it just works out against
me.” Well, guess what, you’re vibrating that into your life, and that’s
what you’re going to get.
Instead, say, “I’m massively in debt, and I don’t have much
money, and I have no idea how I’m going to get out of debt or get
more money, but I know something will present itself. I don’t know
how. So, right now, I know that in time, and I don’t know when, but
everything will work out fine; everything always works out fine. I
don’t know how, but I’m sure things will work out okay.” See, you’re
just trying to get some feeling, some thought, that makes you feel
better. Maybe for you, you have to say, “You know something, I’m in
debt, and I don’t have much money, and maybe I’ll never get out of
debt. Maybe I’ll go through the rest of my life and never get out of
debt and never have much money, but you know something, that’s

200
okay, that’s not so bad. At least I’m not living in some country where
I’m sleeping on dirt every day. You know, so maybe I’m in debt. It
isn’t so bad.” See, maybe that is the only thing you can grasp on to
and feel good about. And say, “But I’m sure things will turn around.
Maybe I’ll slowly get out of debt; maybe little by little, maybe
something will happen.” See, you start thinking just a little better
thought.
The key is to feel good now, but the real key is don’t focus on
feeling spectacular. The real key is when I say, “Feel good now,” it’s,
“Feel better now.” You should always be working on feeling a little bit
better than where you’re at because you’re all at different levels. Does
this make sense? Okay, good. Question?
“How important and powerful are words?” Yeah, we talked a
little bit about words. Words…the words you use are really irrelevant
because what’s really relevant is when you are speaking words—
words do have vibration—but when you are speaking words it’s the
attachment of the vibration to the word that’s more important. So, if
I use a word, and you use the same word, we may use the same word
but have a completely different vibration attachment to it. So, the real
key is use words that, when you’re saying them, they make you feel
good; they make you feel better. And everybody has different speech
patterns and words that you use. Again, my phrase that makes me
feel much better is, “Everything always works out. Everything
always works out for me in the end. I don’t know how, but it will
always work out. All is well.” That’s another phrase that people use.
“All is well.” “Things are fine.” “Things always work out.” “Things
always work out.” “I don’t know how, and I can’t explain how, but I
just know everything always works out because I’m feeling good,
and I’m putting out a good vibration, and good feelings are coming
into my life, and good situations. And things will always just work
out fine because they always do.”
So, words are important, and speaking is important because
when you say words you’re reflecting what your thoughts are, but you
can also use words to change your thoughts, and you’re looking for
thoughts that are giving you good feelings. So, choose words wisely.

201
“Oh, it will be fine.” I mean that’s a great phrase. “It will be fine.” “It
will work out.” “It will work out.” “I don’t know how it will work
out.” “Everything’s terrific.” Someone says, “How are you?” say a
word or phrase that makes you feel better. You can be as “goofy” as
saying, “I’m good and getting better.” “Oh, if it was any…if I felt any
better it’d be illegal.” “Oh, I’m really getting…I’m getting better
every day.” “I’m feeling great.”
You can say something that makes you feel good, but don’t lie;
don’t say something that makes you feel bad. Let’s say I had a rough
night last night. “How are you?” And let’s say you feel horrible. “How
are you?” “I feel great.” Well, you don’t, you feel horrible. So, it’s
perfectly okay if someone says, “How are you doing?” “Well, you
know, I was feeling really terrible, but I’m really getting better; I’m
working on really getting better.” because that’s an accurate
statement. “I was really feeling terrible. I got some bad news this
morning, and I felt like I got hit in the stomach, but I’m working
through that and I’m getting better.” See, that’s an accurate
statement. You can feel good about that statement because you’re
telling the truth. If you say, “I feel terrific! I feel fantastic!” you’re
lying, and actually you’ll feel worse because your mind is going to be
focused on the lack of feeling terrific and fine, and on the problem.
Make sense? Okay. Question?
Excellent question. “When you’re using this technique in
relation to another person,” let’s say you want this person to give you
a raise, or you want this person to do something, “isn’t their thoughts,
goals, and desires affecting the process?” The answer is yes.
Remember, when you transmit a vibration that vibration is picked up
by other brains and affects physical matter. So, when you’re dealing
with another human being and you’re putting out a vibration and this
human being, for example, is going to give a raise to somebody, or
this person is going to decide whether he’s going to buy your house
at a certain price, and you’re trying to put that vibration out they may
be putting out a counter-intention vibration. Or somebody else may
be giving an intention to them as well that’s affecting them. This is
why it’s important that the ultimate, the larger scheme of things, the

202
feeling that you ultimately want is what you’re vibrating. And this is
why you have to care but not that much. And this is why one specific
thing, on a specific time frame, is not the ideal way to send out a
vibration but rather a more general vibration of how you want to feel
and a knowledge that there are things outside the radar screen that
you don’t know about that are probably much better off for you than
what you even consider and see with your own two eyes.
So, if I’m dealing with a person, “I want this person to invest in
my company.” Well, do I want this person to invest in my company,
or do I want investment into my company? And do I really want
investment into my company, or do I want my company to grow and
prosper? Do you understand? You may think that you need this guy
to give you investment into your company otherwise everything’s
going to crumble. That’s the wrong thought process. Maybe you need
investment, but you may think you need investment into your
company for it to grow and prosper and you to be ultimately
successful, but maybe that’s not true. So, what you ultimately want is
you want your company to grow and prosper so you can be ultimately
successful, but that’s not true. What you really want is for you to feel
powerful and successful and feel that you’ve achieved something and
become ultimately wealthy. That’s what you really want. You don’t
want this guy to give you an investment. You think that’s the method
to get you to the ultimate objective which is you want to feel powerful,
feel that you’ve achieved something and become wealthy. That’s what
you want. You think you want this guy to give you an investment.
That’s not what you want so you’re vibrating I want this guy to give
me an investment. That’s really not it. So, when you actually look at
what you want it’s much better to say, “What do I really want here?
Do I want this guy to give me an investment? No. I think this is
what’s needed.” Guess what gang, you ain’t that smart.
This is why you can’t assume things that happen, or don’t
happen, are good or bad because you have to really go, “What do you
ultimately want here?” And let the Universe use the best method to
get you to where you want to go. So, in this example, you don’t want
this guy to give you an investment, and you don’t want investment,

203
and you don’t want your company to prosper. What you’re really
looking for is you want to feel, you know, that you’ve achieved
something, that you’ve created something and become wealthy. So,
focus on that, without the specifics, because the method and the way
that you think that’s going to happen probably is not the method that
is best and the way it will work out anyway so don’t even focus on it.
Does this make sense?
If you think, “I want this guy to buy my house.” No. You may
think, “Well, I want somebody to buy my house.” No. You may say,
“Well yeah, I want to sell my house.” “Well, why do you want to sell
your house?” “So, I can have enough money so I can buy a new
house.” “Ah! So, what you want is you want to buy a new house?”
You think the method that will get you to buy a new house is to sell
your existing house. Well, maybe that’s not the right thing. Maybe it’s
not the right time. Maybe the market’s going to change in six months
that you don’t know about, and it will be much better if you don’t sell
the house now and that maybe there’s going to be a great new house
that’s going to be given to you at a spectacular deal, and you can rent
this house out and have a fantastic investment. Do you understand?
You don’t know the method. So, it’s much better to be general with
your wishes, and it’s much better to really, when you’re thinking
about what you want, ask yourself, “Why do I really want this? Why
do I think I want this?” And keep going up the line, and go, “Okay,
why do I want this?” Because maybe, you know, “Why do I want this
watch?” “Because that’s the watch I want.” “Fine, and why do you
want that watch?” “Because I think it looks gorgeous.” “Fine. What
feeling are you going to get when you put the watch on?” “Well, it
goes with my clothes, and it looks gorgeous, and it’s totally unique,
and I just like the way it looks, and of course I like the way people
will react when they see it.” Okay. So, it’s not a watch you even want.
What you want is something that makes people look at you as very
unique and special and maybe have money, and you want to feel
good. Do you understand? It isn’t that particular watch. It isn’t even
a watch at all. It isn’t even a piece of jewelry. So, when you start
moving up the line and start focusing on this, life becomes much

204
easier because you’re letting the Universe provide for you the best
things instead of what you think.

Now, there is nothing wrong with saying, “I want that

particular watch because that’s the watch I want,” but if you lighten
up a little bit and let the Universe provide for you, life is much, much,
much, much easier. Does this make sense? And I can tell you not only
easier but better because you get better stuff because what you think
is the best, what you think is the best method, almost ultimately
always isn’t, which is why I’ll tell you a little secret. When you start
wanting things and you get them, most people think, “This is not
what I thought it would be.” But when you let the Universe give you
things because you’re going ultimately higher on the ladder, you feel
so much better about it. Yes? Good. Question?

“Talk more about the importance of writing things down.” I

can just tell you this. You should have always lots of paper, white
paper, white paper, pens with blue ink. Write things down; write your
goals down, write your wishes down, write your dreams down. Write
things down. Magical things happen when you take a thought and
you put it on paper in words. I can’t spend all the time on this subject,
but the bottom line is if you’re writing things into a computer you are
completely missing out on one of the best opportunities for creation
because your brain will put out a vibration much stronger, with much
more intensity, with much more clarity, when you take your desires
and you write them out, of what you want, because you’re
transmitting, through your whole DNA structure, that feeling
through the kinetics of writing. There’s over ten-thousand different
movements when you move and write so neural pathways begin to
grow, you feel better, you remember the information better, you focus
on the information better, you bring greater clarity to the information
by writing than by putting things in typing, into a computer, for
example. So, write things down. Very key. Question?

Yeah, “How can you predict the future with this?” Well,
you’re predicting the future because you’re creating the future. That’s

205
how you predict the future. Predicting the future is nothing more
than creating the future. People have always said to me, “You have
an uncanny ability of predicting the future,” and I would always
smile, but the fact is I’m creating the future. I know what’s going to
happen because I’m creating it. You will be able to predict the future
because you’re going to create tomorrow. What’s going to happen
next month? You’re going to create it. Because using this technique,
you’re creating the future, and as you use this technique and feel
good, what occurs is, as things get closer to your radar screen, you
can feel them, and you begin to know what’s going to happen because
you’ve created it, and now you’re feeling it coming in because the
anticipation goes up and up and up, and actually when the
anticipation goes up and up and up it’s getting closer. It’s the
anticipation that makes it go up, and up, and up. And when you feel
bad about something you can know that it’s going further away, or
that means something that you don’t want to happen is going to
happen because you’re feeling bad. Your feelings are your tracking
system. It’s your guidance system. It’s your predictor. It’s your
thermometer. It’s your Geiger counter.

You can walk through life and feel your way through life
because you know when you’re feeling good only good things will
happen, and you’re going to be just fine. Even if something happens
that doesn’t appear good, know that it is good because you’re going
to be just fine…matter of fact, better than fine. And the thing that
happens that seems to be the worse, know that it’s the best because
that means something big is changing, something big is happening,
and it’s right around the corner! And when something happens that
you don’t think is good just know…just know…that now I have a great
opportunity to clarify exactly what I want and create a transmission
from my brain with more power and more intensity than ever before,
and it will come in faster than ever before because it will have more
magnetic pull than ever before. So, that’s predicting the future.
Question?

206
 “Talk more on time; how fast will things occur?” The answer is
it’s completely irrelevant. If you want a new car, if you want to get out
of debt, when will it occur? The answer is it doesn’t matter when it
occurs. “When will I get my life long soul mate into my life? I have
been single for so long. I’ve had relationships, but I’ve never found
my soul mate. When am I going to find my soul mate?” The answer
is when you start believing you want your soul mate, seeing and
defining your soul mate, it will come at the right time. Why is it not
the right time? Remember, when the student is ready the teacher will
appear. You may have to go through multiple relationships and
experience more things of what you don’t want before you can
completely clarify what you do want. And when you completely
clarify what you do want, and then put out that vibration and
anticipation and feel good about the thought of it, even when that
person is not there, when you feel so happy being alone, knowing that
the soul mate will come in at the exact right time in your life, and
you’re skipping through life with complete glee, alone, because you
know that the soul mate’s coming. Christmas is tomorrow. You don’t
know when that tomorrow is for the soul mate, but you know it’s
there. When you get to that point, the soul mate will come. And in the
meantime, enjoy the process. Just know that everything will work out
fine; it’ll happen faster. You can’t get caught up in the timing thinking
that you believe what’s the best time. “But I really want it now!”
Okay, what you’re doing is you’re feeling bad because you’re focusing
on the lack of what you want, therefore, you’ll never get it. Do you
understand? Care, but not that much. You can’t put that much
attention on what you don’t want.

The big failure here, if you look at what are the failures of this
technique, how to make all your dreams come true, how to be, do, or
have anything you want…we’re going to be talking about money for
the rest of the day, but this technique is 99 percent of the money
because it applies to money as well. But no matter what you want,
here are the steps again, and here are the big hindrances to having it
work.

207
 You must define exactly what you want. You can be specific,
general, or feeling good. Clearly define what you want, and when you
define what you want make sure you know do I really want this guy
to invest money? or do I want an investment? or do I want my
business to work? Or is it that really what I want is, I want to be…I
want to have a feeling of achievement, that I’ve created something,
that it worked, and I want to be wealthy and respected. That’s what
you want. Don’t tie yourself to saying through this company and
through this guy’s investment. That’s really ultimately not it; you
think that’s the best method. So, define what you want, but define it
in that way with as much freedom and flexibility and openness to the
options that the Universe may present itself to you. That’s how you
clearly define your goal, and it’s all about the feeling.

Think about what you want, and when you think about what
you want you have to feel good about thinking about it. Otherwise,
that tells you that you’re thinking about the lack of it, and you’re
thinking about all the reasons why it probably won’t come in. You’re
doubting, and your level of belief is down. So, you must focus on what
you want, but feeling good about it—no timeline.

Have a lot of emotion. The best emotion is anticipation like

it’s Christmas, it’s already in a box, you’ve seen the box, it’s under the
tree, and when Christmas day comes it’s already there waiting for
you. And start feeling and anticipating this is what you want as if
you’ve already achieved it, that you already have it, as if it’s already
here, and you’re relishing it right now. If you’re right here in this
moment, doing that with something you want, this second as you’re
listening to me…if you have something that you want, and you’re
doing that, you’re putting out a beam, you’re transmitting a vibration
of what you want with complete anticipation as it’s already here, and
it is going to come rushing towards you. What you want wants you.
But if you’re thinking that thought, of what you want, and if you’re
completely unclear of what you really want that means the beam is
very weak. If you’re clear about what you want, but you’re not feeling

208
that good, and you’re having doubt that means you’re focusing on the
lack of it and the fear of not getting it and the fact that you don’t have
it, and you don’t know how you’re going to get it, and that’s the doubt
that stops the process from working. Does this make sense?

You can have, be, or do anything and everything you want. It’s
available to you. It’s right in front of you. This is a technique that must
be activated by you, because initially, all of you have a big, huge ball
of negative energy, and you all have negative patterns of thinking.
You’ve established multiple neural pathways in the brain that aren’t
working for you to your advantage. They’re not creating what you
want. They’re giving you in life what you don’t want. Everything in
your life you’ve created with your own thoughts—not with your
actions—you’ve created it with your thoughts first. You’ve created
everything in your life with your thinking. That’s the fact.

So, you can create anything and everything with your thinking
as well. Let me say that again. You’ve created everything in your life,
right now, with your thinking. Do you want everything in your life?
Do you like everything in your life? Well, you’ve created it which
means you can create everything you want for the future. You create
everything anyway. Nothing happens by chance. Everything that will
happen to you, for the rest of your life, you will create with your own
thoughts whether you like them or not. It’s what you’re focusing on.
Whatever you really, really, really, really, really, really, really want,
you’ll get. And whatever you really, really, really, really, really don’t
want, you’ll get that, too. Because if you think you really want
something, the problem that most people have is when they really
want something their focus really is on the lack of it, that they don’t
have it, therefore they create more lack. How do we know if you’re
thinking on the lack or on the anticipation of getting it? How do you
feel when you think about it? If you feel good you’re thinking about
getting it. If you feel bad you’re thinking about the lack of it, and
you’re stopping yourself from getting it. That’s how it works. So, you

209
must always monitor your feelings. Feelings are the key and the most
important.

This technique will work for anything and everything in your

life. If you want a relationship, if you want a better relationship, if you
want a relationship with your kids, your friends, family, if you want a
better job, more money, if you want better health, this works in the
physical body just as well. Physical health, weight, energy, anything
to do with the physical, lucky things that happen in your life…all the
physical things that you could possibly want; cars, boats, planes,
jewelry, money, getting out of debt, more fulfillment, learning a
skill…anything that you want to be, do, or have. You know what it
comes down to, at the end of the day…we talk a lot about stuff. None
of the stuff matters because when you really start doing this
technique, and you realize that you can create anything and
everything in your life, what it really comes down to is how do you
feel? Who cares if you have three Rolls Royces and a private jet and a
two-hundred foot mega yacht and your own island in the Caribbean?
If you’re depressed, if you’ve got cancer, and you don’t even talk to
your kids anymore, who cares about all the stuff? The stuff doesn’t
really matter. What really matters is how do you feel? Do you wake
up in the morning with a smile on your face saying, “What a glorious,
beautiful day!” even if it’s pouring rain? “I’m living on this planet.
I’m enjoying my life. It’s like going to an amusement park. Every
day is getting on a different ride. Today may be a roller coaster, but
how thrilling!”

So you see, life is like the roller coaster because when you’re
going straight down you scream, “Ahhh!” But you know you’re not
going to die. When something bad happens in your life just imagine
that it’s a roller coaster going down, and you can scream, “Ahhh!”, but
with a big smile on your face saying, “Wow, what an experience I’m
going to be having! I don’t know how it’s going to turn out, but it
will turn out just fine.” And you will be exhilarated by the challenge
and the adventure that life is.

210
 You can have, be, or do anything and everything you want.
Remember, “You become what you think about… you get what you
think about most of the time.” If you’re thinking about what you want
you’ll feel good. If you’re thinking about what you don’t want you’ll
feel bad. But either way, you get what you think about. If you’re
thinking about what you don’t want to happen or lack of something
you’ll get more of it, and you’ll feel crummy, and you’ll keep getting
more of what you’re focusing on. You get what you think about most
of the time. When you’re thinking about what you want, you feel
good. When you’re thinking about the lack of what you want, or when
you’re thinking about what you don’t want to happen you feel bad.
So, if you’re feeling bad all the time that means you are vibrating and
transmitting what you don’t want. So, if you feel bad all the time,
guess what? You’re thinking about what you don’t want, and you get
what you think about most of the time. That’s why I’ve said—and I’ll
say it again—your number one, number one, number one, number
one, number one, number one objective is to feel good all the time
because if you’re feeling good all the time…the better you feel that
means the better your thoughts. That means the vibration that’s
going out is on things you want.

If you’re feeling good all the time that means you’re vibrating
what you want. That means you’re thinking about what you want
most of the time. Do you understand how simple it is? Just feel good
all day. Laugh, sing, feel great all day. If you do that that means you
are thinking about your desires and believing you’ll receive them. If
you’re feeling good all day that means you’re focusing on and
thinking about what you want, and you’re believing that you’ll receive
them. And if that occurs, guess what, you get them! You get what you
think about most of the time.

So, the procedure is so simple. It is feel good all day long,

because if you’re laughing and singing and feeling good all day long
you are thinking about what you want most of the time. If you’re
feeling bad most of the time that means you’re thinking about what

211
you don’t want, and you’re thinking about the lack of things, and
you’re going to get most of that. That means that’s what you’re
thinking about most of the time, and that’s what you’re going to get.
Does this make sense? Good.

212
 (Blank Page)

213
 Lesson Ten
________________________________________________

Having a Chief Aim and

Depth of Vision

Alright, we’re back! Talking about money now; focusing on

money. Actually…and this is why we talked about the four basics, or
the five basics, which is master the four basics. That’s the fifth basic.
Master the four basics.

Who do you listen to, Teachability Index, Training Balance

Scale and the Four Steps. You can see how that is the foundation of
everything we’re learning here because if we understand those
concepts then we’ll learn how to apply these concepts better.

The Training Balance Scale says on one side it’s the why—the
thinking, the thoughts, the motivation, the attitude. And the other
side is the how—the techniques, the skills, the methods, the
strategies, the actions, the doing.

We pointed out that 99.9 percent of making money or getting

anything that you want or having, being, or doing anything in your
life and creating anything and everything in your life, 99.9 percent of
it is the thoughts. It’s using your brain to put out a vibration, and then
by Law of Attraction the Universe will give you circumstances,
situations and events and people to create that, and bring into your
life that which you’re vibrating. But it will give you events, situations,
people which match the feeling to give you matching feelings. This is
why people always say, “I wasn’t vibrating…I wasn’t thinking about
a car crash.” “I wasn’t thinking about falling down the stairs.” No,
but what-ever feeling that event gave you, that’s what you were
vibrating. You were vibrating that emotion and feeling.

214
 Now, you can create a specific thing by vibration, but when
you’re putting that out the Universe will give you circumstances,
events, situations, and people which match your feeling that you’re
vibrating. That’s what we have to be aware of.

Now, when we’re talking about money, how do we apply this to

money? Because I am going to give you a couple of specific hows, or
techniques, and things…that, I’m going to do. However, the action
steps are really not that relevant, and because there are virtually
millions of different scenarios to make money, it’s really stupid and
impossible for somebody to say, “I’m going to teach you a specific
way to make money,” because the method that I would teach may
apply to you but may not apply to you. It may be something you really
enjoy and want, but you wouldn’t. So, more important is for you to
find the various methods and techniques of making money that you
want, that give you the feeling that you want, and the Universe will
bring that into your life. But I’m going to give you some things to help
you think about some certain things and focus on some certain things
so you can bring into your life those certain things.

So, the first most important thing about making money is to

want money. That’s the first most important thing. You must want
it; specifically money, at whatever level you choose. Again, the first
rule, or the first step of the four-step procedure is define what you
want. So, if you want money, how much money do you want? That
amount, again, has to be a number that, when you think about it, you
feel good. If you feel bad that means it’s out of the sweet spot because
if you come up with a number, I want a million dollars, and you think
about that, but you feel bad that means you’re not ready to focus on
that because you’re going to be pulled to thinking about the lack of it
and how am I going to get that? That’ll never happen to me. And
then you’re focusing on that, and you know that because you’re
feeling bad, and you’ll draw in more of lack.
So, everybody’s amount of money is different. Some of you may
say, “I just want a certain amount of money to help start paying

215
down my debt.” You need to come up with a dollar amount of money
that you want, that you can focus on, initially, that you feel good
about. Now, some of you may be able to use a more general approach,
instead of specific amount, and say, “I just want some more money
so I can relieve some of my financial pressure.” And so, you may be
able to think about more money, and when you think about just some
money—any amount’s fine—just some money to help relieve some
pressure, maybe that is your sweet spot, and you don’t have to come
up with a specific amount at all. And some of you may even take a
different approach in going, “I just want to feel financially secure
and financially free.” without coming up with a specific amount at
all. You’re now working on a feeling.
Now remember, the three ways you can define your dream or
define your goal or define your want is with specificity—a specific
dollar amount. I want $10,000 a month. I want $50,000. I want
$100,000. I want $1 million. I want $50 million. I want $100
million. I want $1 billion. Whatever the dollar amount is, that’s with
specificity, with no time limit attached.
The second way is general. I just want some money, some more
money to do a certain thing.
And the third one is just a feeling. I want to feel secure in my
finances. I want to feel financially free.
Now, by the way, when you’re focusing on this, you wouldn’t say,
“I want to feel no burdens financially. I don’t want to feel any more
financial pressure.” That can’t be a goal, because whatever you think
about, you’ll get. If you’re thinking about a goal of, “I don’t want to
feel financial pressure,” you’re thinking about financial pressure. Do
you understand that? If you say, “I don’t want to have any more
financial burdens,” you’re thinking about financial burdens. Now,
this applies to everything. When you think of anything you want you
must think of what you want, not what you don’t want. If you’re
looking at a relationship, for example, you can’t say, “Okay, I want a
person who doesn’t drink, doesn’t smoke.” No. Because you’re
thinking about a person who’s smoking and drinking. That’s the
vibration because you’re focusing on that. You would rather say, “I

216
want a person who lives a very healthy lifestyle, like me.” So, you
must always put wants, desires, dreams, goals in the positive. Don’t
say, “I want somebody who doesn’t do this,” or “I want no more of
this,” or “I don’t want this.”

See, some people, when I say, “Tell me what you want in life.”
“Well, I don’t want to be overweight anymore.” No, you want to be
thin. See the difference? “I want to stop having food cravings.” No,
you want to have a normal appetite. “I don’t want any more stress.”
No, you want to feel secure and content and relaxed. Do you
understand? You always must put your wants, goals, dreams, and
desires in the affirmative, in the positive sense. That way you’re
focusing on what you want. So, always remember that.

So, you have three ways of figuring out your financial goal: a
specific amount…and this will change from time to time as you go
through the process. So, over the next days, weeks, and months you’ll
start changing this and always be changing it and fine tuning it.
You’re always fine tuning your dream and what you want because
you’re experiencing things that you don’t want, and you’re fine tuning
what you want. It becomes clearer, therefore, your vibration is
clearer, more specific, and your vibration, either it’s more specific on
the feeling or more specific on the desire. And the more specific it can
get on the feeling or the desire or even the general sense it does
actually become more specific, it becomes more powerful, more
intense, and you get a higher level of a belief which means it comes
into your existence faster.

So, the first thing is you must have a chief aim. Chief aim means
a primary, focused goal when it comes to money. One of the keys of
wanting things, if you go back to everything we’ve talked about, it’s
you become what you think about most of the time, which means if
you really want things in your life…people always talk about a
balanced life. You want a great relationship, you want great health,
you want a great family, you want a great social life, you want great
intellectual stimulation, you want great emotions, you want great

217
finances, you want a great career, you want to be fulfilled…well, if
you’re thinking of all these things throughout the day, the question is
what are you thinking about most of the time? The answer is you’re
not focusing on anything. You’re putting out so many different
vibrations; all these vibrations are good, but none of them, therefore,
can be very intense, very powerful, and none of them can be
broadcast out of your brain for a long duration.

One of the secret keys that nobody will talk about, because they
always talk about this balanced life, one of the secret keys we learned
in the society is that you become what you think about most of the
time…and the key is you can’t live a balanced life. You must be
focusing on a chief aim most of the time. If that’s your health, that’s
your health. If that’s your family, that’s your family. If that’s your
finances, that’s your finances. If it’s your relationship, it’s your
relationship. If it’s your intellectual pursuits, it’s your intellectual
pursuits. You become what you think about most of the time.
Therefore, you must always have a chief aim.

Some of you, right now, if you were to look at the various areas
of your life, you really have to ask yourself, what is your chief aim? Is
it finances? Is it relationship? Is it health? Is it your spouse? Is it your
career? Is it your intellectual pursuits? What is your chief aim? And
the fact is you can be broadcasting all those things, yes, but you must
have a chief aim. This was taught to Napoleon Hill by Andrew
Carnegie, and it’s something that has been overlooked throughout
history.

Another way of putting it is—and this may sound negative, but

it’s true—you must be obsessed with what you want because that’s the
only way you can focus your broadcasting vibration. You must be
obsessed with what you want. That’s the only way you can continually
clarify it, broadcast the vibration with power and intensity, and have
the duration long enough to create it in your life. You must be
obsessed. You get what you think about most of the time.

218
 So, if you’re putting equal amounts of effort, or equal amounts of
thought, across twenty different things all those things will ultimately
come into your life in varying levels and degrees, but if you want
something to really come into your life fast you must broadcast it
virtually all the time, which means you must be thinking about it all
the time or most of the time. You become what you think about most
of the time. You must have a burning desire. Remember Napoleon
Hill? “Define your goal”, and later he called it, “Define your chief
aim,” and he later said, “Define what you’re going to be thinking
about and what you want all the time.” Define what you want, and
think about it all the time, and have a burning desire for its
achievement. What’s burning desire? Burning desire is massive
obsession. You can’t have a burning desire for something if you’re not
thinking about it all the time. Then, you don’t really have a burning
desire for it. You need to be obsessed with it. You need to be talking
about it, thinking about it, living it, breathing it, tasting it, touching
it, anticipating it as if it’s already yours. You become what you think
about most of the time. You need to define your chief aim and become
obsessed with it and focus on it all the time. That’s how you create it.

Tiger Woods, greatest golfer that ever lived, is obsessed with golf,
since he was a little kid. He doesn’t have a balanced life. If you look
at all the great athletes, all the great musicians, all the great people in
any area that have achieved greatness, they don’t have a balanced life.
Now, somebody said, “Well, I don’t want that; I want a balanced
life.” That’s fine…and that’s very good. So, you can make good money
and have a good relationship and be happy and have a nice family
life, and have a nice social life and a nice church life and all these
different things and have a wonderful, balanced life; that’s a good
chief aim. But your chief aim could be, “I want to have a balanced
life. I want to be really balanced and enjoy so many different things
in my life.” That’s perfect.

If you want to make massive amounts of money, or if you want

to have this spectacular physique, or if you want to have the most

219
brilliant relationship in the world, that has to be your chief aim. That
means you’re going to be a little bit unbalanced. You’re going to be
focused on and obsessed with that one thing which is your chief aim.
Chief aim is overlooked, obsession is never talked about, but the fact
is you must have a magnificent obsession if that’s something you
really, really desire. In order to get something, you have to think
about it all the time. You must define what you want and have a
burning desire for its achievement, which means you’re obsessed
with it, which means you’re thinking about it all the time and feeling
good when you’re thinking about it, and then feeling good throughout
the day. Now, if you’re thinking about it all the time, and you’re
feeling good all the time because you’re thinking about it all the time,
and every time you’re thinking about it you’re feeling good, guess
what’s going to happen? You’re going to get exactly what you want
with record speed. That’s how it works. It isn’t the actions or the
activities. It’s the vibration that will create the events, situations,
people and circumstances in your life that make it happen. And any
actions you do, working on your chief aim, you will categorically, 100
percent be thrilled and enjoy that activity. If you’re not enjoying the
activity that means you’re not feeling good. That means you’re
thinking of the lack of it, and you’re doubting you’ll get it, and you’re
not going to get it. Make sense?

So, first and foremost, you must be obsessed. When it comes to

money, you must think about either (a): a specific amount of money
you want with no time limit attached; (b): generally, that you want
money to do certain things, to buy a new house, to get a down
payment…I need an increase in cash to free me up, or (c): a complete
generalization of how money is going to make you feel, or how you
want to feel in relation to money. I want to feel financially free. I
want to feel financially secure. I want to have enough money so that
I feel completely empowered and to be able to do whatever I want
whenever I want. I want to have enough money to do whatever I
want whenever I want and be free. So, you’re looking for a feeling.
Either one of those three areas is how you define it. This make sense?

220
And you use the same technique. You think about what you want,
with power and intensity, you must feel good about it when you think
about your goal, and the techniques that’ll help you think about it all
the time are, get pictures of what you want, or what the money is
going to give you. This is why a dream book is good. The dream book
is good because if you want lots of money to do a lot of things, looking
at all the things that you could achieve if money wasn’t an object,
looking at that on a regular basis will help remind you to think about
money, money, money, money, I’m bringing in money, and feeling
the anticipation and exhilaration as if you already have it. You
become what you think about all the time.

Just looking at a picture over and over and over again and feeling
good about looking at pictures of cars, jewelry, clothes, exotic
locations you want to travel to, if money is your goal; having pictures
on the ceiling when you go to bed so you can see them right before
you go to bed at night, on the mirror when you wake up, on your
house. The actual process of creating those pictures and those images
keeps you focused on it and gets you excited and allows you to
broadcast from your brain; the visor in your car, in your office, on
your computer, so that you’re looking at these things all the time.
Having your dream book written out and reading those dreams of
what you want, throughout the day, causes you to focus.

See, in the beginning you’re doing this because it’s the conscious
competence level. Going dream building allows you to focus on
things. Constantly going out there, in terms of money, dream
building, looking at things, touching them, sitting in the car, feeling
how you’re going to feel when that car is yours, looking at homes,
watching Life Styles of the Rich and Famous, the Travel Channel
about luxury yachts, or whatever. Start expanding. Now, you may say,
“I’m watching luxury yachts, but I don’t want one.” Perfectly fine,
but what you’re saying is, “Money is available. Other people are
getting money.” Your belief level goes up that it can happen by doing
this process. Does this make sense?

221
 So, 99.9 percent about making millions—the success secret that
they don’t want you to know about—is that it’s all in the mind. This is
what they, the elite class, don’t want you to know. The major secret
is that you must have a burning desire, an obsession with making
money; you must be thinking about making money all the time and
feel good about it. And that’s 99.9 percent of the secret of making
money and becoming wealthy.

When Andrew Carnegie, the richest man in the world, wrote the
book Think and Grow Rich…when Andrew Carnegie taught this
information to Napoleon Hill who wrote the book Think and Grow
Rich, the name of the book was entitled “Think” and Grow Rich, not
“Work Hard” and Grow Rich. Not “You Must Be Smart” and Grow
Rich. Not “You Must Know the Right People” and Grow Rich. It was
“Think” and Grow Rich. Because what Andrew Carnegie, the richest
man in the world, taught Napoleon Hill was it’s all about thinking. If
people who are rich work hard, they’re not working; they are doing
what they love. They’re enjoying every step. Carnegie, for example, at
the turn of the century built U.S. Steel. A lot of people don’t know he
went to the office at ten in the morning on a Monday, and he would
leave at four in the afternoon. They didn’t have telephones,
Blackberrys, laptops so he did his business from ten to four, he took
a lunch, and he went home and he had dinner. Every night, all nights
and weekends, he was not working. And in the summer, he took three
months off and he went to Scotland, and he did no work, no phones,
no telexes, no fax machines, no e-mails, no instant messaging, no cell
phones. He was somebody who “did not put in a lot of physical
effort,” but he became the richest man in the world because he
understood the power—because he was a member of the
Brotherhood—that 99.9 percent of success is created in the mind.
When you put out that vibration it attracts itself and creates people,
circumstances, events, and situations to give you exactly what you
want. Now, if you believe that you have to work seven days a week,
twenty hours a day to become successful, guess what? Then, it’s true.

222
 Henry Ford said it this way (because he was also a member), he
said,

“If you think you can, or if you think you can’t, either way you’re
correct. It’s the thinking that makes it so.”

It’s the thinking that makes it so! So, if you believe, and you’re putting
out, Well, you can’t be successful unless you work really hard, that’s
the vibration you’re putting out which means the Universe is going to
give back to you and put in your life circumstances, events, situations,
and people which will prove that you must work hard, and long hours,
in order to be successful. If you put out, I know that the Law of
Attraction works, and 99.9 percent of making money is just
thoughts, therefore, I don’t have to work that hard, and if I do put in
a lot of hours it’s only because I’m absolutely enjoying it and loving
every minute of it, but it’s not required, then the Universe will put
into your life circumstances, events, and situations, and people which
will prove that that’s true. Does that make sense? It is the thinking
that makes it so.
So, 99 percent about making money is this technique. We could
end the seminar right here and go, “Hey, that’s how you get rich.”
You basically define what you want, how much money you want, or a
general amount of money you want, or a feeling about money, focus
on it all the time, become obsessed with it, get a burning desire for its
achievement, and when you think about it you feel great, you feel
exhilaration and anticipation like it’s already in a box, it’s already in
a present, it’s got your name on it, it’s under the tree, and when
Christmas comes, it’s yours. You know it, no one’s taking it away from
you, it’s there. You just do that, and you’ll get all your dreams coming
true when it comes to finances. That’s the key. That is the magic;
that’s the secret. Isn’t that interesting?

Now, I’m going to give you a list of some things here. These are
some techniques, some methods, some strategies. Here is some of the
how. None of these are required, none. None are required at all, but
here’s some things that you may want to think about and consider

223
which will hopefully raise your level of belief and cut down the curve
because now you’ll have knowledge of some of the things that could
be helpful to you. But these are not required to make money. The only
thing that’s required is what I just told you. Get a chief aim regarding
money, focus on it, and use the Law of Attraction. It’s the secret that
Napoleon Hill shared in The Law of Success. Andrew Carnegie,
Henry Ford, Thomas Edison, Albert Einstein…every super successful
people in the world uses that one technique. There’s a
U.S. News & World Report Collector’s Edition—I have it in front of
me—called Secrets of the Super Rich: The Fifteen All-Time Richest
Americans, Modern Moguls: An Inside Look. And in this book, as
you can see it here, seven secrets of the super rich, and here’s the first
secret. I’ll just read off these secrets, you can get this magazine if you
want. Keep in mind, this is not one-thousand percent accurate
because this is written by a journalist who talked to and observed
these people, but they didn’t share the truth just so you know that.
Remember I told you, who do you listen to? But I’ll point these out to
you; what they have as the seven secrets.

First: “Perseverance beats education. It doesn’t take super

human intelligence to become super rich.” Bottom line is some
people think, I have to be smart to be rich. No. Throughout history,
super human intelligence doesn’t matter; it’s perseverance. And what
is perseverance? Perseverance is basically being obsessed with what
you want, believing you’re going to get it, and not giving up which
means get a chief aim, and focus on what you want all the time. You
become, or you get, what you think about most of the time.

Number two: “Make your own luck.” Create your own luck. How
do you create your own luck? The Universe gives it to you when you’re
focusing on what you want, money-wise, believe you’re going to get
it, you have complete anticipation, and you’re focusing on it all the
time. The Universe gives you all lucky circumstances and situations
in your life.

224
 Three: “Gamble, but wisely.” They talk about the fact that these
people “follow their feelings.” They make decisions and choices
based on feelings. If it feels good, if they feel good about doing it,
without fear or anticipation, which means they’re not thinking about
what they don’t want to happen, they’re thinking about what they do
want to happen…when they do things, they do things based on how
it makes them feel. Am I going to go in this direction? Am I going to
invest here? Am I going to try this business? If they’re feeling great
about it, it always works because that’s you predicting the future
because you’re creating the future. To somebody else it looks like a
gamble, but nobody else can know how you feel. So, if you’re about to
do something and you’re feeling bad about it, don’t do it. It may be
the most brilliant idea in the world, and it may actually work, but the
fact that you’re feeling bad about it, which means your doubt level is
high, your belief is low, and you’re thinking about it not working
means, even if it’s brilliant idea, it won’t work. You must follow your
feelings.

Four: “Know your market intimately.” What it means here is, it

talks about is, they associate with people and situations that revolve
around what their particular market is, and so they know their
business intimately. And intimately, when you read the article and
you talk to these people is, they have a sense, a feeling, about the
market. And all this means is, when they think about doing things in
their particular business, they’re following their feelings which is how
it works. It’s not about, you have to be smart, you have to know every
detail, because it’s irrelevant. You get out of the think stage, and you
use the feeling stage because when your attitude’s right the facts don’t
count anyway. Because if you’re going to do something, even though
all the facts say that this won’t work, but you’re feeling that it will
work, it will work because that’s the Law of Attraction.

Number five: “Focus obsessively.” Well, they do use the word

“obsessive.” “Focus obsessively and work, work, work.” Focus
obsessively, which means have a chief aim, put the blinders on, think

225
about what you want to happen all the time, which, when you do that
with anticipation, it says work, work, work, it’s because the effort
you put in will be so much pleasure you’ll want to do it all the time.

Six: “Timing is everything.” Now, it’s interesting, when Bill

Gates was being interviewed on Larry King Live they asked him,
“Bill, you’re one of the richest men in the world. What’s the secret to
success?” He said, “Well, basically a couple of things, Larry.” He
said, “First, depth of vision. You have to see the future. You have to
know exactly what you want.” He goes, “Let me give you an
example.” He said, “When I was looking at the computer business
there were a lot of people that saw the computer business, but they
didn’t see the potential in the computer business.” So, you have to see
the potential in things. And that is really going beyond looking at
what you see, but looking at what it could become.

And I’ll give you all an example here. Years and years ago, I was
in Denver, Colorado, and I was talking to the past president of one of
the largest corporations in America. And I asked him, you know, what
is one of his secrets of success, and he said, “depth of vision”, and I
said, “What do you mean?” He says, “Well, just don’t look at things
as they are. Look at them as how they could become. Have depth of
vision.” And he gave me an example. He said, “Kevin, make believe
you’re looking at an acorn.”, and he said, “Look at that acorn, and
with depth of vision, what do you really see?” And I said, “Ah, if I say
food for squirrels I flunk the test.” So, I said, “I don’t see an acorn. I
see a tree.” He says, “Very good.” He goes, “You know what I see? I
see a forest.” See, depth of vision. And I go, “I get it! I don’t see a
forest, I see houses and buildings, all over the world, from the
wood.” Do you understand? That’s called depth of vision, seeing
things further down the track. But when Bill Gates was on Larry King
he said, “First, depth of vision.” And then he said, “Timing. You have
to be at the right place at the right time.” He said, “Luck has a lot to
do with that.”

226
 Now, luck is created. So, when you want something and focus on
it obsessively the Universe will give you circumstances, situations,
events, and people…in other words, the Universe will put you at the
right place at the right time.

And then Bill Gates said, “But a lot of people had the same vision
I did, and a lot of people were at the same place I was. The big
difference is I took action.” And this is one thing. The Universe will
present to you circumstances, events, and situations, but it will be up
to you to go with your feeling and do something and take action when
it’s presented.

And the story goes about the minister who was in Louisiana
at the church when the floods were coming, and they evacuated the
town, and the minister said, “No, no, no. I don’t have to be evacuated
because God’s going to take care of me.” So, he stood there at the
church. But the water continued to rise and rise and rise. So, a boat
came by and said to the preacher, “Preacher, we’ve evacuated the
whole town. Why don’t you hop in this boat, and let’s get out of here,
you know, this is dangerous.” And the preacher said, “No, God’s
going to take care of me, I’m not worried.” Well, a little while later,
the waters continued to rise, and rise, and rise. Another boat came by
and said, “Preacher, you know, this is getting worse, it isn’t getting
better. We’re here to rescue you.” He said, “Nope, I am committed to
staying because God’s going to take care of me.” So, the boat left.
Well, the waters continued to rise and the preacher was on the roof
of the chapel, and a helicopter came by and said, “Preacher, it’s
getting worse, it ain’t getting better. You know, you could die here if
it rises anymore.” And the preacher said, “Nope, God’s going to take
care of me. I’m sure everything is going to be fine.” Well, the water
continued to rise and the preacher drowned. And when he was up in
heaven, dead, Saint Peter was there, and the preacher was mad, and
the preacher said “I don’t understand this. I believed in the Bible. I
believed in God. I thought God was going to take care of me, but I

227
died. What happened?” And St. Peter said, “You idiot, we sent you
two boats and a helicopter.” Do you understand that?

So, in your life, circumstances and situations will present

themselves, and a lot of people are just not paying attention. You’re
wanting something and wanting something and wanting something
and wanting something, and all of a sudden, boom, they come into
your life or it comes into your life or a circumstance comes into your
life, and you’re not taking action. So, you must take action.

Seven: “It’s not just, or even mostly, about the money.”

People that are super wealthy know it’s not really about the money,
when you read this, it’s about the feeling. So, they’re really working
on how they want to feel. They want to feel as a creator, they want to
feel as somebody who’s adding value to society, they want to feel an
accomplishment…and the money really is secondary.
And this is a great little book. It talks about the richest people of
all time in America, and it’s only Americans. I know most of you here
aren’t even from America, from all over the world. Those who are
listening to the CDs are all over the world as well so we’re just dealing
with this American particular thing. But in America, the top fifteen
richest Americans of all time, and one was John D. Rockefeller, worth
three-hundred and three billion dollars...Andrew Carnegie, two-
hundred and eighty-one billion. At the time, Andrew was the richest
man in the world, but John D. took that over later with oil. Cornelius
Vanderbilt, a hundred and sixty-eight billion. Bill Gates. John Jacob
Astor, and it goes on. Richard Mellon, Frederick Weyerhaeuser,
Marshall Field, Sam Walton, Jay Gould, Henry Ford, Andrew Mellon,
Warren Buffett.
All these people, if you pick up the Forbes 400 and look at the
four-hundred richest people in the world, all of them—all—are using
the techniques that I’m sharing with you today. This is not guru-land,
this is not some fictional fantasy; this is what everybody is using,
period. End of story. And if you think you’re going to achieve money
by not using this, the answer is, yes you can…to varying degrees but

228
not really. Because even if you do everything different, what basically
is happening is, you are putting out a vibration of some money, and
the vibration is what’s making you the money. It isn’t anything else
you’re doing. It’s the vibration. You may think it’s the effort, you may
think it’s the genius that you are and how smart you are and how
persuasive and how many good skills you have…none of that really
matters. The fact is, what’s really making the money in your life, you
may think it’s everything else, but it’s the fact that you are putting out
a vibration, you’re thinking about what you want, and you’re
vibrating it and the Universe is putting it into your life. You may think
it’s this, but it’s not. It’s the thought process whether you’re
consciously doing it or just doing it automatically. But when you ask
anybody, “Do you know about the Law of Attraction?”
“Nope.”
“Okay. But you make half-a-million bucks a year.”
“Yeah.”
“Okay, why do you think you’re so successful?”
And you start talking to them. At the end of the day—like I’ve talked
to these people--at the end of the day, they’re all doing the same
thing. They’re thinking about exactly what they want all the time, and
they feel good when they think about it. That is the technique that
they’re all using whether they know it or not. So, that’s number one.

So, let me give you a couple things to jot down, and then we’re
going to focus on just a couple of little bits and bobs so I can kind of
point you in the right direction. But the key is you must be thinking
about the money all the time if that’s what you want. And some of you
think, “Well, I really don’t want to make millions. I just want to
make a little bit more. I just want to make enough money to get out
of debt.” Fine, focus on that. There’s no requirement; you’re not less
of a person if you’re not rich. As a matter of fact, the only thing that’s
important in your life is that you’re happy and feeling joy and
fulfillment. It doesn’t make a difference if you’re a hundred million
dollars in debt. It doesn’t make a difference if you file bankruptcy. It
doesn’t make a difference if you have to live in a tent for a while. Heck,

229
I paid big money to go fishing in Canada, and I’m living in poverty,
like a third world country, and I had the best time in the world. I
remember the first time I went fishing for three days, I stayed there
three weeks, I was having so much fun, and I was living, virtually, like
a pauper, but having the most joyous, wonderful time in the world.
So, it’s not about the things or the money or the homes or the
cars…it’s about a feeling inside you’re looking for; that’s what life is
really all about. And you will have desires to do things, to achieve.
You’ll have desires to create. You’ll have desires to add value to
society, to work with children, help other people…and that’s what life
is really all about. Money is only one part.

But some of you also, right now, have desires of making

money making a hundred-thousand a year or three-hundred
thousand a year or making a hundred-thousand dollars a month. And
some of you can’t even think that far; when you think about it, there’s
just no belief whatsoever. But the fact is there are lots of people
making a million dollars a year. And there’s lots of people…you know,
just a few years ago, there were, in America, about fifteen billionaires.
Now, there’s like five-hundred. And around the world there are
thousands more…around the world that are certified. And believe
me, the real money, nobody even knows their names. But it is
available…not a requirement. You can have, be, or do anything you
want, whatever it is.

So, here’s a few things to consider, in terms of making money.

First and foremost, again, when you think about the money, the
Universe will give you circumstances and events and people and
situations, it will put it in your life, which will give you what you want.
But there are a couple things to consider about making money. First,
if you’re employed by somebody you’re pretty much limited on the
amount of money you can make. And the reason I bring some of these
things up is because when circumstances and events come to you, you
may not be aware that this is the right offer being presented to you

230
because you may not know that this is a boat, and it is here to rescue
you. You may not be aware of that.

So, a couple things. If you really want to make some good

money you need to consider that your job is not really the place for
making serious money. Yes, you can use this technique to get raises,
to get promotions, and increase your earning power at your position,
no question about that. But real money is going to come from either
a business of your own or your own company. Now, there’s a
difference between a business of your own and your own company. A
business of your own is a business that you own such as a florist, a
restaurant, a dry cleaner…anything that’s a business. So, having a
business of your own allows you to make a lot more money than being
in a job, generally speaking, unless you’re a major CEO or a major
executive or director in which you’re getting stock options and so
forth and so on.

So, using the technique in your current situation, the Universe

can create circumstance and events in your current job to make any
money you want, no question. But if you’re using the technique the
Universe may also put into your experience business opportunities or
other methods of making money which you should not potentially
foo-foo and just say to the boat, “Go away.” because it is a boat
coming maybe to save you. So, a business of your own is some type of
business that you’re out there generating.

A company is your own company which generates money, and it

does so generally in such things as investments, and investments
could be in the stock market, commodities market, trading market,
real estate or investing in other people’s companies. So, a business of
your own could be an internet based business, it could be a multi-
level marketing, home-based business, a part-time type business, a
real brick-and-mortar business like a restaurant; that’s a business of
your own. Businesses of your own…there are home-based businesses
and real, what we call brick-and-mortar businesses. There are full-
time businesses, and there are part-time businesses. There are

231
businesses that require lots of capital and there are businesses that
don’t require lots of money to start. There are businesses that require
a lot of experience, knowledge, and time, and there are part-time
businesses that don’t require lots of knowledge or time. So,
depending on your situation, these are the situations that may come
into your experience.

So, you must be aware that having a business of your own or

having your own company, earning money, is something that is a way
to generate huge amounts of revenue and wealth. That’s number one.

And I will give you one other little tidbit here when it comes to
making money. There are two ways to make money. One is you earn
money which means you go out and make money; your effort makes
you money. Nothing wrong with that. It can be incredibly
pleasurable, lots of fun, and those are the people that are really
having a great time. However, there is a limit to the amount of time
and effort you can do each day, which means when you are earning
money based on your own efforts, even in a business of your own, or
your own company…because let’s say you have your own company
trading, or let’s say you have your own company as a restaurant, or
let’s say you have your own company doing a service such as an
accounting firm which is your own business, and you’re doing a
service. These companies require your effort to earn money. So, when
you’re earning money, based on your own efforts, your money is
limited to a degree. So, what some people do is they do what’s called
duplicate their efforts. If they have an accounting business and
there’s a one man accounting firm, they have their own business, they
decide to hire some additional accountants, and therefore they’re
duplicating their efforts. So, those are the two ways in business when
you’re earning money.

The other way is, rather than you earn money, the other method
is when money is working for you. Instead of you working for money,
money is working for you. This is basic investing. This is when you
have money, and you put money into a business, and without your

232
efforts that money begins to grow. Or you have money in some type
of investment vehicle where that money, each month, gives you more
money. That is how super wealth has been created. Now, a lot of you
aren’t at the super wealth mindset yet, you just want to make some
money. But I’m just giving you this little tidbit because if I can plant
this seed right now, this could be a desire, and even though it may not
be a desire that you think about all the time, or most of the time, it
could be a desire that you begin to think about, little by little of, “I
want to be at a place where I don’t have to work. I want to be at a
place where my money is giving me an income of twenty, thirty,
forty, fifty-thousand dollars a month. My money is working for me,
and now I have complete financial freedom, and then I can start
doing all types of different things…travel, I can look at new
businesses, I can learn how to paint, I can do all these different
things. So, maybe I’m planting that seed right now so you start
transmitting that thought process. This is how it works. And then
later, that will become a reality for some of you. So, that’s the first
concept.

A couple of basic concepts you want to consider, none of these

are required, but here are some things to consider, and the reason
I’m giving them to you is I’m planting seeds. This is why last night
somebody said, “What the heck did you do to us? We are feeling so
empowered and so confident and so fantastic because I’m in this
lecture.” What you don’t know is I’m using certain language patterns
which is putting embedded commands for you to consider—planting
seeds if you will—so then you start thinking about them in a positive
way. I’m giving you a lot of positive things to think about. I’m planting
a lot of seeds, doing it on purpose—there are a lot of techniques that
I’m employing—and these thoughts are beginning to germinate in
many of you, and you’re beginning to think about it just a little, but
as you think about it just a little your brain is putting out that
vibration which is causing an attraction of more like thoughts, and
these thoughts feel really good because the thought I’m giving you
feels good, therefore, like feeling thoughts come in, and they begin to

233
build up, which is why the more you listen to these CDs over and over
and over and over and over and over and over again, and the other
CDs that we’re going to recommend, and the more books that I
recommend, if you become part of the Global Information Network
and get the CDs every month and the books every month, if you
purchase some of the other CD packages that we have that I’m going
to suggest, or come to some of these other seminars…we’re planting
so many seeds and getting your brain working almost on auto pilot
you’re beginning to attract more like-minded thoughts.

So, I’m going to give you a couple things to consider here…a

couple concepts that will help you in terms of wealth creation,
making money.

One, there should be a focus, as one of your chief aims—

something that you’re focusing on—of getting out of debt. Now,
there’s a difference between debt and credit. Debt is bad, credit is
good. Debt is basically owing lots of money that has been borrowed
on depreciating assets or no assets at all. Basically what it means is,
you buy a car, and you’re paying on that car, and every year the car
becomes of less value—it goes down in value, but you keep paying on
it. So, you basically bought something, borrowed money, and every
year what you purchased goes down in value, but you keep paying on
it, and you’re paying interest. Credit card debt is debt. A home
mortgage is not debt. That’s credit because you purchase an
appreciating asset. So, credit is good. Debts are bad. Ideally, in order
to free up the flow of energy…and this is how energy flows when it
comes to money…your thought process will flow much easier when
you have reduced your debt and you’re on the way out of debt and
you’re only using credit. All the thoughts flow easier and energy
around money flows easier.

So, an objective, or a goal, should be to reduce or get out of

debt…and you can go to a website called debtcures.com, and there
are a lot of other good websites and books on debt reduction and
techniques on how to reduce debt. But debtcures.com has some good

234
books on there and different materials. So, consider getting out of
debt, and you all can get out of debt; you all can reduce your debt.
You can reduce your debt by simply using this technique, saying, “I
want to be debt-free.” Don’t say, “I want to get out of debt.” because
you’re focusing on debt. Say, “I want to have no bills.” “I want to be
debt-free.”

Next, you should consider starting, right now, saving ten

percent of what you earn. Just take ten percent off the top, of
whatever you get, and put it away in a savings account. You can put
it in any type of investment vehicle, you can just put it in a savings
account, you can use that money and buy gold or silver and just put
that in a safe, you can use that money and just put it in a savings
account, and once every three months, go and just buy some stocks
or bonds and just keep it in an investment account, but just start
shoveling away ten percent and never touch it. This also frees up
energy because it starts to increase your level of belief on the fact that
you could start accumulating a net worth and some wealth. This little
technique dramatically changes the way you think. It is very
powerful. Start saving ten percent.

Next, you want to reduce how much taxes you pay. How do
you do that? Well, first off, if you do form a corporation you can
reduce taxes in many cases. So, you want to look at how much taxes
you’re paying and reduce the amount of taxes you pay because
whatever you save in taxes is real cash in your hand that you can use
to create more money.

Next, is you want to reduce your insurance premiums. If you

were to just sit down and look at all the insurance premiums you pay,
review your policies and start doing some shopping, every one of you
can dramatically save money on your insurance premiums. And all of
your insurance premiums, I can guarantee you, you’re overpaying.
So, if you reduce the money you’re spending on insurance premiums,
that’s extra cash; you just got a raise. If you reduce taxes, which you
can all do very easily, just have them reviewed or start a corporation.

235
And if you reduce insurance premiums you’ve all just gotten an
instant raise.

Next, use corporations for credit lines and OPM, which

stands for “other people’s money.” When you start making money
you have to understand, people always think, “Well, I don’t have any
money.” You don’t need any money to make money. When you form
a corporation, and you can go to legalzoom.com, it has all the forms
there, very inexpensively, you can form a corporation in any country
in the world. There are major tax advantages of forming
corporations, but corporations also allow you access to lines of credit
that you wouldn’t have as an individual person. So, all of a sudden,
instantaneously, and most people don’t even know this, if you just
form a corporation, you now have access to credit…not debt,
credit…which you didn’t have access to five minutes earlier. And you
can get lines of credit up to a million dollars, which is really
something to consider.

Next, there’s a couple of what we call character traits of

people that have money and something you should consider working
on. And if you work on these character traits you’ll feel better, and
you’ll attract more money in your life. One is develop a pleasing
personality, and there’s a great book called How to Win Friends and
Influence People by Dale Carnegie. I would encourage all of you to
take the Dale Carnegie course. When you develop a pleasing
personality you attract more and better people in your life. Whatever
personality you have you will attract like-minded people. If you have
a pleasing personality, you will attract like-minded people. Things
will be easier in business. You’ll get more accomplished with a
pleasing personality.

Next, work on improving your communication skills, your

persuasive skills, your sales skills, and your negotiation skills. In
business, you will be using some of these skills. This is definitely on
the right side of the Training Balance Scale—the skills, the
techniques. So, there are some sales techniques, there are some

236
communication techniques, there are some persuasive techniques.
For example, one communication technique, which is very powerful,
is learn how to ask questions and listen. God gave you two ears and
one mouth, use them proportionately. So, when you’re meeting
people, talk less, listen more. And when you’re asking questions, use
the six honest serving men, and use them till you die. They are what,
when, where, who, how and why.

I can give a whole, again, two days on communication, or

pleasing personality, and I’m going to give you some books to review
and look at. The reason we don’t spend a lot of time with that, in this
particular session, is it really is irrelevant in the grand scheme of
things if you’re doing the technique because all this will automatically
happen anyway. If I focused all my attention on this…there was a guy
who…very successful man, but he was successful, not by accident, but
he was using the thought technique virtually unconsciously, and
when he wrote down and said, “What am I doing every day that
caused me to be successful?” all he focused on was all his actions
because he thought his actions were what caused his success. So, he
taught this lengthy seminar, like five days in a row, teaching people
communications skills, how to joint venture, how to partner up…all
these skills that he did. And later he was frustrated because all the
people that went through his lecture, not one of them became
successful, and not one of them made any substantial increases in
income. And he goes, “I’m giving them the gold. Why aren’t they
doing it? Why isn’t it working for them?” I said “Because that stuff
doesn’t work unless…unless your thinking is right, unless you’re
focusing on what you want, and obsessed with it, and feeling good
about it when you think about it because unless the Law of
Attraction is at work, this stuff doesn’t work, and this stuff is
irrelevant anyway.” So, these people are trying to apply this,
frustrated, and their thinking was all wrong, and none of it would
work anyway, so when they would actually do all the things exactly as
he described, because their thinking wasn’t right, none of it worked;
none of it created any results. So, you can do every technique wrong

237
if your thinking is right, and it still works—which is why in business
you find people who are incredibly successful, who have no pleasing
personality and no communication skills and no negotiation skills
and no sales skills because their thinking is right. So, I’m touching on
these things here but letting you know that it’s not that important.
I’m just planting some seeds.

Next, manage your priorities. Some people call this time

management. Time management is wrong; it’s really priority
management. It’s being able to get more done in less time, with less
stress because you’re not stressed out about getting things done. If
your thinking is right, you won’t even feel any stress at all, but a good
technique to reduce stress, because we’ve been so drilled and
ingrained and have so many habits about getting things done, is to
use some proper priority management system. I would recommend a
company called Priority Management. You can Google them; they
have websites and offices all over the world. It is the system that I
use. Now, for years they had a paper-based system; now, they’ve gone
to a computer-based system. Do not use the computer-based system.
It does not work anywhere closely as effectively as the paper-based
system. So, if you do use the Priority Management system, use the
paper-based system.

And lastly, the things that you want to do, that successful
people do…and this is really more important than any other skill…is
these four things. One, read books every day, even if it’s a page a day.
Leaders are always readers. When you’re reading books it’s causing
you to focus positively on the things you want. It’s raising your level
of belief, and while you’re reading you are virtually blasting out
positive vibrations, therefore creating positive experiences in your
life. So, reading books every day. What books should you read? I’m
going to give you a list of books, and again I would encourage you all
to join the Global Information Network, and we’ll send you books
that I personally have read and suggest and recommend every month.

238
 Next, listen to CDs every day. Hey, if you drive a car, you can
listen to ten minutes of a CD. You don’t have to listen for hours and
hours and hours every day. If you’re in the shower, put a CD on, listen
to some information. What CDs? These CDs over and over again and
again. I’m going to give you some recommended materials to
purchase as well.

Attend various live events…seminars. Something magical

happens when you are in a live event with other like-minded people;
a mastermind is created, and your power is amplified dramatically.
That’s why the people here in the room have a huge advantage over
those just listening to the CDs. People here in the room have been
here, and then they’re going to get the CDs and listen over and over
again so their benefit is amplified multi-fold.

And lastly, associate with people that have what you

want…people that have what you want…like-minded people.
Associate with them, become their friends, listen to them and observe
them.

Years ago, I was taught by the Brotherhood this concept. One

of my mentors said, “Five years from now, your income is going to
be the average of your five best friends.” Think about that. Five years
from now, your income is going to be the average of your five best
friends. Interesting, isn’t it? Five years from now your income is
going to be the average of your five best friends. Why? Because when
you’re associating with people masterminds are created, and your
brains are synchronizing, and if their thought process is low, at an
income level, yours match and your incomes all match because the
thoughts are what develop the income. A lot of people listening to this
may be thinking, “Oh God, I need to get some new friends.” Guess
what? Yes, you’re right. Associate with people that have what you
want, and always try to associate with people that have income levels
that you want and beyond…the higher the better. You’ll begin to
observe them, and do observe them, watch them, model yourself after
them, listen to them, learn from them, and mimic them, and you’ll

239
start developing neural pathways like them and start achieving what
their results are. It’s the thinking that does make it so.

I’m planting a lot of seeds…a lot of seeds that’ll start to

germinate. You’ll see the results and it will be magical.

240
 Lesson Eleven
________________________________________________

How to Plant and Nurture the

Seeds of Success

Okay, we’re ready! Smiles everywhere! Feels good doesn’t it?

Feels good to know that you actually do have power. It feels good to
realize that, yes, you create everything in your own life, and it’s good
to know that everything that you’ve created can be changed. There’s
nothing that can’t be different if you choose. Success is really just a
decision away. When you have the attitude, I’m going to do it, that’s
it, period, and you know you have the power, and you know all you
have to do is focus on what you want, and feel good about it with
anticipation, as if you’ve already received it, and start jumping up and
down with happiness, you are broadcasting. You are transmitting a
frequency with power and intensity, and if you broadcast that
frequency consistently it will attract like-minded thoughts that give
you like-minded feelings, and it will attract into your life exactly what
you’re transmitting. And what will be attracted into your life are
circumstances, events, situations, experiences, and people that
match that vibrational frequency, which means you will have in your
life the emotions, or the feelings that you are broadcasting, and you
will have in your life the things in which you desire, in which you are
focusing on, in which you are broadcasting because that thing—that
thought of a thing—is a vibrational frequency. And when you attach
an emotion to it you start getting other circumstances and events that
give you the same emotional feeling as well as the thing that you’re
focusing on.

Isn’t that exciting? Isn’t it exciting to know that no matter what

happens in your life there’s no such thing as something bad? It’s just
a different experience, you’ve created it; look at the emotion, and if
you like it, fine, and if you don’t, you look at it, turn your back to it

241
because when you look at what you don’t want it helps clarify what
you do want.

What most people do is they keep thinking about and focusing

on what they don’t want. They think about what they don’t want.
They think about the lack of what they want which means they’re
thinking about not having it. So, they think they’re thinking about
what they want, but they’re not. They’re thinking about that they
don’t have it, and they’re talking about that they don’t have it. Why
don’t I have more money? Why don’t I have more money? Why don’t
I have more money? I should have more money, but I don’t have any
money. I want money, but it’s not here. I don’t have money. Why
can’t I have more money? You’re focusing on the fact that you don’t
have money, and it’s not coming in, and it’s hard to come in, and
nothing works out your way, and that’s what you’re creating.

You know what your thoughts are by how you feel. If you’re
feeling good every day, no matter what the situation is, guess what?
That’s the vibration that you are broadcasting, and more and more
thoughts will start coming in, and you feel better and better, and then
the physical manifestation starts coming in, and you start seeing
events, circumstances, and situations which reflect that, which give
you that feeling. That’s how it works.

Now, let me give you a little trick to helping you feel good. It goes
both ways. When you feel really, really good your body changes; your
posture changes. When you’re feeling really, really good you stand
tall, your head’s up, you smile, your shoulders go back, you have a
spring in your step, you skip, you whistle, you hum, you sing, and
your body is moving and flowing with power and confidence.

Well, guess what? When you’re feeling bad your body begins to
change as well. Your shoulders get slouched, you begin to hunch over,
you walk a little slower, you frown, your voice changes, it gets
lower…tired, depressed, annoyed, fearful. Oh my, oh my, oh my. So,
here’s a little trick. When you’re feeling bad, I mentioned there’s a

242
bunch of things you can do, go for a walk and so forth. But one little
trick is just instantly change your physiology, because if you’re ever
feeling bad you’ll notice all those things. You’re slouching, you’re bent
over, you’re not walking with a spring in your step…so just change
the physiology. Just say, “Wait a minute. I’m feeling bad. Okay, let
me throw my shoulders back, let me put a smile on my face.” Just
put a smile on your face, and you feel better! Oh, like wow, yeah, like
instantaneous. Throw your shoulders back, start a little bounce in
your step, whistle, hum, sing. That’s why we say dance; start moving
your physiology. And all of a sudden your emotions change, and when
your emotions change that means internally your focus, your
thoughts, have changed, and you’re now thinking about things that
you want, good thoughts, and now you’re vibrating good feelings, and
that means you’re going to be attracting more good feeling thoughts
and more good feeling thoughts and more good feeling thoughts.
Your positive ball of energy is growing, your negative ball of energy
is going down, and that’s how it works. The key element is always feel
good all the time because you get what you think about most of the
time which is why when you really, really, really, really want
something, you’re obsessed with it, you’re thinking about it all the
time, but the difference is most people think they are thinking about
what they want when, in fact, they are thinking about the fact that
they don’t have it; they’re thinking of the lack of it.

You know which way you’re going based on how you feel. If
you feel anticipation, happiness, joy…if you feel as if you’ve already
received it, you can taste it and feel it; it’s already yours, baby…that’s
when it’s flowing into you. That’s when you’re broadcasting at full
power, at full intensity, there’s no resistance on the lines, and that’s
when Law of Attraction is bringing it in, and that’s when the Universe
is doing everything like you wouldn’t believe, and you can’t even see
behind the scenes. All the stuff off your radar, 99.9 percent of the
things are off the radar screen, you can’t see them, you can’t imagine
them, you can’t even imagine what they are, you can’t even begin to
dream of what they could be, but there are trillions of bits of data and

243
information and particles being flowed and moved and adjusted in
all these different scenarios and variables, and it’s all being done to
work to get what you want. It’s a law. It has to happen. It is the Law
of Attraction. It is pulling it into you, and it will come. More thoughts
will come to you first, and you’ll feel better and better, and then the
physical manifestation will occur. Make sense? Good.

Now, a couple of elements…questions that came up at the break.

“How do I handle disappointment or failure or when somebody says
no?” When you’re making money or in life or in business you will
have what’s called “disappointments.” You will have experiences
which you want to go one way but don’t, and you get a feeling of
disappointment, or you’re trying to do something, and you fail, and
you feel bad, or somebody says, “No” to you, and you feel bad.

Now, the reason you feel bad is based on your habits. A situation
that doesn’t turn out the way you want, you say, “That’s a
disappointment.” When you do something, and it doesn’t work, you
say, “It’s a failure.” When somebody says, “No,” you feel bad because
you think you’re not getting what you want. The reason you feel bad
is because your focus goes to the lack. Your focus goes to the thought
that you’re not going to get what you want, the lack of what you want,
the fact that you don’t have what you want, therefore you feel bad.
And that happens because it’s a habit.

Neural pathways have been drilled into you, into your brain, and
it’s a habit out of that ball of negative energy. The fact is if you look
at the people who are operating, using this technology at the highest
levels, like many of the people here that you’ve met, we don’t…if you
ask us, “How do you deal with disappointment?”, we say, “Well, I
don’t feel disappointment.” “Well, how do you deal with failure?”
They go, “Well, we don’t have failure.” “You mean you succeed in
everything?” Well, think about it.

Thomas Edison, he “failed” ten-thousand times trying to create

the incandescent light bulb. But if you asked him, “You failed ten-

244
thousand…” and they did, they asked him when he was alive, “You
failed ten-thousand times when trying to create the incandescent
light bulb?” He said, “No, I didn’t. I successfully found ten-thousand
ways it would not work.” You see, he understood that every time he
found a way it wouldn’t work he was getting closer to his ultimate
success. So, what you would call as a failure, and you would feel bad,
he looked at as a success. Wow, this doesn’t work, I’m getting closer!
Do you understand that? That’s the habit that people who use this
technology at the highest levels utilize.

A disappointment is something that doesn’t turn out exactly the

way you think it should, so you’re disappointed. But you need to
understand, that the way you think it should turn out, probably isn’t
the best way for it to turn out. When something that happens isn’t to
your liking, what we do out of habit is, we’re not disappointed, we just
say one of two things—either (a): “I caused this. What vibration did
I put out? So, do I need to change my vibration?” or (b): “Wow,
something incredible, even better than I could have imagined, is
about to happen because I thought this was the best way, but it ain’t
working out; so, something better is happening.” So, we don’t feel
disappointment. We don’t look at these things as disappointing.
When somebody says, “No” to us that we’re expecting, or we want, to
say, “Yes” we just think, “Hmm, either (a): I’m vibrating something
incorrectly; my broadcast, my transmission of vibration may be
incorrect, let me check that, or (b): if it’s right on target, then this
‘no’ which I didn’t think should happen, obviously should have
happened, because I’m going to get what I want, and this ‘no’ is a
prerequisite for me to really getting what I want because I don’t
know what’s off the radar screen.” Do you understand that? So, the
answer is anytime you are in a situation where you feel
disappointment know it’s only happening because of habit, and know
that you shouldn’t feel disappointment. The first thing is I should not
feel disappointment. Obviously I do. You’re acknowledging the fact
that you’re feeling disappointed…disappointed, or you feel bad
because of a failure, or you feel bad because somebody said, “No.” But

245
the key is, you have to say, “Okay, why do I feel…why did this
happen?” Are you vibrating or transmitting an incorrect vibration?
Okay?

So, work on that first, but then secondly, “Why am I feeling

bad?” The reason you’re feeling bad is because you’re focused on it
not happening. And how do you change that? How do you change the
focus on it not happening? Go back and say, “No, that’s what I’m
focusing on. Now let me think about what I want. Let me focus on
that, and let me feel better,” because when you focus on what you
want, you should feel better. If you focus on what you want, and you
don’t feel better, that means you’re really being pulled back and
believing you won’t get it; so, that which you want either has to be
corrected or changed, or you have to start basically changing your
belief that you can get it. And how do you change your belief? You
want something and saying, “Okay, obviously I’m not believing that
I’m going to get this, so let me change this because I’m focusing on
lack which is why I feel bad. So, I want to feel better, and I really
want this; so, how do I start feeling better? Okay, well, it’s not on
my radar screen. I don’t see any way I can get this, and based on all
the circumstances that just happened it looks even bleaker, but that’s
okay. I don’t have a time limit on it, and I’m not putting any pressure
on it. Other people get this. Well, if other people who are less
intelligent than me, less worthy than me, are getting this then
certainly I can. So, I’m sure at some point I’ll get this,” and you start
feeling better, you start moving again into the direction. The ultimate
point you want to be is, “Oh, I’m absolutely getting this, not even a
question, not an issue.” But you may not be able to get at that point
right away; you may be able to only go up one step at a time. You need
to move your emotions. Remember, the ideal scene is that you feel
great all the time, but the real focus is that you feel better than where
you are all the time. So, no matter what you feel, you’re just trying to
feel a little better. Just move yourself, and feel a little better.

246
 And if you can’t do it with your own thoughts, and you really feel
bad then use the Callahan technique or the Gary Craig technique, the
tapping. And if you’re doing all the things on the list that we gave you
this may be a great time for you to put on a CD, and listen to your
favorite song, or go for a walk, or read a book, or listen to one of our
CDs so you can start changing the way you feel, and that will get you
out of that funk.

Same thing with criticism. How do you handle criticism? When

somebody criticizes you, when somebody says something bad, you
may have so many neural pathways and habits that have been
ingrained, that when somebody criticizes you, you cringe and you feel
horrible. Well, what I would suggest is anytime somebody criticizes
you, and if you feel horrible, you instantly use the Callahan technique,
you instantly use the Gary Craig technique, and blow out that neural
pathway, change the neural pathway because that’s what the
technique does, and it blows out that habit. So, the next time
somebody criticizes you, you won’t feel that bad at all, if at all.
Because if somebody’s criticizing you, you shouldn’t feel bad at all; it
should be completely a non-issue. A guy can look at me and criticize
me from night and day, and I’m just looking at him going, “You know,
that’s fine, I mean that’s the way you think, but the way you think
doesn’t affect the way I think, and the way you think doesn’t affect
what happens in my life. I create my reality, and that’s fine.”

And if somebody is criticizing me, I will listen because maybe

he’s pointing out some things that I don’t see, and maybe there’s
some things that I can do better; so, I’m not offended in any way. But
see, that’s the habit that I have. Those are the neural pathways. But if
you get even the slightest amount of criticism, you may cry, you may
get upset, you may get beet red, you may feel horrible, and the reason
that’s happening is because it’s basically activating all of the neural
pathways and all of the negative energy that has been there around
criticism. And so yes, you can now focus that and start changing, little
by little, the neural pathways to get new habits using the technique of

247
focusing on what you want and rationalizing how this is…you know,
this is a criticism, this is…you rationalize by saying, “That’s what he
thinks. What he thinks doesn’t affect me. Even if everything he says
is right, it doesn’t affect me,” but you may still feel horrible as you’re
doing this. So again, the Callahan technique is the most effective way
and the quickest way to start changing those neural pathways and
habits anytime you feel bad for anything. Your lover leaves you, and
you feel horrible. Use the Callahan technique. You’ve got bad news
and you feel horrible. Use the Callahan technique. See, anytime
something happens and your state changes from a good state to a
horrible state, all that means is you have so many neural pathways
that have been established in the brain and so many patterns that
have been ingrained in you and so much negative energy that is now
activated when that situation happens…you need to get rid of them.
You can get rid of them by using the Callahan technique instantly, or
you can focus and spend one, two, three minutes, five minutes, and
start using your own mind to say, My focus, by Law of Attraction, is
being pulled here so I feel horrible because now I’m feeling lack, and
I’m vibrating that which is not who I am, all my hopes, dreams, and
desires of the vibration that’s part of me, but I’m vibrating now
something different that doesn’t line up or I’m vibrating that I won’t
get it or that I don’t have it now, making me feel horrible.

So, criticism or any of these things that are keying in just tells
you that you have a lot of big ball of black negative energy which
you’re going to have to diminish. And every time…and some of you
for the next thirty, sixty, ninety days, could be using a Callahan
technique almost every day because you have so many different
things that come into your life which activate different parts of this
big black blob of energy, and you need to disempower it. You need to
make it dissipate, you need to make it go away, and you need to
basically fill up all those existing neural pathways and patterns, and
start establishing new ones. Make sense?

248
 All right, let me talk about a couple other key issues here when it
comes specifically to making money. A key issue which we address,
but I want to hit it again, is focus. We talked about obsession. We
talked about a chief aim. We talked about you get what you think
about most of the time, therefore, it’s to your major advantage to have
focus on one major thing as your chief aim so that most of the day,
most of the time, you’re focusing on that in an obsessive way. You’re
thinking about it all the time as if it absolutely, positively, 100 percent
is already yours. And when you do that you will feel amazing. If you’re
thinking about it and you’re feeling bad that means your shift is on
the lack of it, or doubt and disbelief have crept in which means it is
not going to come in. So, you have to shift back to feeling really, really
good. But focus is a key, and the reason I bring this up is most people
who are trying to make money sometimes don’t put any focus on
anything. They are running around with no focus, working on fifty
different projects, and every time a new, exciting idea comes by they
jump on that one, and they’re not putting any focus or attention on
anything long enough for it to germinate.

If you plant a seed, you have to water it and cultivate it and

fertilize it and water it and cultivate it and fertilize it and water it and
cultivate it and fertilize it before it grows; same thing here. When
you’re out there putting out a vibration that you want something to
succeed, or money, and you’re putting attention on a particular
project, and all of a sudden the new project comes along, and you’re
now putting attention on that, you’re taking attention off the first
one, you’re not getting any focus. You’re not basically thinking about
anything long enough for it to really attract into your physical
existence. You get what you think about most of the time. So, focusing
on a chief aim is vital. Focus. I see this all the time. And I can see it
because people ain’t focused on getting the results and therefore, they
start getting frustrated, they start feeling bad, they’re vibrating bad,
and it’s a spiral downward. They’re never going to turn it around,
ever, because they’re not focusing on anything. And then all of a
sudden their shift is now they keep thinking about what they don’t

249
want to happen, or they keep thinking about the fact that they don’t
have what they want, the lack of it, and therefore they get more of
that…nothing. That make sense?

Now, a question that came up too at the break was, “How long
do I do something? At what point should I quit and move on to
something else?” And it’s an excellent question because if you’re
focusing on making money and an opportunity comes around, and
you start putting time and effort into this opportunity, but all of a
sudden another opportunity comes around do you stop the first
activity and start this new one because it looks ultimately better,
realizing that perhaps that first opportunity was just a stepping stone
for you to move on to the next one? At what point do you stop or quit?

You know there’s a saying, “Stop throwing good money after

bad.” And the answer is real simple. If you’re doing something, and
it is in line perfectly with your thoughts you will be having so much
fun doing the activity. You will feel great. Sometimes you focus on
making money, and you decide I’m going to do this business. You
start doing this business for weeks, months, maybe a couple of years,
and you’re enjoying every minute of it, but at some point the
enjoyment goes away. It now becomes drudgery; it’s no longer fun.
That’s when you quit. If it’s no longer fun you should consider
quitting. First, consider have you got off track by changing your
thought patterns on the fact that it’s not working fast enough, and are
you focusing on it not working or the lack that you have because
you’re not getting the results, or is there fear and doubt creeping in?
And first see if you can change that so the activity can go back to being
fun again. Or if you can’t then stop the activity, quit, and look for
something else that can give you pleasure because the main reason
we’re doing this—we’re playing the game of life—is to have fun and to
get as much pleasure as we can. So, if you’re not having fun, if you’re
feeling bad, that is when you should consider quitting. First, consider
if your thought process has gone off track. Then, you should consider

250
quitting and moving on to something else that gives you pleasure. It
must be fun.

Another question is, “How do I stay motivated?” Well, when

you’re focusing on what you want and you have a burning desire for
its achievement you will absolutely be motivated, every day. So, the
first thing is…how to stay motivated is…if somebody says, “I’m not
motivated,” I say, “What’s your chief aim?” “I don’t have one.” “Good,
get one.” That’s the first reason people ain’t motivated. They don’t
have a chief aim that they have a burning desire for its achievement.
The way to get motivated is to get a chief aim and a burning desire for
its achievement. When you can find something that can give you a
burning desire that’s when you’re the happiest, and that’s when
you’re motivated. You are truly happiest when you’re in the process
of achieving your goal. That’s when you’re the happiest.

It’s been said, “True happiness and success is the progressive

realization of a worthwhile dream.” It’s the process. And the real
process is when you have something that you categorically want, and
you have a burning desire and obsession for its achievement. That’s
when you are the happiest, and that’s when you’re motivated. So,
that’s the real key.

Now, the way to fuel the fire is to read books every day, listen to
CDs every day, go to different seminars on a regular basis where
you’re associating with and meeting other like-minded people, and
you constantly do dream building because dream building will keep
you motivated. It will keep you focused on your chief aim and keep
that obsession and desire to achieve it because it will keep fueling the
fire of desire. That’s how you stay motivated. And always, always,
always, follow your own desires. Follow that which gives you the
greatest sense of bliss. If you always do and follow what gives you
bliss, you will live an extraordinary life. You will live a magnificent
existence on this wonderful planet. Always, always, always follow
your bliss. Question?

251
 The question is, “Are multi-level marketing companies, or
direct sales companies, is joining them a good idea?” And the answer
is, for some people they’re a great idea and for other people they’re a
bad idea. How do you know? Well, does it excite you? I was involved
in a network marketing company back in the seventies, and it was for
me, at the time, a spectacular experience. I got to associate with
wonderful, motivated, successful people. I read books and was
exposed to good books, outside of the society of course, but still good
books. I went to seminars and different functions and lectures, and it
was a really magnificent fun, social, exciting, profitable experience.
So, for a lot of people being part of a network marketing organization
can be a real blessing, and you can get a lot of benefits from that, a lot
of benefits. And you can make a lot of money in many of them.
They’re all over the world. There’s lots of them, and they’re very, very
attractive and effective. But for some people it’s a horrible experience
because doing that is not following their bliss. So, there’s no right or
wrong here; you follow your own bliss. Yeah, people make a lot of
money in them, and some people don’t make any based on
themselves and whether they’re using these techniques or not and a
lot of other factors. So, it’s something you should consider.

The Global Information Network that we’re launching is, first

and foremost, to give people information so that they can apply this
knowledge from the societies in their real life, but that Global
Information Network also will have a network marketing element
where we believe it will be a global operation, launching soon and
people can get into that, and we believe for some people it will be a
wonderful opportunity. For others they would have no interest in it.
They’ll just join for the information, but for those who want to take
advantage of the business opportunity aspect and the money-making
opportunity aspect we think it will be something that people can
make millions and millions of dollars a year in residual income,
ongoing income, without putting forth a lot of effort. And they’ll
develop some pretty substantial, permanent incomes, residual

252
incomes, money that comes in month after month, potentially in the
millions, so look for that as well. Question?

Yes. The question is, “There are courses on how to buy real
estate with no money down, how to make money as a real estate
investor, how to make money in the stock market, how to make
money trading options. There are courses on how to make money
on the internet, how to make money on EBay…are any of these
good?” The answer, most of them are excellent. They have
information, good information, good techniques, good skills, and you
can follow their systems and profit immensely. I know many of the
people that have put those programs together and some of them are
good, and some of them are great. Which one should you go after?
Follow your own bliss. Use this technique. Believe me, the Universe
will point you in the right direction with the right course that’s right
for you, and you may have to go through several of them to find which
one really zeroes into your own sweet spot in terms of really getting
your juices flowing. But a lot of those courses provide real
opportunities where everybody can make huge amounts of money.
And people say, “Well, you know, a million people have bought that
real estate course. Certainly not all one million of them are
millionaires in real estate so it mustn’t work.” No, don’t be silly. A
million people buy the course, nine-hundred-thousand of them don’t
even listen to one of the CDs, and of the other ten percent, they don’t
even finish the course, and of those that finish the course their
thinking is so negative that they never put forth any action, and of
those who put forth some action they actually hate the activity
because they’re not using this technique and the Law of Attraction
properly. So, there’s only a very small amount of people that actually
do anything on a consistent basis. But for those who do and use the
technique I can tell you this; let me just tell you exactly how it is.

If you’re using the technology and the mind techniques that

we’re teaching here in this weekend you could get a hundred courses,
close your eyes, pick one, and you’ll make millions. It doesn’t matter.

253
One is not better than the other because when you use this technique
they all work. So, if you want to make money buying and selling on
EBay or on the internet or stocks or options or buying and selling
companies or real estate or tax liens… all those courses are incredibly
effective when you use them, and if you use them combined with this
technique they all work and they’re all wonderful techniques. And
they’re really good for people to start…like network marketing
companies…they can start them part-time with very little money. You
don’t need a lot of knowledge, and you can apply the techniques in
them and see spectacular results. Absolutely. Question?

Okay. The question is, “I have no idea how to make any

money. What do I do?” And the answer is you don’t have to know.
When you look at the Training Balance Scale, the first side, 99.9
percent is the thinking process. The how, the techniques, the skills,
you don’t have to know. So, what you do is you say, “I want to make
money.” Now, you may have a specific desire. Do you want to be in a
business of your own? Do you want to make money from your home?
Do you want to start your own company? Do you have any inkling of
how you want to make money? “No.” Okay, perfect. Okay, no. “All I
know is I want to make lots of money and have freedom to do
anything I want, so basically I want to make money.” You want to
make money out of your home. You want to make money without
investing a lot of time or money, right? Perfect.

Guess what? You know exactly what you want, and you’re
smiling! You’re like I can see! Man, you can have a magnificent
obsession for that. So your goal, your chief aim is, I want to be rich,
financially independent, in some business, in something that gives
me massive amounts of monthly income, without me putting up a
lot of money, any risk, or putting a lot of time and without investing
a lot of money, but I just want a lot of cash flow coming in, right?
Without doing a lot, so I can travel anywhere in the world. Is
that…right on the money? Perfect. That’s your chief aim. That’s all
you have to do is think about that all the time. Get a magnificent

254
obsession, and keep saying, “The Universe will put this opportunity
right in my lap.” Yeah, the Global Information Network is probably
it. I mean, I know what it is, you don’t know yet, but yeah. I mean
so…and you weren’t going to come to this, but something inside you
said, I have to come to this weekend. See? See you already knew what
you wanted. You’ve already used the technique before you got here,
and that’s what brought you here. The Universe is saying, “Here you
go. Hi, we’re the helicopter. Come on, we’re here to rescue you.” Does
this make sense? Good question.

You see, what holds people back? The technique is easy. You
clearly define what you want either with specificity, general or a
feeling. You get obsessed with it. You get a burning desire for its
achievement. You want it more than anything which causes you to
think about it all the time, and when you think about it you feel good,
and you have anticipation. And you think about it all the time and
you say, “I don’t know how it’s going to happen. I have no clue; it’s
not on my radar screen. Based on the information on my radar
screen I couldn’t even imagine how this is going to occur, but I know
it will at the right time for me.” That’s the technique, that’s the
power. And then things start coming in. The block is that all of the
patterns, the neural pathways, and habits that you’ve established, all
the negative thoughts have attracted more negative thoughts, and
you’re walking around with this big ball of negative energy which has
huge magnetic power, and anytime you start thinking positive,
anytime you start thinking outside of that negative pattern that you
have in the past, that negative pattern keeps pulling you back. And
really what it comes down to is you start doubting, and you start
putting limitations on yourself. Remember, Henry Ford, “Whether
you think you can or if you think you can’t, either way you’re right.”

See an elephant; do you know how you train an elephant? Do you

ever go to a circus and see these big, powerful, magnificent beasts?
And they are chained up with a…what looks like a relatively small
chain around an ankle, one ankle, and this chain around the ankle

255
goes into a stake in the ground. And it doesn’t look like it’s in cement;
sometimes they just pound these stakes in the ground. And the
elephant is just standing; he’s not trying to get away. And anytime he
feels the slightest pressure on this chain, if he moves his leg, and
there’s the slightest pressure he just instantly stops. And I was
watching this one time and I thought this is goofy. I’m sure this
magnificent, powerful animal could just pull his leg and it would yank
that stake right out of the ground. So, I talked to one of the guys at
the circus, and I said, “Can’t that elephant just like yank that stake
out of the ground?” And the keeper said, “Yes and no. He has the
power to do it, but he can’t do it.” I go, “What do you mean?” He goes,
“See, the way elephants are trained is, when they’re very small we
put an identical chain around their ankle, one ankle, with an
identical chain. But what we do is, we don’t put it to a stake in the
ground, we bolt the chain into cement, so no matter how much effort
the elephant puts into trying to escape he can’t escape. And you
watch these little baby elephants, they will struggle, they will pull
and pull and pull day after day after day week after week after week
they will pull, trying to escape, and then one day, they give up, and
they realize that there’s no way, no matter how much effort they put,
that they can escape.” He goes, “The elephant’s trained at that point.
All you have to do is just tap a stake in the ground because the
moment the elephant moves his leg…he doesn’t even move his leg
because he’s given up, but if he does move his leg and feels the
tightening of the chain he instantly quits.” So, that’s why the big
mammoth adult elephant, which has, you know, a hundred times
more power than the baby, doesn’t even try even though he could
because he doesn’t know it. He’s an elephant. You see, the elephant
is chained there in his mind. The chain means nothing.

Harry Houdini…there’s a great story about the escape artist,

Harry Houdini. He used to go around the world and do magic shows,
and in order to drum up business for his show he would do some
publicity stunts, one of which was he would walk into the police
station in the town where he was doing the show, and he would

256
challenge the officers to put him in handcuffs and lock them in their
best cell. And if Houdini could walk in just with his street clothes on,
he guaranteed that he could escape. And he escaped from every cell
all over the world.

Well, one time in Cologne, Germany, they had built the most
technologically advanced and secure maximum security cell
anywhere in the world, so they proclaimed. And they said, “This is a
cell that is inescapable. The lock cannot be picked. Nobody can get
out of this cell. It is the best cell anywhere in the world.” So Houdini
went and challenged the police department, got lots of publicity, lots
of cameramen were there, all the newspapers—this is before TV—and
Houdini went in, and they locked him in the cell, and they left. Well,
what most people didn’t know is Houdini was a master locksmith,
and the reason he used to go in with his street clothes because in his
belt…he was searched, of course…but in his belt he had a very thin
piece of metal, like a wire, which he would use as a pick. And he took
out this wire, and his various locksmith tools that were hidden in his
belt, and he began to work on trying to pick the lock. And Houdini,
being a master locksmith, usually could pick locks within a few
minutes. Well, after about ten minutes, Houdini still hadn’t picked
the lock. It was a lock he’d never seen before. So, he began to work
and work and work, and another fifteen minutes passed and he still
hadn’t picked the lock. Well, the ultimate, confident Houdini was
now becoming less confident in his abilities, and he began to try to
work this lock and work this lock for another half an hour and still
couldn’t pick the lock.

One hour later he was furiously working on this lock, he was

dripping with perspiration from head to toe, and he was physically,
mentally, and emotionally exhausted. Over an hour he had been
working, and he was unable to pick the lock. And he virtually
collapsed against the cell door which sprung open. You see, with all
the fanfare, with all the press that was there, the police department
shut the door of the cell, but they forgot to lock the lock. True story.

257
Houdini, when you think about it, was locked in that cell for an hour,
as securely as ever, because he believed it was locked.

See, you and I are the same way. We put self-imposed limitations
on ourselves. Whether you think you can, or if you think you can’t,
either way you’re right. The key is you don’t have to know how. That
is the key. The block that everybody has, every single person…when I
sit down, and I go, “What do you want?” Ten percent of the people,
their problem is they don’t know what they want. Maybe twenty
percent. Either they don’t know what they want, or the way that
they’re describing what they want is they’re really describing what
they don’t want. Like, “What do you want?” “Well, I want a
relationship.” “Okay. Well, what are you looking for in a
relationship?” “Well, I want somebody who doesn’t give me a hard
time, who doesn’t bitch and complain.” “Stop! You’re focusing on
bitching and complaining and giving you a hard time. What do you
want?” “Well, I want somebody who um…you know, who uh…” They
don’t even know what they want.

So, the first problem is, do you really know what you want and is
it clear enough? Can you really describe it? Because if you can’t really
describe what you want, then it’s not clear. You can’t put out a
vibration for something that doesn’t exist. Does that make sense? So,
ten or twenty percent of the reason that people aren’t getting what
they want, when I sit down with them, is (a): they don’t know what
they want; it’s not clearly defined. And if it isn’t clearly defined, you
can’t put out a vibration of what you want when you don’t know what
it is. You need to know what you want. Do you understand that?

You don’t get in the car and start driving without knowing where
you’re going unless you’re just going for a drive, and in that case,
you’re just going for a drive, and you’re just driving, but you know
what you’re doing. You must know what you want, and it must be
clear. “What do you want?” “I want money.” “Good, how much?” “I
don’t know.” “That’s fine. What do you want the money for?” “Well,
uh…you know. I just know I need money.” “Well, good, for what?”

258
“Well, uh…” “Stop!” If you have to think about it you haven’t clearly
defined your dream. “I want money.” “How much?” “I don’t have a
specific amount.” “Okay, what’s it for?” “I really don’t have any
specific requirements right now.” “Okay, so now we’re talking the
feeling. What do you want to feel around money?” “I want enough
money to give me a sense of complete security for the rest of my life.
No matter what happens, I will always be able to take care of
myself, feed myself, clothe myself, and have a roof over my head.”
“Okay, good. When you think about that, how does it make you
feel?” “Fantastic! I know exactly what I want because I know exactly
how I’m going to feel when I get it. That’s what I want.” Perfect!
That’s clear.

Another person. “You want money?” “Yeah.” “How much?” “I

want twenty-thousand dollars a month.” Perfect! A guy right on the
money. “Okay, how do you feel when you think about it?” “Well, I
have no idea how I’m going to get it.” “Stop! You’re focusing on I
don’t know how.” You with me? So, the first problem people have is
they don’t know what they want, not clearly defined.

If I were to ask you, “What do you want?” you better be able to

describe it to me, and as you’re describing it to me you should be so
smiling and feeling amazing. That’s the first test. Do you know what
you want? And the way to determine that, whether it’s yes or no, can
you describe it? “I want a new car.” “Okay, what kind?” “I really
don’t know.” “That’s fine. How does it feel when you think of having
a new car?” You probably aren’t going to feel spectacular because you
don’t have some specificity. Again, the test is real simple. You define
what you want, and when you think about it you should feel amazing.
For most people when it comes to a specific thing like a car the more
specific it is the better it’s going to make you feel thinking about it.

“Well, I’m not choosey. It could be a Lexus, it could be a

Mercedes, it could be a Cadillac. And I’m not sure; I don’t care if I
want a two or a four-door.” “That’s fine. How does it make you feel?”
“Good.” “You want to feel better? Go look at a Lexus. Go look at a

259
Cadillac. Go look at a Mercedes. Pick one.” “Why?” Because if you’re
being completely general on a specific thing that’s good to one extent
and not so on the other because remember when I said you have to
have the feeling as if you’ve already had it? Right. Well, today, guess
what? You just won a prize. That prize is, you get to pick out one, just
one, brand new car…hundred and fifty-thousand dollars maximum
price. Now, you get five minutes to choose which car. Do you
understand? Now, your feeling of excitement goes up dramatically
doesn’t it? The feeling of anticipation, as if you already got it, went
up.

Now, you can get that by being general as well, no problem. I’m
just trying to help you, give you some other ways to consider things.
But the first problem is not defining the dream properly.

The second reason you don’t have what you want…and, this is
eighty percent if not more…is because when you think about what
you want you’re actually thinking about the lack of it. You’re actually
thinking of what you don’t want. You’re actually focusing on it not
being there, and that process of thinking about it not being there,
that’s what blocks you. And you know whether you’re thinking about
what you want or what you don’t want, based on how you feel…based
on how you feel.

If there’s one key thing I want to talk about here it is this.

When it comes to making money, when it comes to getting a
relationship, when it comes to making all of your dreams come true,
the cavalry is not coming over the hill. There’s no savior that’s
coming. The reason you don’t have things is not because of the
economy, not because of the politicians, not because of who your
parents are or the school you didn’t go to or bad luck. The reason you
are exactly where you are is because you’ve created it. The key, the
ten-second miracle, is you need to take 100 percent responsibility.
Know that you can create anything you want in your life. You can
have, be, or do anything and everything you want in your life. You
want ten-thousand dollars in 24 hours? You can get that. You want a

260
hundred-thousand dollars in the next ninety days? You can get that.
You want a hundred-thousand dollars in the next thirty days? You
can get that. If you can want it and categorically believe that you
already have it you can have it. The problem for most people is, even
if they want it, they can’t believe yet they can have it so you have to
get lower goals that are in the sweet spot. But know and believe that
these techniques categorically work. You can have, be, and do
anything and everything you want. Just use your own power. You
have the creative power within you to make all of your dreams come
true.

261
 Lesson Twelve
________________________________________________

Additional Tools to
Add to Your Success System

Alright! So, do you think that you have your own Aladdin’s
lamp? Yes. Do you think you have your own genie? Yes. Do you think
your wishes are now at your own command? Yes. Do you think you
can make the genie grant you any wish you want? Yes. You now have
the power, the knowledge. This is the beginning of the beginning for
you. This is the first step.

In just a couple days I’ve been scratching the scratch of the

surface. I’m just giving you a thumbnail sketch, kind of a bird’s-eye
view; the tip of the tip of the iceberg. There’s so much more in-depth
knowledge that we are going to make available to you, but with what
you have right now, this is all you need. You can go anywhere with
what you have. You can achieve anything and everything you want
with the knowledge that has been presented to you. You can have, be,
or do anything and everything you desire.

You can manifest ten-thousand dollars in 24 hours. You can

manifest a hundred-thousand dollars in thirty days. You can make
fifty-thousand dollars a month without ever leaving your home. You
can make a hundred-thousand dollars a month without ever leaving
your home. You can make millions of dollars a year. You can be
financially free. You can call forth your soul mate. You can have the
most loving, spectacular relationship that gives you bliss and
happiness and fulfillment beyond your wildest imagination. You can
have a magnificent relationship with your children, coworkers,
friends and family members. You can wake up ecstatic. You can have
dynamic, vibrant health. You can make businesses grow. You can
create new businesses. You can come up with inventions and ideas.

262
You can learn skills. You can have, be, or do anything and everything
you want. You can have the car or cars of your dream. You can have
the boats or yachts of your dreams. You can fly first class or have your
own private jet. You can travel anywhere in the world at any level of
luxury you choose. You can eat in the finest restaurants, drink the
finest wines and cognacs, eat the most expensive, luxurious foods.
You can have butlers and private chefs and drivers if you choose. You
can have the wardrobes that you’ve always dreamed about, custom-
made clothes, traveling all over the world, dining in the finest, most
expensive restaurants if that’s what you choose. You can have the
physical physique you’ve always wanted. You can have flexibility and
strength in your body. You can look younger. You can have, be, or do
anything and everything you want. You can learn foreign languages.
You can learn to play musical instruments, you can learn to sing, you
can learn to paint, you can learn to cook. You can have, be, or do
anything and everything you want.

You can have the most wonderful, obedient pets using these
techniques. You can live in the home or homes of your choice with
these techniques. You can be happier, more secure, more fulfilled.
You can experience any and every emotion you want—exhilaration,
adventure, excitement, enthusiasm, passion. You can feel power and
feel achievement. You can add value to society. You can help your
community. You can change the world with these techniques. You
can have, be, and do anything and everything you want with this
information. It is absolutely available to you.

The technique is simple. Right now, you’re at conscious

competence. You do have to physically, consciously apply it. You do
have old patterns. You have old, well-established neural pathways.
You have much negative thought patterns and energies that are
activated when things occur in your life, making you feel bad, that’s
true. But now you have the techniques and power to change that, and
over time that big ball of negative energy will begin to get smaller. Its
magnetic pull will get weaker. The neural pathways that you’ve

263
established and the negative patterns that you’ve established will get
less and less used and will get weaker and weaker and weaker. And
over time, the positive ball of energy will get bigger and bigger. New
neural pathways, new positive patterns will start being established in
the brain, and they’ll get stronger and stronger. And at a certain time,
which will be different for all of you, your positive ball of energy will
get bigger than the negative ball of energy, and when that happens
it’s all downhill from there. When that happens, the momentum is in
your side. All of a sudden everything starts going your way. You reach
unconscious competence; it starts happening automatically.

Instead of instantly popping back to the negative pattern, all

of a sudden now instantaneously and effortlessly you’re popping into
the positive habit and pattern. And when something occurs in your
life, instantly you smile and go, “This is going to be good. I don’t
know how, but it is.” When before, you’d look at it and go, “Oh, my
God!” The change will occur. Then life will get easier, more fulfilling,
more exciting. You’ll feel more secure, more content, more fulfilled.
You’ll experience emotions and levels of these emotions and
intensities of these positive emotions, more so than ever before.

You have what you need in your hands. You have what you
need in the palms of your hands. It’s now up to you to use it, and you
will because you can see the results already. You can see the power.
You can see the simplicity, and you can see this is the law. And
whether you consciously apply this or not it’s going to operate in your
life every day anyway. Every time you think a thought you are
broadcasting a vibration and attracting a like vibration into your
experience. Every time you feel a feeling, you’re broadcasting a
vibration, and you are calling forth more situations, events, people,
and circumstances into your life that give you the same or a similar
feeling.

You can be a ship without a rudder and no engine, and be

tossed around by the waves and the wind and be a victim. Or you can
be on a ship that’s a nuclear-powered vessel, with unlimited power,

264
the rest of your life, and you can steer that ship by your own will and
at your own choice and with your own decision power, and you can
point it in any direction and go anywhere, anytime, any place you
choose, because you have the power.

You now know what to do. So where do you go from here?

How do you take the next steps? Well, I’ll give you a few things to do.
First, for those of you here in the room, you’re going to get copies of
these CDs. We’ve been recording them all along so we’ll just make a
bunch of recordings so before you leave we’ll give you all your own
set, and for those of you who are home you have your set in your
hands.

First and foremost, go back to the first one and start listening
to these CDs again, and listen again and listen again and listen again.
There’s so much information in here. Every time you listen your
belief will go up, your understanding of the techniques will go up, and
you’ll learn more and more.

Next, every day read at least a page in a book. And what book?
I’m going to give you a list of books in just a moment and you can
write them down; basic books. These books, don’t read once, but read
these books over and over again because every time you reread the
book you’ll learn something more.

Thirdly, listen to CD packages that we’re going to offer you,

and I’m going to give you a list of some of the CD packages that we
offer. For those of you who have this CD package there’s an order
form enclosed. You can pick the ones you want, and get some
additional CD packages and listen to those.

Fourthly, we’d encourage you to join the Global Information

Network. The Global Information Network is going to provide you
with four CDs, recorded by myself and others, as well as a book. And
every month you get four CDs and a book with more in-depth
knowledge on all these techniques as well as other information. The

265
CDs will be providing information which will give you more data on
how to be, do, or have anything you want. There will be information
specifically on how to handle depression, how to bring people into
your life to do joint ventures with, how to invest, how to make money
in real estate, how to make money on the internet, how to be
physically, dynamically, vibrantly healthy, how to cure disease
naturally, how to have better relationships with your spouse, how to
have better relationships with your family and friends. It’ll take many
of the subjects that people focus on in terms of their wants and
desires and give you more in-depth knowledge on how to apply these
techniques to those specific situations and examples. Also, we’ll give
you updated information on what’s going on globally, and
opportunities which will be made available to only members of the
Global Information Network.

One of the advantages of societies is we had access to people

around the world, and when opportunities presented themselves we
were always given first option and first knowledge of these incredible
opportunities. When it comes to making money the fact is this:
getting in at the beginning, at the ground floor, is a major, major,
major advantage. That’s the fact. Those who make the most money
are those who are plugged in through networks of people and are
given opportunities to get in situations and deals at the ground floor.
You’ve never had that opportunity. It’s been made exclusive for
members of the societies. That’s why the rich get richer. Through
these associations they’re given opportunities that you never get
exposed to. Well, through the Global Information Network, myself
and my colleagues are going to be presenting these opportunities to
you, and not everyone’s going to be excited about every opportunity,
and not every opportunity is going to be perfect for every situation,
but they’ll be made available through membership in the Global
Information Network. So, you’ll be getting information each month.
You’ll also have access to our Global Information Network if
you join, and as a member you’ll have access to live events where you
can meet other members, network, share information, share

266
opportunities within the network, learn first-hand. And when you get
into live events you’ll have that luxury of meeting other people and
creating masterminds which is so, so powerful. We just touched on it
this weekend, but that’s one of the such incredibly strong, powerful
techniques that Andrew Carnegie talked about, and Napoleon Hill
discussed in his books, Think and Grow Rich and The Law of Success
and others—the power of the Mastermind. It makes everything work
exponentially faster, because when you put two horses together to
pull a cart they don’t go twice as fast, they go three times as fast. So,
when you’re working with other people who are like-minded your
power gets increased dramatically; your ability to broadcast or
transmit goes up dramatically when you’re tied into other brains and
other minds. So being part of the Global Information Network can be
a major advantage in that respect.

You’ll also, for those of you who maybe can’t travel for time or
money reasons initially, have access to many of these seminars
online; you can watch them live and they’ll be archived. And as part
of the Global Information Network, I mentioned there will be a
network marketing element to it, and we’re providing an opportunity
for members to earn huge substantial incomes if you so choose.
Completely optional, of course, but for some of you it will be a
spectacular opportunity to, in a few short months, we believe you can
be earning tens of thousands of dollars if not hundreds of thousands
of dollars. And in a short period of time we believe that many people
will be earning millions of dollars through the Global Information
Network without investing a lot of time or money. And that income
will be residual income, monthly income, yearly bonuses, etc., etc.,
etc., with many, many other major benefits. So, consider that.

Fifth, if you qualify, and you’re a member of the Global

Information Network you will be offered the opportunity of having a
personal mentor that you can talk to on the phone, that you can talk
to. And you’ll be able to be trained similarly to how we were trained
as members of the society, through having a master, if you will, a

267
mentor, if you will, a teacher, if you will, and somebody that can give
you personal guidance, one-on-one. And if you qualify, later, and only
if you choose, it’s completely optional, you may have the opportunity
to be a mentor yourself to someone within the network. That’s based
on you and your choice.

So, let’s talk about some of the books that we’re going to
recommend; some of the books that I suggest and recommend. First,
a spectacular book. Now, by the way, when you read these books,
knowing what you know now, you’re going to see that these books,
not all of them are 100 percent accurate to the data we’re presenting.
Again, these books aren’t from the societies. We couldn’t get them
out, but these books are excellent books, second best, excellent
books…excellent books. I’ve read them all, highly recommend and
suggest them, and they will give you overwhelming benefit. Some of
these books are eighty percent on track, some of them are seventy
percent on track, some of them are 99 percent on track. So, here are
the books, and this is the order in which I suggest you read these
books:

The Magic of Thinking Big. One of the best books out there.

See You at the Top by Zig Ziglar. Spectacular book on attitude

and really will help you in terms of focusing on positive.

Ask and It Is Given. 99.9 percent, if not 100 percent on track.

By Jerry and Esther Hicks. And actually all the Jerry and Esther
Hicks books are highly endorsed and recommended.

The Secret. Small book, short book, touches on the Law of

Attraction, misses some of the key elements, they’re not there, but it
doesn’t do anything wrong. And I think it’s a spectacular book, and
also there’s a DVD. And I would encourage you to read that over and
over again. All these books, read over and over and over again.

268
 Psycho Cybernetics. And I think there’s one called The New
Psycho Cybernetics. Spectacular book, talking about the mind and
the power of the mind.

The Law of Success in Sixteen Lessons by Napoleon Hill. It’s

written back in the 20’s so the language is a little bit difficult. It’s
primarily about money and success, primarily money, but a brilliant
book.

Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill. Brilliant, brilliant

book.

The Magic of Believing. Outstanding book. As a matter of

fact, this book, The Magic of Believing, was talked about by Arnold
Schwarzenegger and Liberace as well as Phyllis Diller. They all say
that this is the book that allowed them to be successful, gave them
the techniques of being successful. Very powerful book.

How to Win Friends and Influence People. Great book on

gaining a pleasing personality.

The Go-Getter. Another spectacular, great book.

The Power of Positive Thinking.

The Game of Work.

Rich Dad Poor Dad.

And then there’s three Christian books, and some of you won’t like
them because they’re from a very full Gospel, Biblical perspective, but
if you are a Christian you may enjoy them.

One is called Hung by the Tongue.

The next one is The Tongue, A Creative Force.

And lastly, What You Say Is What You Get. Very powerful.

269
Very powerful books. Reading books every day is so, so significant.

Again, some of the CD courses that we’re going to be putting

out in the future, specific courses on how to define your dream, how
to clarify what you want, how to remove doubt and increase belief,
how to feel better, which is eliminating bad feelings and eliminating
depression. How to stay motivated and excited. That course will teach
you how to get a burning desire for your achievement; how to keep
that burning desire. How to pull in people into your life that you want
for joint partnerships and people that will work with you. How to get
people to do things…and I don’t want you to feel negative…it’s not
how to control people in a negative way. It’s more of how to work with
people, how to persuade people to your ideas, and more on how to
predict the future so that nothing catches you off guard.

Many powerful courses are coming down as part of the Global

Information Network. And there’s going to be one specific course on
keeping score, how to manage your life and your business by
statistics. This is an interesting concept because, in business, most
people don’t know the score. In their life most people don’t know the
score. When you’re making money, one technique that you can use,
which will help you focus on what you want so that you’re thinking
about it all the time, is to use physical graphs that are physically put
on the walls so that you can see them all the time when you’re
working. These graphs are stats, or statistics, on certain variables of
your business…at the simplest level, because all stats will be different
for each business, but every business should have the basic graphs. If
you have a business or a money-making situation, or if your goal is to
make money then you need to chart how much money you’re making,
how much money you’re bringing in. So, the first graph you have is
what’s called gross income, and the definition is money, cash,
deposited into your accounts, and every week you chart this. And
there’s two charts you do; you do a weekly chart, a graph, and a
cumulative. Ideally you want every week…you want that number to
go up. The simple action of putting that on the wall and physically

270
looking at it and seeing it all the time causes you to create an increase
because you’re wanting the graph to go up. You want the income to
go up. You want more money being deposited in your bank every
single week, and by looking at it every day it causes you to focus on
making it go up. Remember, you get what you think about most of
the time. You can’t have this graph in a computer because you don’t
look at it all the time. You have to have it on the wall so you can see it
all the time. This is why goals and dreams, when plastered on the
wall, are so powerful because it gets you to look at them throughout
the day and think about, consciously or subconsciously, be thinking
what you want, and you get what you want. You get what you think
about all of the time.

Now, we have some additional CD programs already put

together, and for those of you listening on the CD the order forms are
enclosed. First one is Masters of Passive Income. It’s a home study,
integrated multimedia program. It teaches people ways to generate
passive income from multiple sources, and it basically gives you more
sources of passive income than anything out there, so it’s multiple
because not everything is going to apply to everybody. It comes with
some ground-breaking material, a five-hundred page manual on joint
venturing, it has a course on creative thinking, it has eight-hundred
pages of real work case studies for you to model, and it has two-
thousand pages of resources and materials with documents that
teach you how to gain more credibility, how to pay yourself
everything you’re worth, how to be three times more productive, how
to do joint ventures and strategic alliances, for those of you who don’t
have money or knowledge, plus it has interesting interviews with
some pretty interesting people, very successful people and people
that…names you would definitely recognize. The purpose of this
particular program is to help anybody in business or even if you’re
not in business. If you’re working for someone else that’s fine. Even
if you’re unemployed or retired, even if you’re a student, it teaches
you how to generate massive amounts of passive income from various
streams and various sources without ever leaving your house. And

271
the theme of it is do something once, get paid for it forever. So, that
material and the price options and the payment options are available
in the package.

There’s also a Power Partnering Super-Summit which

teaches people how to use the power of partnering, strategic
alliances, joint ventures, bartering, and all kinds of other no-cash,
high upside leverage methods to create massive amounts of profits,
income, and create wealth. Very powerful. A lot of information, again,
on joint venturing and alliances with other people because most of
you don’t have money and knowledge, and doing joint venturing and
having alliances with others is a really powerful way to make massive
amounts of income. And there’s a few other programs that we’re
offering as well. And for those of you listening to the CDs the
information is available. For those of you here, it’s at the back, and
I’ll be able to talk to you about those for those of you who want them.

So, where do you go from here? This is the beginning, not the
end, of the teaching process and the learning process. You now have
the starting point. You virtually have, as I mentioned, everything you
need; you need nothing more. I would encourage you, however, to as
I mentioned early on in this weekend…how do you learn this stuff?
You don’t learn it by teaching it because you don’t know it yet. You
learn it by doing it, because every time you do it you experience a
result, and you get to fine tune it. And when you go back and listen to
these CDs over and over again or when you start reading these books
or when you start getting the monthly CDs and books from the Global
Information Network you begin to see how, oh, you start fine tuning.
It’s like if you’re learning golf, you go on the golf course, you got the
lessons, now you go golfing for the first time, you’re not going to hit
five under par. The first time you hit the golf course you’re going to
hit a couple great shots and a couple bad shots. The first time you
start applying this material you’re going to hit a couple sweet spots,
and it’s going to work perfectly, and a couple of the times it’s not. And
when it isn’t it means you haven’t done something a hundred percent

272
right. On the golf course you may slice the ball; oops, I did something
wrong. But unlike golf, which can take years and years and years of
practice and practice and practice and you never get it, here you’re
going to get to a level of proficiency and expertise incredibly fast
which is why so many people who learn this never go beyond because
they’re so happy and ecstatic with the results they’re getting. But we
are going to provide, because we know within the societies, most
people…ninety percent of the people in the societies get a little bit of
the knowledge and apply it and are blissfully happy with what they’re
doing. They’re not at the point where they want to learn something
new or fine tune it even further.

Some of you will start applying this and fine tuning it and
refining it in your own life, and you’ll be getting such great results,
that’ll be where you’re at. And others will say, “I want more
information. I want to be better on this particular subject or this
particular area,” and you’ll start increasing and adding to your
education, and you’ll become better. And some of you will want to
know everything about everything at the highest levels, and five, ten,
twenty years from now you are going to be at such a level of mastery
where you’ll be walking through life like a magician, like a wizard, like
a Jedi knight…and that’s not for everyone, but it’s available. That’s
what we’re doing. And I hope you appreciate and understand that
what we’re doing is something that we don’t have to do. We’re doing
it out of love; we’re doing it out of a feeling that we are bettering
society and adding value to society.

You know there are two types of groups of people at the

highest levels in the societies, those that add value to society and
those that are parasites and live off the value and production of
others…and that’s what we saw. And it’s, for us, we notice that the
desire that we had to be blissfully happy was the real, most important
desire, and we found that by adding value to society it gave us the
highest level of bliss, and that’s what we’re doing. And we believe that
you too will be able to use these techniques to add value to society, to

273
add value to your own life, and to become someone that people want
to emulate and that people admire.

I heard something early on in my life. “The only thing I

wanted was riches. I wanted the planes and I got them. I wanted the
yachts and I got them. I wanted the mansions around the world and
I got them. I wanted the Rolls Royces and the Ferraris and the
Mercedes and the Porsches, and I got them. I wanted the fifteen-
thousand dollar suits, and I got them. I wanted the millions of
dollars’ worth of jewelry, and I got them. I wanted to fly in the
Concorde, and I got it. I wanted to travel all over the world first-
class and drink the finest wine and the finest cognac and smoke the
finest cigars and eat the most expensive caviars and food and have
private chefs and butlers and drivers, and I got all that stuff. It was
all about money, money, money.”

And I remember very early on when I wanted all this stuff

somebody told me this, and it didn’t make any sense; I didn’t
understand it. He said, “You’ll find out at a certain point, it’s not
what you have, but it’s who you become that’s important.” And for
many people they never figure that out.

My colleagues and I, we believe that it is who you become;

that integrity, honesty, character, love, forgiveness, giving,
appreciation, gratefulness, is what it really is all about. We found, and
we believe, that life is about feeling good right now. Every step, every
moment, regardless of what you’re looking at, regardless of your
situation, if you can live life feeling really, really good this will be the
most thrilling, exciting, blissful experience you can imagine, and it
will be, and it can be for all of you.

We want to thank you so much for coming. We want you to

know how much we appreciate all of the comments, during the breaks
and in the evenings, and all the stories you’ve shared about your own
lives…and for privacy purposes we didn’t put them on the tape, or on
the CD. I appreciate, myself, all the comments you’ve given me, and

274
I appreciate having the honor and privilege to share this with you. I
deeply want to thank all of my guests, all of my colleagues, for coming
from all over the world and exposing themselves and standing
together, and I know how much you appreciate them being here. But
having them here, obviously based on their positions in the world, as
you know, is a huge commitment of time; not money, because it
doesn’t mean anything to them. But what’s more important is their
time. But they all felt, as I do, that sharing this time with you is
something that we deeply, deeply feel is so important and we hope
you do as well.

Again, I appreciate all the wonderful comments. I hope you’ve

enjoyed me as a teacher as much as I have enjoyed teaching you.
Thank you. And for those of you listening on the CD we wish you were
here, and we hope you do join the Global Information Network, and
we hope you do take advantage of the live events that we’ll be having
in the future, and we hope you do read the books and purchase some
of the CD programs that we have available, and we hope you do listen
and apply these and see the spectacular results. And on the Global
Information Network website, which it’s coming up soon, you’ll be
able to write your comments, and I hope you do write me a comment
even before that’s up and tell me your story and your experience. And
if you have questions, for those of you listening on the CD, there’s a
comment sheet in your order. Please write us a question and we can
respond to that and help you, because our goal is that you get this;
our goal is that you learn how to apply this and that you make these
techniques work for you in your real life.

I can end this session by saying this. You can have,

be, or do anything and everything you want. With this power
and this information, may you never be the same!

275
 Lesson 13
__________________________________________

Q&A: Exploring Societies,

Feelings and Vibrations

KEVIN TRUDEAU: So, you all have listened to the entire Your Wish Is Your Command CD program and
How Anyone Can Make Millions, the Money-Making Secrets “They” Don’t Want You to Know About. Any
questions, comments, or observations about anything on the CDs for clarification?
AUDIENCE: The four levels of learning…how do you know when you’re hitting each of these steps? It’s
pretty clear once you hit the last step, but the second and third step, there wasn’t a lot of detail. Like, when
do you know, you’re like, kind of going up that ladder if you will?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Good question. The question was, the Four Steps of learning any new
information…how do you know when you’re in each step as opposed to the last step?
Everybody, before you learn anything you’re at step one; you’re unconsciously incompetent. That’s
when you don’t know what you don’t know. So, when you start to learn anything…you’re going to learn a
foreign language, you’re going to learn Chinese…so you’re automatically at the starting point of learning
anything. You don’t know what you don’t know so you’re unconsciously incompetent. When you start
learning something and you become aware for the first time that you don’t know it, when you become
aware that, Oh my gosh, I was doing it all wrong, or Oh my gosh, I really didn’t know all this information,
or I thought I knew, but now I realize I didn’t know. When you come to that cognition, which usually
happens pretty instantaneously, you get to level two; you’re now consciously incompetent. So, unconscious
incompetence is not knowing that you don’t know. Conscious incompetence is when you…it’s really the
first step in the Teachability Index; it’s becoming teachable because you’re consciously aware of your
“incompetence,” and incompetence is a bad word. It’s just you’re consciously aware that you don’t know.
So, when you consciously are aware that you don’t know something that’s when the Teachability Index
kicks in. You should become very teachable at that point.
Now, the third step, conscious competence, that’s when you know how to do the thing or know the
information, but you must consciously think about applying it to make it work. For example, you know
how to…you just learned how to bowl, but now you’re thinking through, Okay, I have to…step one, two,
three. You’re thinking through the entire process. So, when you have to consciously activate your thoughts
to apply what you’ve learned, when you have to consciously do it…you just got directions to a new location
and you know the directions, but you’re thinking, Wait a minute, it’s the third exit. Okay, now I have to
take…let’s see, it’s to the left…yeah, it’s the second left. You’re consciously thinking through the process.
You’re in conscious competence. Unconscious competence is easy. That’s when you drive there and when
you get home and you go, “I don’t even remember driving here,” because you just did it automatically. Oh,
you just bowled, or you just tied your shoelace without doing any thinking. Did that answer the question?
Good. Any other questions?
AUDIENCE: People that weren’t in a society and didn’t have mentors, like a Bill Gates, maybe even a
Steve Jobs, those kind of people; if they weren’t brought up in societies how did they get this sort of
knowledge and mastery that led them to…

276
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Achieve levels of success?
AUDIENCE: Yeah.
KEVIN TRUDEAU: So, if a person was not in a society and had direct access to this information and
mentoring and learning from people, how do they achieve levels of success? And you mentioned Steven
Jobs and Bill Gates with the assumption that they’re not members of societies, which you can’t assume.
That’s number one. You can’t assume that. Actually, if you look at the Forbes 400 list every single person
in there is a member of one or more, multiple, secret societies. And again, most of these people do not deny
it, and they do not keep a secret of their membership. That’s really important, I mean, they are members
of groups. And let me define what these societies are.
A very common one is the YPO, Young Presidents Organization. These are groups that people get
together, and they share information amongst like-minded people who they believe are worthy, for a lot of
different reasons, of learning this information. And societies, whether it’s Skull & Bones at Yale University,
again a very well-known one, whether it’s the Freemasons, or whether it’s some of the lesser known ones,
or whether it’s groups that you may not even consider as being “societies” which include several country
club memberships and different memberships in various cities around the world where they look like
they’re just a country club membership or just a business association membership. And in fact, when you
get in, that’s what it appears to be and after a period of time it changes. All of a sudden you learn that this
group is a little bit more than this. You come in, and that’s what it is, but then it’s a little bit more and that’s,
for example, what Bill Gates and Steven Jobs got exposed to later on. So, what happens is in these groups,
what the benefits are, and they are multiple, but the two major benefits is number one, you’re gaining
information and knowledge so that you don’t have to figure it out on your own, or guess, or wonder if it
works, so you’re being told, “Look, this is the way it works.” And when you’re told from somebody that you
respect and admire and who has the evidence of it working telling you directly, “Look, trust me, this is how
it works, this is what we all do, this is how it works,” your level of acceptance and belief goes up
dramatically, and you can start applying it. So, first thing is getting knowledge and information and having
access to people that can help fine tune you and make sure you keep on track. So, it’s getting information.

The second big advantage of these groups is the associations. When you are a member…Harvard
University. The professors at Harvard University and the people that go to Harvard University, and I’ve
talked to them; I say, “What is the advantage of a Harvard University education? Are you really learning
more? Are you really getting a better education? Are you really getting more information that’s going to
help you get a better job and make more money and so forth? What’s the huge advantage of getting a
Harvard Uni-versity education?” And the answer is, It’s the people you meet. It’s not the education you
get from the professors. It’s the fact that your bunkmate is Al Gore. It’s like, “Oh yeah, I’m hanging out
with these guys whose parents are the titans of industry, and so these are my friends. So, when I leave I
pick up the phone, and I call my friend whose dad owns, blah-blah-blah-blah-blah,” and you want to make
a deal, and guess what happens? The deal gets done in seconds. Think about the average guy trying to make
a deal, okay? You’re negotiating now with different things, right? So, you’re on the phone and you have to
go through this middle manager and that middle manager, and you can convince him that you’re a good
guy, and your deal is good, and you have to set up a meeting, and then give a PowerPoint presentation, and
do this, and do that, and you’re trying to make a deal with a company or do some business with somebody
else, and it takes sometimes forever, and they have to go through committees and everybody’s nervous.
Well, guess what happens? In the real world, at the highest levels, Joe picks up the phone and calls his
friend Sam who he went to school with or is a member of the country club or member of the YPO…you

277
follow me? And because they are in the same group they can pick up a phone, and they get the call. Even if
they don’t know the guy, they can pick up the phone and they get through on the first call, and the person
will listen to what the offer is and bypass all the BS, and then the deals just get done because it’s like, “Oh
okay, well, you’re in, and you think it’s a good deal? Sure, I’ll do it for you.” And why? Because someday
that guy may need to call him. And so you’ve heard you scratch my back, I’ll scratch yours? That’s what
this is all about, and you always hear this. It’s not what you know. It’s who you know. So, the benefits in
the association levels, the people that you meet, go way, way beyond. But in answer specifically to your
question, and I talked about this little bit on the CDs, is, people sometimes succeed by accident. They may
not know what they’re doing, but these principles, whether you know about these principles or not, are
irrelevant. They still work. Whether you are taught these principles or not, they still work.
If you’re going to learn how to golf and you don’t go to Tiger Woods’ coach, but you just pick up a golf
club, and you go to the golf range, and after a couple of years, all of a sudden you’re a scratch golfer
somebody says, “The guy never got a lesson in his life. How come he’s such a great golfer?” And the answer
is, he just kind of figured it out by trial and error, right? Wait, I do this…he just figured it out. So, in real
life people in business sometimes are doing things unconsciously, and they don’t know that specifically
they’re doing it, but it’s the thing that we’re teaching on the CDs that is causing the success.
A lot of people who succeed who weren’t taught to apply this particular principle, and they’re
succeeding, guess what? They’re applying the principle. But if you ask them, “What specifically are you
doing to guarantee creating your success?” They don’t even know. They don’t know what they’re doing.
They don’t know that they’re actually thinking about what they want, beaming out that vibration. They
don’t know that that’s what they’re doing, but when you ask them that’s what they do. That’s what they do.
When you ask a guy who doesn’t know this and say, “Did you ever hear of the Law of Attraction?”
“No.” And he’s being honest, “No idea,” but he’s very successful. I go, “Well, how did you build your
business?” “Well, I had a dream, when I was a kid, of this business. And all I could do, it was like an
obsession. I knew, I just knew that no matter what I was going to make this happen.” Doesn’t that sound
like exactly what we’ve been teaching? So, they don’t know what they…they don’t know that that works,
which is why people who succeed many times fail dramatically. Do you know how people like build up,
build up, build up, and all of a sudden then they reach kind of a point, and then everything just kind of falls
apart? Do you ever wonder why that happens so often, especially people who don’t know the technique?
The reason is when they have nothing they’re focusing on what they want, right? And they’re focusing on
the dream so they’re vibrating. They’re sending out the vibration of what they want. Earl Nightingale: “You
become what you think about most of the time.” So, they’re thinking about what they want, they have
belief, they have the right feeling, they’re excited about it, they’re anticipating it, they’re expecting it, they
have belief that they’re going to get it, and it starts coming into their experience. Then, all of a sudden they
have the big house, the four cars, and all the money, and now, guess what they start doing? They start
changing what they’re thinking about. They’re not thinking about expanding their business or expanding
their income. They’re thinking about protecting what they have because they’re afraid of losing it. So, guess
what now they’re vibrating? Fear. They’re actually vibrating losing it. They start thinking about losing it,
losing it…I don’t want to lose it, I don’t want to lose it, I don’t want to lose it, I don’t want to lose it, I don’t
want to lose it. Guess what the vibration is? Lose it, lose it, lose it, lose it, lose it. I don’t want it to fall
apart. I don’t want it to fall apart. Guess what happens? It falls apart because that’s what they’re focusing
on.
See, that’s why you see people go through different stages, and that’s why if they don’t know this
technique that they’re applying that will happen automatically. If they do know this technique, then they
don’t have the drop-off. So, when you see people go up and crash many times they just were never taught

278
the specificity of the technique. That’s why groups never have the drop-off. If you see a group or a family
never have the drop-off then you know they know what’s happening. Did that answer your question? Good
question. Yes?
AUDIENCE: Along those lines, on the CDs you tell a story about a guy who’s due a chunk of money, and
it’s going through the legal processing, and he doesn’t think he’s going to get the money for twelve months,
and initially he’s going, “I don’t know how I’m going to make ends meet, I need the money now, I’ve got
all these bills to pay. And then he comes up with the realization of, “I’m going to go on vacation because I
know everything is going to work out.” At what point does that sort of positive vibration override the
negative that he had at the beginning of the story because that negative is still out there, right?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Good question. The question is, “When somebody is putting out a negative
vibration for a while and then wants to change it does the negative vibration still hang out there?”
If you’re dialed into ninety-seven point four, for a year, and you just want to change it to one-o-five
point seven the second you change it you get a different result. The moment you change the vibration the
result is instantaneously different. So, if you have a negative thought for a long, long time and you’re
learning this stuff for the first time and you change that vibration…wait a minute; why am I thinking this?
I’m obviously vibrating what I don’t want, fear and so forth, and that’s what I’m getting. This moment
in time, that’s why we call this the ten-second miracle, it’s a miracle that happens in virtually a second. We
call it the ten-second, was it five-seconds, whatever, it’s the nanosecond miracle. So, the moment you
change that vibration then everything instantaneously starts changing.
Now, the manifestation may take hours, days, weeks or months, but that’s irrelevant. The moment you
change the vibration instantaneously everything just starts reversing. It’s like in the
cartoon, you know. The spear is coming right at you, but the moment you change it, it just stops, turns
around and goes the other way. Instantaneous. There’s not a slowdown period. It just stops that fast. And
that’s why people see miracles even in physiological health. A tumor is growing, growing, growing, growing,
growing, and all of a sudden they use this to change the vibration, and then in 24 hours that tumor the size
of a grapefruit is gone, and medical science can never explain that. They just say it is…they use the word
miracle. There’s no scientific, medical explanation of how this grapefruit-sized tumor is gone, and we know
there are documented, thousands upon thousands worldwide, cases of real people who have real, not made-
up, not fantasy, symptoms. Real. Here’s the x-ray, here’s the freaking tumor, okay…it’s there, and 24 hours
later it’s gone, it ain’t there anymore, and the person is absolutely…I mean that is documented infinitum,
and nobody wants to discuss it at length, but even on the Discovery Channel and so forth, it’s there, and
nobody can explain how that happens. There’s no scientific way of biologically explaining it.
So, if you have a lot of negative vibration out there and you’re learning this for the first time, and you’re
going to change that today, everything has changed the moment you change the thought process, and the
most important thing that changed is how you feel. Imagine, the circumstances are exactly the same. The
guy is screwed. He doesn’t have any money, he can’t pay his bills, he has no idea how it’s going to come in.
The circumstances had not changed at all for that guy, but what changed was his thinking and virtually in
an instant he went from feeling stressed, challenged, miserable and so forth to feeling just blissfully happy,
and he had no reason to because if you looked at the circumstances there was no reason to be stupidly
happy, but he wasn’t looking at the circumstances. He wasn’t looking at what he could see on the radar
screen. He realized that what was off the radar screen, what was outside of his view, was absolutely fine, as
if the radar screen expanded and he saw the cavalry coming. Oh, it’s coming. Okay.
See, again that’s how you have to imagine. If you got a phone call and it said, “We’re going to send you
a million dollar check today. we just settled the case.” he would feel good, right? Well, obviously because

279
he has a physical manifestation. This is even a spiritual, Biblical principle where it says, “Bless those who
have not seen.” Remember, for those of you who are Christians or read Biblical text there’s an example in
the New Testament where I think Thomas goes up to Jesus and says, “I want to put my fingers in the
marks in your hands and feet and put my hand in your side where you were stung by the spear to see if
you are real.” And he saw him and he goes, “Now I believe,” and he goes, “Yeah, you believe because you
saw it. Bless those who didn’t see and still believe.” And that’s a principle of if you know you’re getting the
check you’re going to be happy, but when there’s no evidence of it coming in, none at all…as a matter of
fact, nothing but contra-evidence, contradictory evidence, and you’re still stupidly happy, that’s when the
magic occurs. That’s when the magic occurs. And again, from a Biblical standpoint, and it doesn’t make a
difference what religion you are or if you’re an atheist, but I’m just using this as an example. But from a
Biblical standpoint it is the definition of “faith.” It says, “Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the
evidence of things not seen.”
So, someone says, “You have no money.” “That’s right.” “How come you’re happy?” “Well, everything
will be fine.” “Tell me. Give me the evidence that money is going to come in to be able to pay your bills.”
“I can’t give you the evidence.” That’s faith. Faith is the evidence of things not seen. “I just know everything
will be fine, and if I have any evidence it’s fifty-five years of experience knowing that everything always
is fine.”
AUDIENCE: I have a question. What happens when a group of people have contrasting vibrations? Let’s
say we’re in a plane, and my vibration is that we fly, and guy next to me, his vibration is that we crash?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: That’s right. It’s like the guy says, “What if it’s the pilot’s time to go?”
AUDIENCE: Yeah, I say that all the time because I always wonder...who wins?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: It’s a very interesting question, and the answer is if you get into a car crash you and
the person that were both in the car crash, both had the same vibration that caused the car crash. So, I can
categorically tell you that the thousands of minor little situ-ations that caused the person to buy a ticket on
that plane and make it on time or not make it on time, everybody on there was vibrating the same, attracting
the same results. And sometimes it’s hard to believe. I’m not going to expand on it here, but that’s
something that…there was a movie that came out with Brad Pitt called The Curious Case of Benjamin
Button, and it’s an interesting movie to watch, but there’s one particular scene in there where this woman
gets hit by a car, and her leg gets crushed, and the narrator says:

“There was a woman in her apartment who’s leaving her apartment, but as she left the phone rang
so she stopped and went back in to answer the phone. There was a cab driver who decided,
unexpectedly, to stop for a cup of coffee. And then he got in his cab and he started driving, but a car
pulled out and ran out of gas right in front of him causing it to be delayed. The woman’s phone call
went longer than expected, and she was running late to get to the bakery.”

And it went over through this whole series of events where the woman gets in the cab, the cab drives down
the road and hits this woman and crushes her legs, and the example was if any one of these dozens of things
happened just one second differently…if the phone didn’t ring, if the cab driver didn’t get a cup of coffee,
if that car didn’t pull out in front of the cab and run out of gas, if blah-blah-blah-blah-blah, if anything was
different, anything at all, then that cab wouldn’t have been there at that moment in time to crush that
woman’s legs. And the answer is, when you think about that, that’s why when you throw out a
vibration, the whole Universe…the whole Universe is conspiring and creating virtually tens of thousands

280
of events, which work perfectly with each individual’s vibration too, to create that situation in your
experience.
So, if you’re on that plane and that plane crashed, believe me, there was some vibration in every single
person on that plane that was creating that event. And sometimes that’s hard to believe. It’s like I’m driving
down the road, and I’m feeling happy, and all of a sudden, boom, a guy crashes right into me. Someone
says, “I wasn’t thinking about a car crash. I wasn’t vibrating I want a car crash, I want to crash my car,
I want to crash…I wasn’t doing that. How did that occur?” And the answer is this. The answer is you
absolutely were not vibrating the car crash, and that’s why on the CDs I talk more about the importance of
your vibration is feeling; not necessarily the thing itself, because we’re all not smart. We may not know the
best house for us, the best car, the best job. We may not know specifically what is the best thing to happen
for us, but what we know is how we want to feel. So, what occurs is when a guy gets in a car crash he wasn’t
vibrating car crash. The question is, “When you got into that car crash how did you feel?” “I felt incredibly
frustrated.” Somebody else, “I felt incredibly scared.” Somebody else, “I felt so overwhelmed because now
I don’t have enough time to do everything as it is, and now with this car crash I’m going to have less
time.” Whatever feeling that car crash gave that person then I ask that person, “Over the last
few weeks what else have you been thinking about which gave you a similar feeling?” And then all of a
sudden eyes get as wide as saucers, and people go, “Oh yeah, I’ve been really…my aunt has been in the
hospital with cancer, and I’ve really been scared myself, I’ve been really fearful of death, fearful of death,
fearful of death, fearful of death, fearful of death.” Car crash! “How did you feel?” “It made me fear getting
killed.” Do you understand that? It wasn’t the car crash that they were vibrating. It was a feeling that they
were vibrating, and the Universe starts bringing into your experience people, events, and situations which
will give you similar feelings. That’s what keeps coming in, the events that gives you similar feelings. That’s
why when you’re grateful and you’re happy and you’re going, “Thank you, thank you, thank you,
everything; man, I just feel so good, I just feel so lucky. I feel so lucky.” “Ding-dong, hello! You just won
the lottery!” “Oh, I can’t believe how lucky I feel!”
All of a sudden situations and events start popping into your life where you continue to feel,
what? Lucky. If you feel grateful then situations and events start popping in where you continue to feel
more grateful, and that’s a really good place to be. It’s a really high vibration because there’s nothing bad
that could come into your life that would make you feel grateful, right? Those were like really good things.
Yes.
AUDIENCE: My wife got rear-ended, and we were kind of on this topic a month ago. And she said how
weird it was. She goes about five seconds before…she was stopped at a light...she goes, “I felt I was going
to get in an accident. I look in the rearview mirror. I see the guy stop behind me, and I go peer up again,
and all of a sudden wham.” The guy behind him at forty miles an hour hit and did that. I mean that was
kind of one of the things I was going to talk about was the feeling. I mean, how do you change your feelings?
I stub my toe. Is the positive like, “Oh, I’m glad I didn’t chop it off?” I mean, how do you change your
feelings to be…
KEVIN TRUDEAU: When something bad happens?
AUDIENCE: Yeah, or just along the lines of if I had no money and I was losing a house or this. How do I
get my thoughts where negative, compared to being…
KEVIN TRUDEAU: You don’t have to worry about them…the question is, “If something bad happens or
something negative happens how am I controlling my thoughts and really what I’m doing?” The answer
is everything that happens in your life, there’s really not good or bad situations; there’s really not positives

281
or negative, they’re just events. They’re just circumstances, they’re just experiences. There’s really nothing
good or bad. And if we look at it that way there’s nothing really good or bad. All they are is an indicator of
what you’re vibrating. Everything that’s happened in your life is just nothing but an indicator of what you’re
vibrating. So, if you don’t particularly like what’s happening in your life that’s just an indicator that your
vibration needs to be changed. If you really like the circumstance in your experience that just tells you that
the vibrations are something that you want to continue. It’s nothing more than indicators of what you’re
vibrating. So, if you experience some-thing, like stubbing your toe, and you think, “Ow, ow, ow, why did I
stub my toe?” you don’t have to get so crazy about every single thought because that’s just an indicator that
you’re emanating some… “How do you feel?” “I feel annoyed, I feel clumsy, I feel…” or whatever the feeling
is, and all that is telling you…and keep in mind they usually start small.
So, the indicators are good. They’re like, “Thank you. Tell me.” Like I’m driving down the road, and I
see a little red light, and it goes, “Oh, my gas gauge. I need to get some petrol.” That’s a good indicator. It
doesn’t annoy me. It’s just a little light. It just tells me, “Hey, get some gas. Get some petrol, or you’ll run
out.” The next indicator will be the car stops. Now, do you follow me? They get worse as we go along.
So, if you stub your toe, minor indicator, but it does tell you. It just is a little like, “Hey, you’re vibrating
something. What’s the feeling you got?” “Fine.” “Thank you for telling me.” Follow me? Thank you. Is that
a good…yeah because it’s somebody telling you, “Hey!”, smack, smack, “Wake up.” “Thank you for telling
me before I get into a real problem.” You’re driving down the road and
you start to dose off, and the person next to you gives you a whack in the ribs. “Hey, wake up!” “Thank you
for telling me otherwise we would have crashed and died.” So, there’s an indicator there.
So, the next indicator would have been crash, crash, crash, crash, crash, right? So, you
should be thankful. That’s why you’re thankful for the situations that come in. That’s the first reason you
should always be thankful, that they’re indicators so you can change your vibration.
The second one is if you are aware that everything’s going to be perfect
then whatever circumstance happens right now you don’t, and can’t, comprehend the rational reason why
that is a good scenario. Later on, you’ll look back and go, “Oh, you know, that was the best thing that ever
happened because if that didn’t happen…” That’s why…the story about the Chinese guy’s son who falls off
the horse and breaks his leg and everybody in the town says, “We’re so sorry for your son falling off the
horse and breaking a leg, that’s terrible.” And the father said, “Maybe, maybe not.” Two days later the
army comes in and takes all the men…all the young men away to fight in a war, but they couldn’t take his
son because he had a broken leg. So, you don’t know…you know, “Why did the guy break his leg?” And
somebody always says, “I want a better job, I want a better job, I want a better job, I want a better job, I
want a better job.” They go, “This doesn’t work. I just got fired.” Well, you can’t have a better job while
you’re working. You’re asking for…you’re saying how much you hate the job, you just got fired, you got
what you asked for, the better job is coming. So, you can’t get all flustered about it. I hope that answered
the question. Any other questions?
AUDIENCE: Yes. When you were talking about sending vibrations and you send a different vibration to
a grape or a brick or a glass of red wine, let’s say, than I do and it’s scientifically proven.
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Yes.
AUDIENCE: How can it not then be scientifically proven that the guy willed away and sent a good
vibration to his tumor?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: The question is if we look at the vibration of this desk or the vibration of this cup or
the vibration of this pencil, they’re all made up of exactly the same things as we know. They’re all made up

282
of atoms, and at the end of the dayhey’re all made up of electrons so they’re absolutely the same. The only
difference is the combination of that, and the reason that the combinations cause it to be different is
because the combinations cause the vibration to be different, and therefore when the vibration is different
the end result of what you see, pencil, cup, desk, are different. That can be measured now with instruments.
Instruments now, before electron micro-scopes you couldn’t see that far down. Now you can see beyond
an atom. You can see an electron. And now with further instruments, which a lot of the stuff has not yet
been published, but if you take an electron and actually amplify it even further you see that it’s virtually
air, that that electron is nothing more than a vibration. If you kind of just imagine this electron and then
blowing it up and getting it bigger and bigger with a microscope all of a sudden you see there’s nothing
there. It’s just vibrating at a certain point, and that’s how radio beams can go through things because there’s
nothing there to go through.
So, a tumor is there, and now a tumor is gone. No scientist has physically watched the tumor go away.
So, that’s the answer. It’s like why can’t they figure it out? Unfortunately, at this moment in time they don’t
have somebody being x-rayed 24 hours a day, seven days a week if the person is going to die from the x-
rays. So, they can see the tumor today or 24 hours later or a week later or a month later. They look again,
and the tumor is gone. How it was and how it went they don’t know. It’s like Houdini doing a magic trick.
How did he escape? We couldn’t see him do it. If you were there watching him escape from the handcuffs
you’d see what he was doing. So, if they were watching the tumor shrink then they could see it. Actually,
the manifestation in real time, but at this point there isn’t any documented evidence of watching the
manifestation occur. Like if you see a seed, right? You put a seed in the ground. For years you put seeds in
ground and all of a sudden something pops up. How did that happen? And then science said, “Well, let’s
take the seed out, and let’s see if we can duplicate the thing so we can actually see what’s occurring. Well,
the problem is you can’t see what’s occurring inside. Now let’s look at…let’s see if we can see what’s
happening inside the seed. So, that’s how you start…oh, wow, we can see the germination. And today,
scientists still can’t understand how if you take a seed and put it in a little amount of soil, right? Small little
cup of soil and you measure the exact amount of water you’re putting into that soil six months later you
take out the plant. Virtually the same amount of soil is still there as when you started, but you have this
plant that weighs two pounds. You didn’t put that much water in so science can’t explain how did this
stuff…where did it come from? The answer, it was coming from the energy in the Universe, it was virtually
manifesting out of nothing, and so that’s what this whole concept is about. When you’re throwing out a
certain vibration, things can be manifest virtually out of “nothing.” Nothing is something. It’s the energy
that’s all around us, but does that answer your question about the tumor?
AUDIENCE: Yeah. It’s hard to wrap your head around this.
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Yeah, the bottom line is there is a tumor, and there isn’t. That is factual and
documented, but no one’s ever watched the tumor go away. Did it happen in a nanosecond? Did it happen
over a few seconds? Did it happen over a few minutes? That still has not been documented or seen.
AUDIENCE: Because there’s no funding for it, do you think, or there’s no medical way to not see the guy
with x-rays?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: As of right now the only way you can see the tumor is with an x-ray so you take an
x-ray like that. You can’t be bombarding the guy every couple seconds because you’d kill him with the x-
rays. Any other questions?
AUDIENCE: Going back to neural pathways. What you’re saying before seems to be sort of a throwback
to What the “Bleep” Do We Know? and repetitive nature to bring on events that make you have the feelings

283
that you want to have. How do you know…I shouldn’t say how do you know. There are people who try to
do these things that we talk about and try to change their vibration, try to change what they’re thinking
about, but subconsciously they’re still deeply…
KEVIN TRUDEAU: They fail, yeah.
AUDIENCE: Well, they fail. So, there are some people, I think, who do this more naturally than others
and more easily than others. How do the people who have the biggest trouble with that subconscious doubt
overcome that and to apply these things?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Good question. The question is some people can do this easier than others. Some
people have a lot more luggage, right? Some people have a lot more baggage, a lot more subconscious
negative garbage. Let me explain what this is.
Some people have this huge, enormous ball of black energy because they’ve been vibrating negatively
for a long time. Like attracts like. It’s the Law of Attraction. So, if you think a negative thought guess what’s
going to be attracted? Another one and another one. That’s why gripe sessions…did you ever go to a group
of people? Everyone is, “Hey, let’s have a drink, let’s have a…yeah, you know, such and such…the Giants
man that…” You say something negative, and then somebody else picks up on it. And they go, “Yeah, you’re
right,” and they start saying something negative, and then the other guy says, “Yeah, yeah, you’re right.”
And all of a sudden, at the end of ten minutes everyone is talking and they’re believing all the nega-tivity.
So, like negative thoughts attract more like negative thoughts, and the more negative thoughts that you’re
attracting, that you’re thinking about, then it gets to the point where it starts developing into negative
experiences in your life. Positive thoughts give you positive. More thoughts are attracted, and when more
positive thoughts are attracted positive experiences happen in your life. That’s why when you’re thinking
about buying a car...you’re thinking about buying a new car. I’m thinking about buying this new car. All
of a sudden you’re driving down the road, and you start seeing them everywhere. Did you ever notice that?
They just kind of are popping up? Because you’re vibrating that so that’s what is coming into your
experience.
So, some people have this huge…that’s why people ask me, “Did you have an advantage?” And the
answer is yeah, I learned this stuff when I was like twelve, thirteen, fourteen years old so I didn’t have a lot
of baggage. So, I had, early on, nothing but positive experiences to keep going back to as opposed to
negative experiences which would create doubt.
So, some people have this big ball of negative energy that they’re kind of floating around with, and
they start applying this and their positive thought is about itty-bitty, tiny small. So, the big huge ball of
negative, black energy has this huge magnetic attraction, right? Because it’s attracting more negative
thoughts. So, they think one positive thought, and it has this itty-bitty, small positive attraction. So, they
keep getting pulled back to the negative thoughts because this is really, really big. That’s why some people
are like, they start off negative a hundred. They’re not even at point-zero yet; they’re negative a hundred.
They’re consciously competent so they have to continue to do this consciously over and over and over and
over again until they…it’s like a person’s going to go to the gym for the first time, he’s a hundred-fifty
pounds overweight. Well, he’s going to be there for a year before he can do a lot of the exercises that
somebody else who just started with ten pounds overweight can do, right? So, he has a lot longer to go.
Same thing here.
The person who has all this negative energy, all these subconscious thoughts that’s basically bringing
him back and pulling him away from this, he’s going to have a harder time. The solution to that…there are
several solutions. The first solution is, I talk about on the tapes very specifically, is when you’re using these

284
techniques only use the techniques, initially, on something you can believe in, because what most people
do, and the reason they can never succeed, is they have all this luggage and all this baggage, and they think
that they want something. Even if it’s what appears to be something small they still have doubt that they
can get it because of all this black, negative energy, and therefore, it will never come in. But if they can use
it on something simple such as, “I’m going to go to the store today, and I bet you I’ll get a pretty good
parking space. You know, I think I’ll get a pretty good parking space.” Now, somebody else may say, “I’m
going to get a space right up front,” but the guy with the big black negative energy, if he says, “I’m going
to get a space right up front,” he immediately doubts it because of all the black negative energy which
means it’s not going to happen, and therefore, he has another reason to believe it doesn’t work. So, he has
to come up with something that he can believe in first; so, he has to go a little bit slower. The idea is you’re
starting to get your positive ball of energy bigger and bigger and bigger. The more you focus on the positive
ball of energy, the negative begins to shrink. So, you have two things occurring simultaneously when you’re
doing this at the conscious competence level. Your positive ball of energy is getting bigger and bigger and
bigger. That’s why driving in the car, listening to these CDs, reading books every single day, keeps you
focusing on the positive ball of energy. Every time you’re focusing on the positive the black one starts to
shrink a little, and the positive starts to grow. And the tipping point is when the positive ball of energy is,
for the first time, bigger than the negative ball of energy. That’s the tipping point. That tipping point is
different for every single person. Some people it’s going to take a lot longer. So, that’s the first thing, start
off small.
The second thing is the Callahan techniques that we talk about on the CDs, where you tap. That actually
blows out huge amounts of negative energy, and that’s really, really effective at clearing the body, if you
will, of these negative blockages. And that’s really, really helpful. When a person feels really bad they’re
kind of keyed into all this negativity; so, at that moment, if they use the Callahan technique, it will blow out
huge amounts, and that’s a pretty fast way of doing it.
And there’s some other techniques as well that we’ll be talking about in the future that also helps clear
out that subconscious negativity.
AUDIENCE: Right, and the follow-up is, the events in your life are still an indicator so, even if you
necessarily think that you’re doing these things, you need to pay conscious attention to the indicators and
whether or not it’s really working. So, the follow-up question is, is there such a thing as an accident?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Well, first off, it is always working. What does that mean? It means whatever
happens in your life is caused by whatever you’re vibrating so you can’t stop that. You can’t stop yourself
from vibrating energy.
AUDIENCE: What I mean is, people need to assess what’s happening in their lives as an indicator of
whether or not these techniques are working or not.
KEVIN TRUDEAU: No, the technique is…the technique, back up, is based on focusing what is naturally
occurring or taking what naturally occurs and now using it. So, what is occurring with you and everybody
here and everybody listening to this, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, is we are vibrating, we, and that
vibration is based on our either subconscious or conscious thoughts. And whatever we are vibrating,
whatever feeling we are vibrating, we are attracting that exact thing into our existence. So, as you say, there
is no such thing as an accident because we are vibrating, creating everything. And some of these things that
we are creating are in a flow, in a motion, they’re not…there’s not like an end result here; it’s a constant
movement because everything is constantly moving. So, we’re vibrating 24/7, we’re creating our
experiences 24/7. What I’m suggesting here is, since that is the case…since that is case, since you vibrate,

285
you vibrate, and you create automatically whether you want to or not. You can choose to then focus on
something specifically, whether it’s a good feeling or a desire and have it come in. You can choose that
because everything that’s coming in, you’re creating anyway. That’s why the key element here is taking 100
percent responsibility for everything that happens in your life because you are creating every single thing.
Nobody else is, you are.
My friend, who wrote a very great book, talked about that the number one disease of the mind, or the
disease of people is “mysticism,” and he defined it as a person looking outward for a cause in their life
whether it’s God, the devil, the politicians, my boss, the economy, the weather, my parents, the school I
went to, the school I didn’t go to…there’s all these circumstances that they blame for them, and he said
that’s the thing that has been going on throughout infinitum which causes people to be not at cause over
their environment, but rather at effect. So, they’re just being like a ship without a rudder being blown
around as opposed to the guy saying, “No, I have a ship, I have an engine, I have a sail, I can basically go
anywhere I want no matter what the circumstances,” and he just takes control.
So, these techniques always work, 100 percent of the time. If somebody says, “No, I wanted a new car.
I’ve been using this technique, and I didn’t get it.” I guarantee you what he was doing when he was focusing
on the new car was, he was focusing on the fact that he doubted he would get the car or that he was afraid
he wasn’t going to get the car or…you follow me? You cannot…always…it’s a physical law of the Universe,
the Law of Attraction. So, when somebody says, “I’ve been focusing on this, and it hasn’t come into my life
yet,” I can guarantee you when I sit down with the person and just look at their face, the way they’re feeling
when they think about it, it’s doubt which means they’re thinking about not getting it. They’re focusing on
it not happening or the fear of it not coming in as opposed to the exhilaration and exuberance feeling they
should have knowing that it comes in.
You can just see that. I see this my whole life. Somebody says, “You know I wanted to get this new
such-and-such, and it just hasn’t come in yet.” I go, “Well, think about what you want.” “Okay.” And I
just…look at his face! Depression. Okay, he’s thinking about the new car and first thing…you see he gets all
depressed, and the reason is when he thinks about the Cadillac he absolutely doesn’t believe he can get
it…categorically doesn’t believe it’s going to come in and he’s depressed. Well, guess what? He’s not doing
the technique. What he’s doing is, is he’s believing and thinking about it not happening. Thus, he’s creating
that. So, this always, 100 percent works. It doesn’t like oh, I tried it and it didn’t work. Whatever you’re
vibrating is coming into your experience, 100 percent. It’s the hardest thing for people to grasp, that they
create their entire experience with their own thoughts, but it’s the one thing when you can believe it and
think about it and use it that that’s when everything magically changes. Good question.
AUDIENCE: Good answer.
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Thank you.
AUDIENCE: So, is there a machine out there that could detect and you could hook me up to so you could
see my negative ball versus my positive ball?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: There isn’t a machine, but there’s something that you have that can detect your
negative ball versus your positive ball, and it’s how you feel. And that’s why the first thing I said on the CDs
is when you’re using these techniques, there’s one senior wish, desire, or goal you should always have,
that’s senior to everything else, which is why when you think about everything you want it all rolls down to
this anyway. This is where the rubber meets the road, and that is your desire should always be, first and
foremost above everything else, feel good right now.

286
AUDIENCE: But what about the people who feel good in their negativity? There are people who think
that they feel good, but they’re being negative, and maybe they don’t have an indicator of what feeling good
really feels like.
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Oh, that’s a very good question. I was actually with a guy in Palm Beach in his thirty-
million dollar house, and I was with two of my friends and one of my buddies…one’s an older guy in his
eighties and the other guy is in his sixties, and the older guy, whose house we were in, went to have a cup
of coffee or something, and I’m chatting with my friend and he goes…didn’t mention his name… “He’s the
most miserable son-of-a-gun in the world.”
I go, “No, he’s the most negative guy. He’s smiling all the time. He loves being a jerk. He loves acting like
he’s negative about everything.”
And he goes, “I’ve known him fifty years. You’re exactly right. He just loves it.”
I go, “So yeah, he’s feeling good. It’s an act. It’s really an act. And you can’t read his mind, and you can’t
read how he feels, right, but he does. But when he’s blabbering and bitching and screaming and
complaining about the maids and complaining about the cook and complaining about the chauffeur and
complaining about this he’s got a smile on his face. So, he’s actually feeling…”
Remember, the words don’t matter. The words are irrelevant. It’s the feeling associated with it. So, he’s
appearing to be negative to you and I…believe me you don’t know what thoughts he has or what vibration
he’s picking up, and we don’t know how he really feels, but we can look at the indicator of how he feels and
it looks like he feels pretty good.
AUDIENCE: You say “feel good now.” Sometimes people do things they shouldn’t do to feel good right
now. They go have something to eat they shouldn’t eat, or they go buy something they shouldn’t buy, or
they overextend themselves to buy the Cadillac thinking, I’ll just go get it, and now they’ve got negativity
from that. How do they know the difference? How do you know the difference from, you know, The
Cadillac’s going to come to me, versus, Well, I can just go buy it and skip some tuition payments for my
kids, or whatever?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Yes, and some people do things like take drugs or drink, and they do things too to
feel better. Actually, what they’re doing is, they’re not feeling better, and this is a really, really, really, really
good question. If you think of anything you’ve done negatively in your life…and we all have…whether it’s
drink to excess because you want to feel good. Usually you’re drinking to excess when you’re feeling bad,
right? So, you want to feel good, So let me open up a bottle of scotch and drink it. Let me eat that two
pounds of macaroni and cheese and pot roast with gravy and mashed potatoes and sit in front of the TV
and have that two pints of ice cream. This is going to make me feel good. Usually we do these things when
we are feeling bad, and what we’re really doing is we’re not…we’re trying to feel good, but the method we’re
using is we’re trying to mask the pain. So, the theory is if I mask the pain I’ll feel better. You’re not feeling
good, you follow me? You’re just eliminating the pain. And so, your goal is not to eliminate pain because if
your goal is to…think about this for a second. If your goal is to, I want to eliminate my pain, I want to
eliminate my pain, I want to eliminate my pain, I want to get rid of my pain, I want my pain to go away,
what are you doing?
AUDIENCE: You’re thinking about pain.
KEVIN TRUDEAU: You’re thinking about pain. You’re focusing on what you don’t want. And whatever
you focus on you get more of. Remember, whatever you really, really, really, really want, you get. And
whatever you really, really, really, really don’t want, you get that too. So, the key is shifting that, and you’ll
know, now that you know this technique…Oh, I don’t want to eliminate my pain. I want to feel good. And

287
I guarantee, categorically, if you are focused on feeling good, instead of eliminating pain, you won’t open
up a bottle of scotch and drink the whole bottle. You may have a glass because there’s nothing wrong with
that. May have a cigar. You may go have some macaroni and cheese, but you’ll enjoy every moment of it,
and you’ll feel good about it. You’ll think, You know, this is fine. You’re not going to feel bad ten minutes
later because the reason you feel bad ten minutes later is all you did was do something to mask the current
pain, and when you stop doing that the pain is still there. Does that make sense? So, if you focus on feeling
better…What can I do to feel just a little bit better? And no matter what emotion you’re at, all you’re trying
to do is feel a little bit better. So, if you think about this emotional scale, okay, bliss is at the top; depression,
suicide is at the bottom. If you’re depressed, right, and you get a bottle of scotch in front of you, and a gun,
you can’t say, I want to feel bliss. That’s way too big of a jump. What you want to do is say…you don’t want
to be depressed anymore. So, what you’re saying is, How can I feel a little bit better than this? And guess
what better could be…getting really angry.
Angry is actually a better feeling than depressed. Think about it. If you start going, F-this, I’m sick of
this, and you start getting really angry that’s a better feeling than depressed with a gun to your head. Does
that make sense? So, all you want to do is just get a little better feeling because when you get there,
remember the old saying, “Go as far as you can see, and when you get there you’ll see further.” So, on an
emotional scale, when you’re at a certain point you can only get a little bit better, and as you go up, your
jumps can be a little bit bigger, but in the beginning you got to really go baby steps. So, you just want to
feel a little bit better.
So, in answer to your question, feeling good now is categorically the most important thing, but it’s not
eliminating the pain, and in the examples you gave, the guy who just goes, buy a car, whacks up his credit
cards, I guarantee he’s not trying to feel good. He’s trying to do something to mask the pain. So, his focus
is on pain. So, the key is not masking the pain, but the key is focusing on what you want and not what you
don’t want. Did that answer your question?
AUDIENCE: I really want to help somebody who needs help, but it’s not working because that person’s
negative ball is through the roof, you know, drinking, drugs, whatever it is. It just gets to a point where it’s
like, I’ve done everything I can. That person’s just on their own, right?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Yes, absolutely. As a matter of fact the best thing you can do, because this question
comes up a lot, “What can I do to help somebody? I have a friend who’s got cancer, I’ve got a friend who’s
drinking, a guy who is depressed, a buddy of mine. What can I do to help him? What can I do to help
him? What can I do to help him? What can I do to help him? What can I do to help him?” And the answer
is you work on yourself first. This is the hardest thing for most people to grasp. If you want to help your
best friend be super happy yourself. Work on you because your vibration is going to affect them.
Remember, Einstein and Edison said, “Whatever you vibrate from your brain is picked up by other
brains.” So, if you want to help them, all you have to do is work on yourself and raise your vibration. That
is going to have an impact on this person, and let me tell you the type of impact. That vibration may be so
positive and so high, it may repel the other person because their vibration may be so low, they may hate
being around you because they just can’t…they just can’t take it because it’s so…and that’s helping them
because they’re going to attract in their life what they’re vibrating. And if you’re around them you can affect
their brain, but that’s the best way to help anybody is just to work on yourself first. And what will happen
is, believe me, friends will start vanishing, new friends will start coming in. For years we’ve known,
statistically, that your income is always the average of your five best friends. And when you want your
income to go up, generally speaking, your friends change. I mean that’s generally what occurs because all
of a sudden you’re at a different vibrational level. You’re not attracting those people anymore in your life.

288
You’re not enjoying their company anymore because you’re vibrating differently. So, you start attracting
different people, circumstances, events, scenarios and tangible things.
AUDIENCE: So, then the reverse question comes up. By being around a whole bunch of people with a lot
of negative energy, can that bring you down?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Good question. If you’re around a lot of people with negative energy, can that affect
you? Energy always affects others. However, the good news is this. The positive vibration is higher than a
lower negative vibration. So, in terms of power and intensity, voltage, ampage, whatever you want to say,
one positive thought is much more powerful than around ten-thousand negative thoughts. So, if I’m a
positive person and I walk in a room with twenty negative knuckleheads, guess what? They don’t have a
chance because my energy will affect them infinitely more than they will affect mine.
Now, there’s a good chance when you start changing your vibration and raising it and you’re in an
environment…and this was in the movie The Secret. You know, the guy started raising his…all of a sudden
he got transferred to a different department, three people quit, two people…like within days, all of a sudden
his whole scenario changed, and he was surrounded by like-minded vibrational people because that’s the
way it works.
AUDIENCE: What about like society, the country during downtimes, during recession, during a
depression where it seems like it builds and builds and builds and all everybody’s talking about is, “Oh, it’s
bad, it’s bad.” Is it the same concept where you just, it’s like, okay, just go focus on yourself?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Yeah, it’s bad for them. It may be bad for them. It ain’t bad for me.
AUDIENCE: It’s hugely opportunistic.
KEVIN TRUDEAU: Yeah, if it’s bad, bad, bad, bad, bad…I had a friend of mine years ago, during one of
the other recessions, it was disastrous, the world was coming to an end, and I said to him, “You’re in sand
and gravel and concrete, and you’ve got four other huge businesses that supply commodities to America.”
I said, “How are you handling the recession?” And he says, “Oh, I just chose not to participate.” And that’s
what his attitude was…I just chose not to participate. So, what goes on around you does not have to affect
you. You can look at it and go, “Wow, look at this. This is kind of interesting here, everybody here is, you
know, in a bread line.” I mean, during the Depression twenty-five percent of the people were out of work,
seventy-five percent had jobs, and more wealth was created during the Depression than any time in our
history because people are going, “Wait a minute, there’s a piece of land here that was selling for ten-
thousand dollars, and now they’re giving it away for ten dollars? Well, I think I’ll buy two of those.” And
then ten years later, that land they bought for ten bucks was worth two-hundred thousand. I mean more
wealth was created during the Depression than any time in history, and what’s occurring around the world
when you know…if you just believe that I am going to take full advantage, this is the best…see, every day
is always the best time in the world to do anything.
I have friends who are in the automobile business, and if they had a customer the first couple of days
of the month they’d say to the customer, “This is the best time to buy a car because it’s the first couple of
days of the month, we haven’t sold a car yet, and my boss wants to make a deal at any price. You’re going
to get the best deal ever so if you ever want to buy a car always come the first couple of days, because if
you’re the first guy to buy a car they give them away because he wants the first deal on the board to get
the ball rolling. It’s your lucky day to buy a car today.”
Now, if you come in the middle of the month they go, “You know, coming in the middle of the month
is the best time during the month to buy a car, and the reason is my boss is just dying to hit the number

289
that hits his monthly nut. He needs to get that magic number, and he’s doing everything right now to get
it as fast as he can so they give the best deals on a car in the middle of a month because he’s trying to hit
his number. And he’s got to do it no matter what, so he gives the cars away.”
Now, if you come at the end of the month he goes, “You know, it’s your lucky day. If you ever want to
buy a car you come at the end of the month because the boss has already hit his number of hitting his
overhead. Everything now is pure profit. He gives the cars away. He doesn’t have to make any profit on
them at all. It’s just numbers now. It gets him higher allocations next month so at the end of the month
they just blow the cars out as fast as they can at the cheapest possible prices.”
All three of those things, by the way, are a hundred percent true. So, same thing in the scenario.
Whatever the scenario all we have to do is believe and say, with vibration, “This is a fantastic time to do
business!” and somebody can say, “Tell me exactly why,” and my answer is, “I don’t know why. I don’t
have to know why. I just have to believe that it is and the evidence will show up in a while.” See, whatever
you believe, the evidence validates it. That’s why Henry Ford said, “If you believe you can, or if you believe
you can’t either way you’re right.” And his later statement was, “...because the evidence will validate it.”
So, whatever you believe, you are completely correct, and in a short period of time you’ll have all the
evidence to back up your belief, to prove you are correct, and that evidence came into your experience
because you believed it first. Does this make sense? So, that’s why I say, “Everything always works out for
me.” “How can you say that?” “Ask me in a few months, and then we’ll have all of the evidence.” See, it’s
the future thinking that’s the tricky part. Good question. Any other questions or comments or observations
about the tapes? Any clarifications you need of anything in the tapes?
AUDIENCE: So, I have a question. For example, you have a dream and now you have…and you attracted
all the people that you wanted for your dream, and here they all are, and they’re helping you, and vibrations
are wonderful, but then all of a sudden there is a person that just appears and starts bringing this imbalance
to the whole group. Is it a sign for you as the dream of…what’s the name? The dream guide that something
is going wrong in your mind right now or it’s just a sign for you to, okay, “I’m moving on. I don’t care.
Maybe this person has a different dream. I just want to avoid this person.” So, how do you know that this
is the person that can teach you something, or is this just a person that has a lot of negative energy, and
you don’t want to mess with his energy?
KEVIN TRUDEAU: The bottom line is everything that comes into your experience, you vibrationally
create it. You can choose, at any point in time, whether you want it or not. Sometimes, isn’t this true, we
want something really, really bad, and we get it. And then we decide we don’t want it after all. Does that
make sense? It’s like, “Nah, wait a minute. I thought I wanted this. I don’t like this.”
You ever ordered something on a menu that looked really good, and it comes, “Oh, I don’t want this. I
should have ordered what you ordered.” Well, no problem. So, you could be vibrating…you’re vibrating
something, and something is coming into your experience, and whatever is there, if you don’t like it, you
can choose. You may not even know why or how you vibrated and created this in your life, but it’s there.
You created it. You don’t have to worry about how, but the fact is you did. And so if you don’t like it, you
shift it. When you look at things you don’t like or don’t want or feel feelings you don’t want, you just look
at them for a moment, acknowledge them, and then decide, “Okay, I know I don’t want this. What do I
want?”
Every “negative experience” that comes into your life primarily is there to help you clarify what you
want. If you know what you don’t want, you can now clarify what you do want. So, whatever comes into
your life that you don’t want just acknowledge it and use it as a method of helping you clarify what you do
want. So, immediately look at what it is you don’t like, acknowledge it for a moment, then don’t look at it.

290
Now, say, “Okay, I know I don’t want this. What is it that I do want?” And focus on what you want, what
you want, what you want. Turn your back on what you don’t want.
See, the reason that people don’t move off point zero and get what they want was they keep focusing
on and talking about what they don’t want. I need more money, but I don’t have any, and I don’t know
how I’m going to have any, but I want more, but I can’t…I don’t know how I’m going to get it. And I never
get any more money. Every time I try to get more money the money doesn’t come in. All they’re doing is
thinking about no money, no money, no money, no money, no money instead of focusing on…listen, we
know you don’t have any money, okay, but get off that. Start talking about and thinking about what it is
you do want. That changes the focus.
So, if there’s a person that comes into your life or an experience that comes into your life that’s negative
energy, you get a dynamic group of people working on a project, and all of a sudden a new person comes
in, and you’re thinking, Oh my God, this is like a disaster! Okay, believe me, you vibrated that in, and then
say, “What don’t I like? Fine. What is it that I want?” and focus on that, and a couple of things will happen.
The person will change, the person will leave, you’ll get moved into a different direction, it will all work out
fine. There’s too many thousands of potential scenarios that could happen because maybe you’re vibrating
something that this person is actually giving you. I mean, that’s why they’re there. You’re vibrating
something that created it. And again, what appears to be negative generally isn’t so. It’s there for a reason
so we don’t have to look at it. Just look at it as something to clarify what you do want.
I just want to end with this. You listened to the CDs once. Believe me, you need to listen to them again
and again and again. And as I say in the CDs, listening to information daily, reading books daily, and
associating with other people on a daily basis is vitally important so that you continue to focus and build
up your positive ball of energy to get to the tipping point. Then, it becomes a joy, and it becomes
unconscious competence, and it starts happening automatically. Start small. Start applying these things,
and you’ll absolutely see the results…little by little by little, but it will start happening. (End)

291